TW202112907A - Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, resin, and method for producing resin - Google Patents

Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, resin, and method for producing resin Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202112907A
TW202112907A TW109128496A TW109128496A TW202112907A TW 202112907 A TW202112907 A TW 202112907A TW 109128496 A TW109128496 A TW 109128496A TW 109128496 A TW109128496 A TW 109128496A TW 202112907 A TW202112907 A TW 202112907A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
formula
compound
resin composition
curable resin
Prior art date
Application number
TW109128496A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
野崎敦靖
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202112907A publication Critical patent/TW202112907A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • C08F290/08Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
    • C08F290/14Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/16Polyester-imides
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/022Quinonediazides
    • G03F7/023Macromolecular quinonediazides; Macromolecular additives, e.g. binders
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/037Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polyamides or polyimides

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)

Abstract

A curable resin composition comprising a resin having repeating units represented by formula (1-1) and a solvent; a cured film obtained by curing the curable resin composition; a layered product including the cured film; a method for producing the cured film; a semiconductor device including the cured film or the layered product; and a resin having repeating units represented by formula (1-1) and a method for producing the resin. In formula (1-1), X1 and X2 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aliphatic cyclic group, Y1 represents an (n+2)-valent organic group, A1 represents a group including a polymerizable group, n is an integer of 1 or larger, and Q1 represents a divalent linking group.

Description

硬化性樹脂組成物、硬化膜、積層體、硬化膜的製造方法、半導體器件、樹脂及樹脂的製造方法Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, cured film manufacturing method, semiconductor device, resin, and resin manufacturing method

本發明係有關一種硬化性樹脂組成物、硬化膜、積層體、硬化膜的製造方法、半導體器件、樹脂及樹脂的製造方法。The present invention relates to a curable resin composition, a cured film, a laminate, a method of manufacturing a cured film, a semiconductor device, a resin, and a method of manufacturing a resin.

聚醯亞胺由於耐熱性及絕緣性優異,因此適用於各種用途。作為上述用途並無特別限定,若以構裝用半導體器件為例,則可列舉作為絕緣膜或密封材料的素材或保護膜的利用。又,亦用作撓性基板的基底膜或覆蓋膜(COVERLAY)等。Polyimide is suitable for various applications due to its excellent heat resistance and insulation properties. The use is not particularly limited, and if a semiconductor device for packaging is taken as an example, the use as a material of an insulating film or a sealing material or a protective film can be cited. It is also used as a base film or cover film (COVERLAY) for flexible substrates.

例如,在上述用途中,聚醯亞胺有時以包含聚醯亞胺之硬化性樹脂組成物的形態而被使用。 該等硬化性樹脂組成物能夠藉由公知的塗佈方法等而適用於基材等,因此,可以說製造上的適應性優異,例如所適用之硬化性樹脂組成物的形狀、大小、適用位置等設計的自由度高等。 從不僅聚醯亞胺具有高性能,而且這種製造上的適應性亦優異之觀點考慮,越來越期待拓展包含聚醯亞胺之硬化性樹脂組成物在產業上的應用。For example, in the above-mentioned applications, polyimine is sometimes used in the form of a curable resin composition containing polyimine. These curable resin compositions can be applied to substrates and the like by known coating methods, etc., so it can be said that they are excellent in manufacturing adaptability, such as the shape, size, and application position of the applied curable resin composition The degree of freedom of design is high. From the viewpoint that polyimide not only has high performance, but also has excellent manufacturing adaptability, it is increasingly expected to expand the industrial application of curable resin compositions containing polyimide.

例如,專利文獻在1中記載了一種聚醯亞胺前驅物,其係使四羧酸二酐成分和二胺成分反應而得到之聚醯亞胺前驅物,其中,上述四羧酸二酐成分係特定結構的化合物。 又,在專利文獻2中記載了一種感光性樹脂組成物,其係包含:(A)具有特定構成單元之聚醯胺酸;(B)光聚合性化合物;及(C)光聚合起始劑。For example, Patent Document 1 describes a polyimide precursor, which is a polyimide precursor obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component and a diamine component, wherein the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component Department of a compound of a specific structure. In addition, Patent Document 2 describes a photosensitive resin composition comprising: (A) a polyamide acid having a specific structural unit; (B) a photopolymerizable compound; and (C) a photopolymerization initiator .

[專利文獻1]日本特開2014-172994號公報 [專利文獻2]日本特開2009-251451號公報[Patent Document 1] JP 2014-172994 A [Patent Document 2] JP 2009-251451 A

在包含聚醯亞胺之硬化性樹脂組成物中,期望提供一種所得到之硬化膜的耐藥品性優異之硬化性樹脂組成物。In the curable resin composition containing polyimide, it is desired to provide a curable resin composition having excellent chemical resistance of the cured film obtained.

本發明的一實施態樣的目的為,提供一種所得到之硬化膜的耐藥品性優異之硬化性樹脂組成物、將上述硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化膜、包含上述硬化膜之積層體、上述硬化膜的製造方法及包含上述硬化膜或上述積層體之半導體器件。 又,本發明的另一實施態樣的目的為,提供一種新型樹脂及上述樹脂的製造方法。The object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a curable resin composition having excellent chemical resistance of the cured film obtained, a cured film formed by curing the curable resin composition, and a laminate containing the cured film A body, a method of manufacturing the cured film, and a semiconductor device including the cured film or the laminated body. In addition, the purpose of another embodiment of the present invention is to provide a novel resin and a method for manufacturing the above-mentioned resin.

以下,記載本發明的代表性實施態樣的示例。 <1>一種硬化性樹脂組成物,其係包含由下述式(1-1)表示之重複單元之樹脂及溶劑。 [化學式1]

Figure 02_image003
式(1-1)中,X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示芳香族烴基或脂肪族環基,Y1 表示n+2價有機基,A1 表示包含聚合性基之基團,n表示1以上的整數,Q1 表示2價連接基。 <2>如<1>所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,上述A1 係作為聚合性基包含包括乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、環狀醚基或羥甲基之基團。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,還包含聚合起始劑及聚合性化合物。 <4>如<1>或<2>所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,還包含酸產生劑及酸交聯劑。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,上述Q1 包含選自包括由下述式(A-1)~式(A-5)表示之結構之群組中之至少一種結構。 [化學式2]
Figure 02_image005
在式(A-1)~(A-5)中,RA11 ~RA14 、RA21 ~RA24 、RA31 ~RA38 、RA41 ~RA48 及RA51 ~RA58 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環狀烷基、烷氧基、羥基、氰基、鹵化烷基、鹵素原子或包含聚合性基的基團,LA31 及LA41 分別獨立地表示單鍵、羰基、磺醯基、2價飽和烴基、2價不飽和烴基、雜原子、雜環基或鹵化伸烷基,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 <6>如<1>至<5>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,上述Q1 包含含有聚合性基之基團。 <7>如<1>至<6>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,Y1 係n+2價烴基。 <8>如<1>至<7>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,其係用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜。 <9>一種硬化膜,其係藉由使<1>至<8>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而成。 <10>一種積層體,其係具有兩層以上的<9>所述之硬化膜,在任意上述硬化膜彼此之間具有金屬層。 <11>一種硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括將<1>至<8>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基板而形成膜之膜形成製程。 <12>如<11>所述之硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括在50~450℃下加熱上述膜之製程。 <13>一種半導體器件,其係具有<9>所述之硬化膜或<10>所述之積層體。 <14>一種樹脂,其係具有由下述式(1-1)表示之重複單元。 [化學式3]
Figure 02_image007
式(1-1)中,X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示芳香族烴基或脂肪族環基,Y1 表示n+2價有機基,A1 表示包含聚合性基之基團,n表示1以上的整數,Q1 表示2價連接基。 <15>一種樹脂的製造方法,其係製造<14>所述之樹脂之製造方法,其係包括: 使具有至少兩個羥基和至少一個反應性基之化合物A和具有可以與上述反應性基形成鍵之基團及聚合性基之化合物B反應,從而得到二醇化合物之製程; 使上述二醇化合物和具有3個羧基之化合物或上述具有3個羧基之化合物的衍生物反應,從而得到具有兩個酯鍵之4價羧酸化合物之製程; 使上述4價羧酸化合物和二胺化合物反應而得到聚醯亞胺前驅物之製程;及 使上述聚醯亞胺前驅物醯亞胺化之製程。 [發明效果]Hereinafter, examples of representative embodiments of the present invention are described. <1> A curable resin composition containing a resin and a solvent having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-1). [Chemical formula 1]
Figure 02_image003
In formula (1-1), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aliphatic cyclic group, Y 1 represents an n+divalent organic group, A 1 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and n represents 1 In the above integers, Q 1 represents a divalent linking group. <2> The curable resin composition according to <1>, wherein the A 1 system includes, as a polymerizable group, a group including an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, or a methylol group. <3> The curable resin composition as described in <1> or <2>, which further contains a polymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound. <4> The curable resin composition as described in <1> or <2>, which further contains an acid generator and an acid crosslinking agent. <5> The curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the Q 1 is selected from among those represented by the following formulas (A-1) to (A-5) At least one structure in the group of structures. [Chemical formula 2]
Figure 02_image005
In formulas (A-1) to (A-5), R A11 to R A14 , R A21 to R A24 , R A31 to R A38 , R A41 to R A48 and R A51 to R A58 each independently represent a hydrogen atom , Alkyl group, cyclic alkyl group, alkoxy group, hydroxyl group, cyano group, halogenated alkyl group, halogen atom or group containing a polymerizable group, L A31 and L A41 each independently represent a single bond, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group , A divalent saturated hydrocarbon group, a divalent unsaturated hydrocarbon group, a heteroatom, a heterocyclic group or a halogenated alkylene group, * each independently represents a bonding site with another structure. <6> The curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the Q 1 includes a polymerizable group-containing group. <7> The curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein Y 1 is an n+divalent hydrocarbon group. <8> The curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, which is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer. <9> A cured film formed by curing the curable resin composition described in any one of <1> to <8>. <10> A layered product having two or more layers of the cured film described in <9>, and having a metal layer between any of the cured films. <11> A method for producing a cured film, which includes a film forming process of applying the curable resin composition described in any one of <1> to <8> to a substrate to form a film. <12> The method for producing a cured film as described in <11>, which includes a process of heating the film at 50 to 450°C. <13> A semiconductor device having the cured film described in <9> or the laminated body described in <10>. <14> A resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-1). [Chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image007
In formula (1-1), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aliphatic cyclic group, Y 1 represents an n+divalent organic group, A 1 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and n represents 1 In the above integers, Q 1 represents a divalent linking group. <15> A method for producing a resin, which is the method for producing the resin described in <14>, which includes: making a compound A having at least two hydroxyl groups and at least one reactive group and having a compound A that can interact with the above-mentioned reactive group The process of reacting the bond-forming group and the polymerizable compound B to obtain a diol compound; reacting the above diol compound with a compound having 3 carboxyl groups or a derivative of the above compound having 3 carboxyl groups to obtain The process of producing a tetravalent carboxylic acid compound with two ester bonds; the process of reacting the aforementioned tetravalent carboxylic acid compound with a diamine compound to obtain a polyimine precursor; and the process of making the aforementioned polyimine precursor imidized Process. [Effects of the invention]

依本發明的一實施態樣,提供一種所得到之硬化膜的耐藥品性優異之硬化性樹脂組成物、將上述硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化膜、包含上述硬化膜之積層體、上述硬化膜的製造方法及包含上述硬化膜或上述積層體之半導體器件。 又,依本發明的另一實施態樣,提供一種新型樹脂及上述樹脂的製造方法。According to one embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a curable resin composition having excellent chemical resistance of the obtained cured film, a cured film formed by curing the curable resin composition, a laminate including the cured film, The manufacturing method of the said cured film, and the semiconductor device containing the said cured film or the said laminated body. In addition, according to another embodiment of the present invention, a novel resin and a method for manufacturing the above-mentioned resin are provided.

以下,對本發明的主要實施形態進行說明。然而,本發明並不限於所明示之實施形態。 在本說明書中,用“~”記號表示之數值範圍係指將記載於“~”前後之數值分別作為下限值及上限值而包括之範圍。 在本說明書中,“製程”這一用語不僅係指獨立之製程,只要能夠實現該製程的所預期之作用,則亦係指包括無法與其他製程明確區分之製程。 在本說明書中之基團(原子團)的表述中,未標註取代及未取代的表述還包括不具有取代基之基團(原子團)和具有取代基之基團(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包括不具有取代基的烷基(未取代烷基),而且還包括具有取代基之烷基(取代烷基)。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,否則“曝光”不僅包括使用了光之曝光,而且還包括使用了電子束、離子束等粒子束之曝光。又,作為用於曝光之光,可列舉水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等光化射線或放射線。 在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”係指“丙烯酸酯”及“甲基丙烯酸酯”兩者或其中任一個,“(甲基)丙烯酸”係指“丙烯酸”及“甲基丙烯酸”兩者或其中任一個,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”係指“丙烯醯基”及“甲基丙烯醯基”兩者或其中任一個。 在本說明書中,結構式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 在本說明書中,總固體成分係指從組成物的所有成分中排除溶劑之成分的總質量。又,在本說明書中,固體成分濃度係排除溶劑之其他成分相對於組成物的總質量之質量百分率。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,否則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)按照凝膠滲透層析法(GPC測定)定義為聚苯乙烯換算值。在本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)例如能夠藉由使用HLC-8220GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製),並作為管柱而使用保護管柱HZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000、TSKgel Super HZ2000(TOSOH CORPORATION製)而求出。除非另有說明,否則該等分子量係使用THF(四氫呋喃)作為洗提液而測定者。又,除非另有說明,否則GPC測定中之檢測係使用UV線(紫外線)的波長254nm檢測器者。 在本說明書中,關於構成積層體之各層的位置關係,當記載為“上”或“下”時,只要在所關注之複數層中成為基準之層的上側或下側存在其他層即可。亦即,第3層或第3要素可以進一步介於成為基準之層與上述其他層之間,成為基準之層與上述其他層無需接觸。又,除非另有說明,否則將在基材上堆疊層之方向稱為“上”,或者,在存在硬化性樹脂組成物層時,將從基材朝向硬化性樹脂組成物層之方向稱為“上”,將其相反方向稱為“下”。另外,這種上下方向的設定係為了便於說明本說明書,在實際態樣中,本說明書中之“上”方向亦可與鉛垂朝上方向不同。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,否則作為組成物中所包含之各成分,組成物亦可包含對應於該成分之兩種以上的化合物。又,除非另有說明,否則組成物中之各成分的含量係指對應於該成分之所有化合物的總含量。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,否則溫度為23℃,氣壓為101,325Pa(1氣壓)。 在本說明書中,較佳態樣的組合係更佳態樣。Hereinafter, the main embodiment of the present invention will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to the illustrated embodiment. In this specification, the numerical range indicated by the symbol "~" refers to the range that includes the numerical values described before and after the "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit, respectively. In this specification, the term "process" not only refers to an independent process, as long as it can achieve the expected effect of the process, it also refers to a process that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. In the expression of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, expressions that do not indicate substitution and unsubstituted also include groups without substituents (atomic groups) and groups with substituents (atomic groups). For example, "alkyl" includes not only unsubstituted alkyl (unsubstituted alkyl) but also substituted alkyl (substituted alkyl). In this specification, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light, but also exposure using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. In addition, as the light used for exposure, actinic rays or radiation such as the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, extreme ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams can be cited. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" refers to both or either of "acrylate" and "methacrylate", and "(meth)acrylic acid" refers to "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid". "Both or either of them, "(meth)acryloyl" means both or either of "acryloyl" and "methacryloyl". In this specification, Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of the components excluding the solvent from all the components of the composition. In addition, in this specification, the solid content concentration is the mass percentage of the total mass of the composition excluding other components of the solvent. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene conversion values according to gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement). In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) can be used, for example, by using HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), and protecting columns HZ-L and TSKgel Super HZM-M as the columns. , TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION). Unless otherwise specified, these molecular weights are measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as the eluent. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the detection in GPC measurement uses a UV (ultraviolet) wavelength 254nm detector. In this specification, when the positional relationship of each layer constituting the laminate is described as "upper" or "lower", it is only necessary that another layer exists above or below the layer that becomes the reference among the plurality of layers of interest. That is, the third layer or the third element may be further interposed between the layer serving as the reference and the other layers described above, and the layer serving as the reference does not need to contact the other layers. Also, unless otherwise specified, the direction in which the layers are stacked on the substrate is referred to as "up", or when a curable resin composition layer is present, the direction from the substrate to the curable resin composition layer is referred to as "Up", the opposite direction is called "down". In addition, this setting of the up and down direction is for the convenience of description of this specification. In the actual situation, the "up" direction in this specification may be different from the vertical upward direction. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, as each component included in the composition, the composition may also include two or more compounds corresponding to the component. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the content of each component in the composition refers to the total content of all compounds corresponding to the component. In this manual, unless otherwise specified, the temperature is 23°C and the air pressure is 101,325 Pa (1 atmosphere). In this specification, a combination of a better aspect is a better aspect.

(硬化性樹脂組成物) 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物(以下,亦簡稱為“本發明的組成物”。)包含具有由下述式(1-1)表示之重複單元之樹脂及溶劑。 [化學式4]

Figure 02_image009
式(1-1)中,X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示芳香族烴基或脂肪族環基,Y1 表示n+2價有機基,A1 表示包含聚合性基之基團,n表示1以上的整數,Q1 表示2價連接基。(Curable resin composition) The curable resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter also simply referred to as "the composition of the present invention") includes a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-1) and a solvent. [Chemical formula 4]
Figure 02_image009
In formula (1-1), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aliphatic cyclic group, Y 1 represents an n+divalent organic group, A 1 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and n represents 1 In the above integers, Q 1 represents a divalent linking group.

本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物還包含聚合起始劑及聚合性化合物為較佳,還包含光自由基聚合起始劑及自由基聚合性化合物為更佳。 又,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物還包含酸產生劑及酸交聯劑為較佳,還包含光酸產生劑及酸交聯劑為更佳。 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物可以係負型硬化性樹脂組成物,亦可以係正型硬化性樹脂組成物。 負型硬化性樹脂組成物係指當對由硬化性樹脂組成物形成之層進行了曝光時,未曝光部分(非曝光部)藉由顯影液而被去除之組成物。又,將由這種硬化性樹脂組成物形成之層稱為負型硬化性樹脂組成物層。 正型硬化性樹脂組成物係指當對由硬化性樹脂組成物形成之層進行了曝光時,曝光部分(曝光部)藉由顯影液而被去除之組成物。又,將由這種硬化性樹脂組成物形成之層稱為正型硬化性樹脂組成物層。 硬化性樹脂組成物藉由還包含聚合起始劑及聚合性化合物而能夠設為例如負型硬化性樹脂組成物。 又,硬化性樹脂組成物藉由還包含光酸產生劑及酸交聯劑而能夠設為例如負型硬化性樹脂組成物。 此外,硬化性樹脂組成物藉由還包含光酸產生劑、自由基聚合起始劑(較佳為熱自由基聚合起始劑)及自由基聚合性化合物,或者還包含光酸產生劑及酸交聯劑,能夠設為例如正型硬化性樹脂組成物。在該等態樣下,例如,在曝光之後進行鹼性顯影,在顯影之後藉由加熱等使圖案硬化,藉此形成曝光部被去除之正型圖案。The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a polymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound, and more preferably further contains a photoradical polymerization initiator and a radical polymerizable compound. In addition, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably further includes an acid generator and an acid crosslinking agent, and more preferably further includes a photoacid generator and an acid crosslinking agent. The curable resin composition of the present invention may be a negative type curable resin composition or a positive type curable resin composition. The negative-type curable resin composition refers to a composition in which the unexposed part (non-exposed part) is removed by the developer when the layer formed of the curable resin composition is exposed. In addition, a layer formed of such a curable resin composition is called a negative-type curable resin composition layer. The positive curable resin composition refers to a composition in which the exposed part (exposure part) is removed by the developer when the layer formed of the curable resin composition is exposed. In addition, a layer formed of such a curable resin composition is called a positive-type curable resin composition layer. The curable resin composition can be, for example, a negative type curable resin composition by further containing a polymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound. In addition, the curable resin composition can be, for example, a negative curable resin composition by further including a photoacid generator and an acid crosslinking agent. In addition, the curable resin composition further includes a photoacid generator, a radical polymerization initiator (preferably a thermal radical polymerization initiator) and a radical polymerizable compound, or further includes a photoacid generator and an acid. The crosslinking agent can be, for example, a positive curable resin composition. In these aspects, for example, alkaline development is performed after exposure, and the pattern is hardened by heating or the like after development, thereby forming a positive pattern in which the exposed portion is removed.

本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的所得到之硬化膜的耐藥品性優異。 獲得上述效果之機理尚不確定,但推測為如下。The cured film obtained by the curable resin composition of the present invention is excellent in chemical resistance. The mechanism by which the above-mentioned effect is obtained is uncertain, but it is presumed to be as follows.

本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含具有由上述式(1-1)之重複單元之樹脂(以下,亦稱為“特定樹脂”。)。 在此,與先前使用之聚醯亞胺樹脂不同,特定樹脂在由式(1-1)表示之重複單元中具有酯鍵,並且在上述酯鍵之間具有聚合性基。 推測為:藉由設為這種態樣,使包含在樹脂中之反應性高的聚合性基量增加,因此硬化膜中之交聯密度(藉由聚合性基的交聯而形成之交聯結構的密度)增大,可得到耐藥品性優異之硬化膜。 由於硬化膜的耐藥品性優異,因此例如在使本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化膜上,進一步適用包含溶劑之其他硬化性樹脂組成物並使其硬化而製作積層體時等,即使硬化膜接觸到顯影液或其他硬化性樹脂組成物,亦抑制硬化膜的溶解。 依本發明,可得到一種硬化膜,該硬化膜例如對二甲基亞碸(DMSO)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)等極性溶劑、氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)水溶液等鹼性水溶液、或上述極性溶劑和上述鹼性水溶液的混合液的溶解性得到抑制,並且耐藥品性優異。 又,藉由將上述酯鍵導入樹脂,樹脂的透明度提高。因此,當使用包含上述樹脂之組成物來形成硬化性樹脂組成物層,並且藉由圖案曝光及顯影而形成圖案狀的硬化膜時,圖案的解析度容易提高。 此外,當上述硬化性樹脂組成物層係負型硬化性樹脂組成物層時,上述樹脂的透明度提高,因此曝光光容易透射。因此,在基於曝光之交聯中硬化膜中的交聯密度增大,更容易得到耐藥品性優異之硬化膜。 而且,當上述硬化性樹脂組成物層係負型硬化性樹脂組成物層時,上述樹脂的透明度提高,藉此曝光光容易到達至硬化性樹脂組成物層的深部。因此,尤其在硬化膜的深部交聯密度亦增大,容易得到硬化膜的深部中之耐藥品性優異之硬化膜。在此,硬化性樹脂組成物層的深部係指硬化性樹脂組成物層中之與被曝光之一側的相反側的部分,當在基材上形成硬化性樹脂組成物層並從與基材的相反側進行了曝光時,將硬化性樹脂組成物層中之基材側部分稱為硬化性樹脂組成物層的深部。亦即,依本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物,例如,當從與基材的相反側進行了曝光時,容易得到硬化性樹脂組成物層的基材側部分中之耐藥品性優異之硬化膜。The curable resin composition of the present invention contains a resin having a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1-1) (hereinafter, also referred to as "specific resin"). Here, unlike the previously used polyimide resin, the specific resin has an ester bond in the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1), and has a polymerizable group between the aforementioned ester bonds. It is presumed that by setting it as such, the amount of highly reactive polymerizable groups contained in the resin is increased, and therefore the crosslink density in the cured film (crosslinks formed by the crosslinking of the polymerizable groups) The density of the structure) increases, and a cured film with excellent chemical resistance can be obtained. Since the cured film is excellent in chemical resistance, for example, when the cured film formed by curing the curable resin composition of the present invention, another curable resin composition containing a solvent is further applied and cured to produce a laminate, etc. , Even if the cured film comes into contact with the developer or other curable resin composition, the dissolution of the cured film is suppressed. According to the present invention, a hardened film can be obtained, such as polar solvents such as para-dimethyl sulfide (DMSO) and N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), and alkalis such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution. The solubility of the aqueous solution or the mixed solution of the polar solvent and the alkaline aqueous solution is suppressed, and the chemical resistance is excellent. In addition, by introducing the above-mentioned ester bond into the resin, the transparency of the resin is improved. Therefore, when a curable resin composition layer is formed using a composition containing the above-mentioned resin, and a patterned cured film is formed by pattern exposure and development, the resolution of the pattern is easily improved. In addition, when the curable resin composition layer is a negative curable resin composition layer, the transparency of the resin is improved, and therefore exposure light is easily transmitted. Therefore, in the crosslinking by exposure, the crosslinking density in the cured film increases, and it is easier to obtain a cured film with excellent chemical resistance. Furthermore, when the curable resin composition layer is a negative curable resin composition layer, the transparency of the resin is improved, whereby exposure light can easily reach the deep portion of the curable resin composition layer. Therefore, the crosslinking density is also increased especially in the deep part of the cured film, and it is easy to obtain a cured film having excellent chemical resistance in the deep part of the cured film. Here, the deep part of the curable resin composition layer refers to the part of the curable resin composition layer on the side opposite to the exposed side. When the curable resin composition layer is formed on the substrate, the When exposure is performed on the opposite side of the curable resin composition layer, the base-side part of the curable resin composition layer is referred to as the deep part of the curable resin composition layer. That is, according to the curable resin composition of the present invention, for example, when exposed from the side opposite to the base material, it is easy to obtain a cured film with excellent chemical resistance in the base-side portion of the curable resin composition layer .

在此,在專利文獻1及2中,關於具有由式(1-1)表示之重複單元之樹脂並沒有記載或啟示。又,專利文獻1或2中之硬化性樹脂組成物中,存在所得到之硬化膜的耐藥品性低的問題。Here, in Patent Documents 1 and 2, there is no description or suggestion regarding the resin having the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1). In addition, the curable resin composition of Patent Document 1 or 2 has a problem that the cured film obtained has low chemical resistance.

<特定樹脂> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含特定樹脂。 特定樹脂具有由式(1-1)表示之重複單元。 特定樹脂可以在側鏈上具有由式(1-1)表示之重複單元,但是在主鏈上具有由式(1-1)表示之重複單元為較佳。 在本說明書中,“主鏈”係指構成樹脂之高分子化合物的分子中相對最長的鍵結鏈,“側鏈”係指除此以外的鍵結鏈。<Specific resins> The curable resin composition of the present invention contains a specific resin. The specific resin has a repeating unit represented by formula (1-1). The specific resin may have a repeating unit represented by formula (1-1) on the side chain, but it is preferable to have a repeating unit represented by formula (1-1) on the main chain. In this specification, the "main chain" refers to the relatively longest bonding chain in the molecule of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and the "side chain" refers to other bonding chains.

[由式(1-1)表示之重複單元] -X1 、X2 - 式(1-1)中,X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示芳香族烴基或脂肪族環基,從耐藥品性及溶劑溶解性的觀點考慮,表示芳香族烴基為較佳。 作為上述芳香族烴基,碳數6~30的芳香族烴基為較佳,碳數6~20的芳香族烴基為更佳,碳數6~10的芳香族烴基為進一步較佳,從苯環中去除3個氫原子之結構為更佳。 作為上述脂肪族環基,碳數6~30的脂肪族環基為較佳,碳數6~20的脂肪族環基為更佳,碳數6~10的脂肪族環基為進一步較佳,從6員環結構之脂肪族環結構中去除3個氫原子之結構為更佳。 上述脂肪族環基可以係飽和脂肪族環基,亦可以係不飽和脂肪族環基,但飽和脂肪族環基為較佳。 上述脂肪族環基可以係脂肪族烴環基,亦可以係脂肪族雜環基,但脂肪族烴環基為較佳。 其中,作為上述脂肪族烴基,飽和脂肪族烴基為較佳。[Repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1)] -X 1 , X 2 -In the formula (1-1), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aliphatic cyclic group, from the viewpoint of chemical resistance From the viewpoints of solubility and solvent solubility, an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferred. As the above-mentioned aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. The structure with 3 hydrogen atoms removed is better. As the above-mentioned aliphatic ring group, an aliphatic ring group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferred, an aliphatic ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferred, and an aliphatic ring group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred. It is better to remove 3 hydrogen atoms from the aliphatic ring structure of the 6-membered ring structure. The aliphatic cyclic group may be a saturated aliphatic cyclic group or an unsaturated aliphatic cyclic group, but a saturated aliphatic cyclic group is preferred. The aliphatic ring group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group or an aliphatic heterocyclic group, but an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group is preferred. Among them, as the above-mentioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferred.

在X1 或X2 之芳香族烴基或脂肪族環基中,與式(1-1)中之醯亞胺結構鍵結之兩個部位存在於芳香族烴基或脂肪族環基中之相鄰位置為較佳。 在本說明書中,兩個鍵結部位存在於環結構中之相鄰位置係指,存在某一鍵結部位之上述環結構中之環員和存在另一鍵結部位之上述環結構中之環員在環結構中係相鄰之環員。例如,當環結構係苯環結構時,相鄰位置係鄰位。In the aromatic hydrocarbon group or aliphatic ring group of X 1 or X 2 , the two positions bonded to the imine structure in formula (1-1) are adjacent to each other in the aromatic hydrocarbon group or aliphatic ring group The location is better. In this specification, the adjacent positions where two bonding sites exist in the ring structure refer to a ring member in the above-mentioned ring structure where a certain bonding site exists and a ring in the above-mentioned ring structure where another bonding site exists Members are adjacent ring members in the ring structure. For example, when the ring structure is a benzene ring structure, adjacent positions are ortho positions.

又,從顯影性及溶劑溶解性的觀點考慮,由式(1-1)表示之重複單元係由下述式(1-2-1)~式(1-2-6)中的任一個表示之重複單元為較佳,由式(1-2-1)或式(1-2-2)表示之重複單元為更佳,由式(1-2-1)表示之重複單元為進一步較佳。 [化學式5]

Figure 02_image011
在式(1-2-1)~式(1-2-6)中,Y1 、A1 、n、Q1 分別與式(1-1)中的Y1 、A1 、n、Q1 的含義相同,且較佳態樣亦相同。In addition, from the viewpoint of developability and solvent solubility, the repeating unit represented by formula (1-1) is represented by any of the following formulas (1-2-1) to (1-2-6) The repeating unit is preferred, the repeating unit represented by formula (1-2-1) or formula (1-2-2) is more preferred, and the repeating unit represented by formula (1-2-1) is even more preferred . [Chemical formula 5]
Figure 02_image011
In the formula (1-2-1) to (1-2-6), in Y 1, A 1, n, Q 1 , respectively formula (1-1) Y 1, A 1 , n, Q 1 The meanings are the same, and the preferred aspects are also the same.

-A1 - 式(1-1)中,A1 表示包含聚合性基之基團。 作為聚合性基,包含乙烯性不飽和基、環狀醚基或羥甲基之基團為較佳,乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、乙烯基苯基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基或羥甲基為更佳,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、環氧基或羥甲基為進一步較佳。 A1 中所包含之聚合性基的數量為一個以上,1~15個為較佳,1~10個為更佳,1~5個為進一步較佳,一個或兩個為特佳,一個為最佳。-A 1 -In the formula (1-1), A 1 represents a group containing a polymerizable group. As the polymerizable group, a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated group, a cyclic ether group or a methylol group is preferred, and a vinyl group, (meth)allyl group, (meth)acrylamido group, (methyl) group ) Allyloxy group, maleimide group, vinyl phenyl group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group or hydroxymethyl group are more preferred, (meth)acryloyloxy group, (methyl) An acrylamide group, an epoxy group, or a methylol group is more preferable. The number of polymerizable groups contained in A 1 is one or more, preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5, particularly preferably one or two, and one is optimal.

又,A1 係由下述式(P-1)表示之基團為較佳。 [化學式6]

Figure 02_image013
式(P-1)中,L1 表示單鍵或m+1價連接基,A2 表示聚合性基,m表示1以上的整數,*表示與Y1 的鍵結部位。 式(P-1)中,L1 係單鍵或烴基、醚鍵、羰基、硫醚鍵、磺醯基、-NRN -、或者將該等鍵結兩個以上之基團為較佳,單鍵或烴基、醚鍵,羰基,-NRN -或者將該等鍵結兩個以上之基團為更佳。 上述RN 表示氫原子或烴基,氫原子、烷基或芳基為更佳,氫原子或烷基為進一步較佳,氫原子為特佳。 作為上述L1 中之烴基,碳數1~30的飽和脂肪族烴基、碳數6~30的芳香族烴基或者由該等的組合表示之基團為較佳,碳數1~10的飽和脂肪族烴基、從苯環中去除兩個以上氫原子之基團、或者由該等鍵結表示之基團為更佳。In addition, A 1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (P-1). [Chemical formula 6]
Figure 02_image013
In the formula (P-1), L 1 represents a single bond or an m+1 valent linking group, A 2 represents a polymerizable group, m represents an integer of 1 or more, and * represents a bonding site with Y 1. In the formula (P-1), L 1 is preferably a single bond or a hydrocarbon group, an ether bond, a carbonyl group, a thioether bond, a sulfonyl group, -NR N -, or a group in which two or more of these are bonded, A single bond or a hydrocarbyl group, an ether bond, a carbonyl group, -NR N -, or a group in which two or more of these are bonded are more preferable. The above-mentioned R N represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group is more preferable, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom is particularly preferable. As the hydrocarbon group in the above L 1 , a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group with 1 to 30 carbons, an aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 30 carbons, or a group represented by a combination of these are preferred, and saturated aliphatic groups with 1 to 10 carbons A group hydrocarbon group, a group in which two or more hydrogen atoms are removed from a benzene ring, or a group represented by these bonds are more preferable.

式(P-1)中,A2 為乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、乙烯基苯基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基或羥甲基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、環氧基或羥甲基為更佳。In formula (P-1), A 2 is vinyl, (meth)allyl, (meth)acrylamido, (meth)acrylamido, maleimido, ethylene A phenyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group or a methylol group is preferable, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group, a (meth)acrylamido group, an epoxy group or a methylol group is more preferable.

式(P-1)中,m為1~15的整數為較佳,1~10的整數為更佳,1~5的整數為進一步較佳,1或2為特佳,1為最佳。In formula (P-1), m is preferably an integer of 1-15, more preferably an integer of 1-10, more preferably an integer of 1-5, particularly preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1.

又,A1 係由下述式(P-2)或式(P-3)表示之基團為較佳。 [化學式7]

Figure 02_image015
式(P-2)中,A2 表示聚合性基,*表示與Y1 的鍵結部位。 式(A-2)中,A2 與式(P-1)中之A2 的含義相同,且較佳態樣亦相同。 式(P-3)中,A2 表示聚合性基,L2 表示烴基、醚鍵、羰基、硫醚鍵、磺醯基、碳酸酯鍵、-NRN -、或者將該等鍵結兩個以上之基團,Z1 表示醚鍵、酯鍵、胺甲酸乙酯鍵、脲鍵、碳酸酯鍵或醯胺鍵,*表示與Y1 的鍵結部位。RN 如上所述。 式(P-3)中,A2 與式(P-1)中之A2 的含義相同,且較佳態樣亦相同。 式(P-3)中,L2 係烴基、(聚)伸烷氧基、或者由該等的組合表示之基團為較佳,烴基為更佳。 在本說明書中,(聚)伸烷氧基係指伸烷氧基或聚伸烷氧基。又,在本發明中,聚伸烷氧基係指直接鍵結兩個以上伸烷氧基之基團。聚伸烷氧基中所包含之複數個伸烷氧基中之伸烷基可以分別相同,亦可不同。當聚伸烷氧基包含伸烷基不同之複數種伸烷氧基時,聚伸烷氧基中之伸烷氧基的排列可以係無規排列,亦可以係具有嵌段之排列,還可以係具有交替等圖案之排列。 作為上述烴基,伸烷基、2價芳香族烴基、或者由該等的組合表示之基團為較佳,伸烷基為更佳。 作為上述伸烷基,碳數1~30的伸烷基為較佳,碳數1~20的伸烷基為更佳,碳數1~10的伸烷基為進一步較佳。 在本發明中,當簡單記載為“脂肪族烴基”、“飽和脂肪族烴基”、“烷基”、“伸烷基”等時,除非另有說明,否則該等基可以具有支鏈結構及環狀結構中的至少一個。例如,除非另有說明,否則“烷基”中包括直鏈烷基、支鏈烷基、環狀烷基及由該等的組合表示之烷基。 作為上述芳香族烴基,碳數6~30的芳香族烴基為較佳,碳數6~20的芳香族烴基為更佳,伸苯基或伸萘基為進一步較佳,伸苯基為特佳。 作為上述(聚)伸烷氧基中之伸烷基,碳數2~10的伸烷基為較佳,碳數2~4的伸烷基為更佳,伸乙基或伸丙基為更佳,伸乙基為進一步較佳。 又,聚伸烷氧基中所包含之伸烷氧基的數量(聚伸烷氧基的重複數量)為2~20為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~5為進一步較佳,2~4為特佳。 式(P-3)中,Z1 表示醚鍵、酯鍵、胺甲酸乙酯鍵、脲鍵或醯胺鍵為較佳,酯鍵、胺甲酸乙酯鍵、脲鍵或醯胺鍵為更佳。 在本發明中,當簡單記載為“酯鍵”、“胺甲酸乙酯鍵”、“醯胺鍵”等時,該等鍵結的朝向並不受限定。例如,當上述Z1 係酯鍵時,與Z1 中之L2 的鍵結部位可以係酯鍵中之碳原子,亦可以係氧原子。Moreover, A 1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (P-2) or formula (P-3). [Chemical formula 7]
Figure 02_image015
In formula (P-2), A 2 represents a polymerizable group, and * represents a bonding site with Y 1. Of formula (A-2), the same formula A 2 (P-1) in the meaning of A 2, and the preferred aspects are also the same. In formula (P-3), A 2 represents a polymerizable group, and L 2 represents a hydrocarbon group, an ether bond, a carbonyl group, a thioether bond, a sulfonyl group, a carbonate bond, -NR N -, or two of these are bonded In the above groups, Z 1 represents an ether bond, an ester bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, a carbonate bond or an amide bond, and * represents a bonding site with Y 1. R N is as described above. Formula (P-3), the same formula A 2 (P-1) in the meaning of A 2, and the preferred aspects are also the same. In the formula (P-3), the L 2 -based hydrocarbon group, (poly)alkoxyl group, or a group represented by a combination of these is preferred, and the hydrocarbon group is more preferred. In this specification, (poly)alkoxyl group refers to alkoxyl group or polyalkoxyl group. Furthermore, in the present invention, the polyalkoxyl group refers to a group to which two or more alkoxyl groups are directly bonded. The alkylene groups in the plurality of alkoxylate groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be the same or different. When the polyoxyalkylene group contains a plurality of different alkylene groups, the arrangement of the alkoxy group in the polyoxyalkylene group can be a random arrangement, a block arrangement, or It is an arrangement with alternating patterns. As the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group, an alkylene group, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a group represented by a combination thereof is preferable, and an alkylene group is more preferable. As the above-mentioned alkylene group, an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferred, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferred, and an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred. In the present invention, when simply described as "aliphatic hydrocarbon group", "saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group", "alkyl", "alkylene", etc., unless otherwise specified, these groups may have a branched structure and At least one of the cyclic structures. For example, unless otherwise specified, "alkyl" includes straight-chain alkyl, branched-chain alkyl, cyclic alkyl, and alkyl groups represented by combinations of these. As the above-mentioned aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferred, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferred, phenylene or naphthylene is more preferred, and phenylene is particularly preferred. . As the alkylene group in the above-mentioned (poly)alkoxyl group, the alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, the alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferred, and the ethylene or propylene group is more preferred. Preferably, ethylene is further preferred. In addition, the number of alkoxyl groups contained in the polyalkoxyl group (the number of repeating polyalkoxyl groups) is preferably from 2 to 20, more preferably from 2 to 10, and even more preferably from 2 to 5, 2~4 are particularly good. In the formula (P-3), Z 1 represents an ether bond, an ester bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond or an amide bond is preferably, and an ester bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond or an amide bond is more preferred. good. In the present invention, when simply described as "ester bond", "urethane bond", "amide bond", etc., the orientation of these bonds is not limited. For example, when the aforementioned Z 1 is an ester bond, the bonding site to L 2 in Z 1 may be a carbon atom in the ester bond or an oxygen atom.

又,從耐藥品性的觀點考慮,A1 中所包含之聚合性基與聚醯亞胺的主鏈的距離係0~15為較佳,0~5為更佳。 在此,A1 中所包含之聚合性基與聚醯亞胺的主鏈的距離係指,聚醯亞胺的主鏈中所包含之原子與聚合性基之間所包含之原子數中最小的數。例如,在後述實施例中之由式(PA-1)表示之樹脂中,甲基丙烯醯胺基與主鏈的距離為0,甲基丙烯醯氧基與聚醯亞胺的主鏈的距離為1。又,在後述實施例中之由式(PA-3)表示之樹脂中,藉由脲鍵而與主鏈鍵結之甲基丙烯醯氧基與聚醯亞胺的主鏈的距離為5,藉由胺甲酸乙酯鍵而與主鏈鍵結之甲基丙烯醯氧基與聚醯亞胺的主鏈的距離為6。又,關於後述實施例中之由式(PA-4)表示之樹脂,兩個丙烯醯胺基與聚醯亞胺的主鏈的距離均為0。亦即,當聚醯亞胺在主鏈內部具有環結構時,“上述聚醯亞胺的主鏈中所包含之原子”中包含上述環結構的環員。 又,當A1 包含複數個聚合性基時,在A1 中所包含之聚合性基中,最靠近主鏈之聚合性基與聚醯亞胺的主鏈的距離為0~15為較佳,0~5為更佳。此外,當A1 包含複數個聚合性基時,A1 中所包含之所有聚合性基與聚醯亞胺的主鏈的距離為0~15為進一步較佳,0~5為特佳。In addition, from the viewpoint of chemical resistance, the distance between the polymerizable group contained in A 1 and the main chain of the polyimide is preferably 0-15, and more preferably 0-5. Here, the distance between the polymerizable group contained in A 1 and the main chain of the polyimide refers to the smallest number of atoms contained between the atom contained in the main chain of the polyimide and the polymerizable group The number. For example, in the resin represented by the formula (PA-1) in the following embodiments, the distance between the methacrylamide group and the main chain is 0, and the distance between the methacrylamide group and the main chain of the polyimide Is 1. In addition, in the resin represented by the formula (PA-3) in the following examples, the distance between the methacryloxy group bonded to the main chain by the urea bond and the main chain of the polyimide is 5. The distance between the methacryloxy group bonded to the main chain by the urethane bond and the main chain of the polyimide is 6. In addition, regarding the resin represented by the formula (PA-4) in the examples described later, the distance between the two acrylamide groups and the main chain of the polyimide is 0. That is, when the polyimide has a ring structure inside the main chain, the "atoms included in the main chain of the polyimide" includes the ring members of the ring structure. In addition, when A 1 contains a plurality of polymerizable groups, among the polymerizable groups contained in A 1 , the distance between the polymerizable group closest to the main chain and the main chain of the polyimide is preferably 0-15 , 0~5 is better. In addition, when A 1 contains a plurality of polymerizable groups, it is more preferable that the distance between all the polymerizable groups contained in A 1 and the main chain of the polyimide is 0-15, and 0-5 is particularly preferable.

-n- 式(1-1)中,n表示1以上的整數,1~20的整數為較佳,1~10的整數為更佳,1~4的整數為進一步較佳,1或2為特佳,2為最佳。 又,當n係2以上的整數時,n個A1 分別可以相同,亦可不同。-n- In the formula (1-1), n represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 20, more preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and 1 or 2 is Especially good, 2 is the best. In addition, when n is an integer of 2 or more, n pieces of A 1 may be the same or different.

-Y1 - Y1 表示n+2價有機基,烴基為較佳。 作為上述烴基,碳數1~30的飽和脂肪族烴基、碳數6~30的芳香族烴基或者由該等的組合表示之基團為較佳,碳數1~10的飽和脂肪族烴基、從苯環中去除兩個以上氫原子之基團、或者由該等鍵結表示之基團為更佳。 作為Y1 ,例如較佳地可列舉由下述式(Y-1)~式(Y-4)表示之結構。下述式(Y-1)~(Y-4)中,*分別表示與式(1-1)中之酯鍵中之氧原子的鍵結部位,#分別表示與式(1-1)中之A1 的鍵結部位。 [化學式8]

Figure 02_image017
式(Y-1)或式(Y-2)中,LY1 及LY2 分別獨立地表示伸烷基,碳數1~10的伸烷基為較佳,碳數1~4的伸烷基為更佳,伸烷基為進一步較佳。 式(Y-3)或式(Y-4)中,LY4 分別獨立地表示單鍵或2價烴基,單鍵為較佳。作為2價烴基,伸烷基為較佳,碳酸1~10的伸烷基為更佳,碳酸1~4的伸烷基為進一步較佳。 式(Y-4)中,LY3 係單鍵或可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)2 -、-NHC(=O)-或將該等組合兩個以上之基團為較佳,單鍵、可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-或-S(=O)2 -為更佳,選自包括-CH2 -、-O-、-S-、-S(=O)2 -、-C(CF32 -及-C(CH32 -之群組中之2價基團為進一步較佳。 式(Y-3)或式(Y-4)中,n分別獨立地表示1~4的整數,1或2為較佳,1為更佳。-Y 1 -Y 1 represents an n+divalent organic group, and a hydrocarbon group is preferred. As the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group, a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group with 1 to 30 carbons, an aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 30 carbons, or a group represented by a combination of these are preferred. The saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbons, from Groups in which two or more hydrogen atoms are removed from the benzene ring, or groups represented by these bonds are more preferable. As Y 1 , for example, structures represented by the following formulas (Y-1) to (Y-4) are preferably cited. In the following formulas (Y-1) to (Y-4), * respectively represents the bonding site with the oxygen atom in the ester bond in the formula (1-1), and # respectively represents the bond with the formula (1-1) The bonding site of A 1. [Chemical formula 8]
Figure 02_image017
In the formula (Y-1) or (Y-2), L Y1 and L Y2 each independently represent an alkylene group, and an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred. To be more preferable, the alkylene group is still more preferable. In formula (Y-3) or formula (Y-4), L Y4 each independently represents a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group, and a single bond is preferred. As the divalent hydrocarbon group, an alkylene group is preferable, an alkylene group of 1 to 10 carbonic acid is more preferable, and an alkylene group of 1 to 4 carbonic acid is more preferable. In the formula (Y-4), L Y3 is a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbons that can be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -S(= O) 2 -, -NHC(=O)- or a combination of two or more of these groups is preferred, single bond, C1-C3 alkylene group which can be substituted by fluorine atom, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S- or -S(=O) 2 -is more preferably, selected from -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -S(=O) 2 -,- The divalent group in the group of C(CF 3 ) 2 -and -C(CH 3 ) 2-is further preferred. In formula (Y-3) or formula (Y-4), n each independently represents an integer of 1 to 4, 1 or 2 is preferred, and 1 is more preferred.

-Q1 - 式(1-1)中,Q1 表示脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基或該等基團中的至少一個與醚鍵、羰基、硫醚鍵、磺醯基及-NRN -中的至少一個鍵結之基團為較佳。RN 如上所述。 作為上述脂肪族烴基,碳數2~30的脂肪族飽和烴基為較佳,碳數2~10的脂肪族飽和烴基為更佳。 又,作為上述脂肪族烴基,環員數係6~20的飽和脂肪族烴環基為較佳。 作為上述芳香族烴基,碳數6~20的芳香族烴基為較佳,碳數6~12的脂肪族烴基為較佳,碳數6的芳香族烴基為更佳。 其中,從溶劑溶解性的觀點考慮,Q1 係包含脂肪族烴環基或芳香族烴環基之基團為較佳,包含芳香族烴環基之基團為更佳。-Q 1 -In the formula (1-1), Q 1 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or at least one of these groups and an ether bond, a carbonyl group, a thioether bond, a sulfonyl group, and -NR N- At least one bonded group of is preferred. R N is as described above. As the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. Furthermore, as the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 ring members is preferable. As the above-mentioned aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. Among them, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility, Q 1 is preferably a group containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, and a group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is more preferable.

又,Q1 係包含含有聚合性基之基團為較佳。 作為聚合性基,包含乙烯性不飽和基、環狀醚基或羥甲基之基團為較佳,乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、乙烯基苯基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基或羥甲基為更佳,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、環氧基或羥甲基為進一步較佳。 Q1 中所包含之聚合性基的數量為一個以上,1~15個為較佳,1~10個為更佳,1~5個為進一步較佳,一個或兩個為特佳,一個為最佳。 作為包含Q1 中之聚合性基之基團,由上述式(P-1)表示之基團為較佳,由上述式(P-2)或式(P-3)表示之基團為更佳,由式(P-3)表示之基團為進一步較佳。In addition, it is preferable that Q 1 includes a polymerizable group-containing group. As the polymerizable group, a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated group, a cyclic ether group or a methylol group is preferred, and a vinyl group, (meth)allyl group, (meth)acrylamido group, (methyl) group ) Allyloxy group, maleimide group, vinyl phenyl group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group or hydroxymethyl group are more preferred, (meth)acryloyloxy group, (methyl) An acrylamide group, an epoxy group, or a methylol group is more preferable. The number of polymerizable groups contained in Q 1 is one or more, preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5, particularly preferably one or two, and one is optimal. As the group containing the polymerizable group in Q 1 , the group represented by the above formula (P-1) is preferred, and the group represented by the above formula (P-2) or formula (P-3) is more preferred. Preferably, the group represented by formula (P-3) is further preferred.

又,Q1 包含選自包括由下述式(A-1)~下述式(A-5)中的任一個表示之結構之群組中之至少一種結構為較佳,由下述式(A-1)~下述式(A-5)中的任一個表示之結構為更佳。In addition, it is preferable that Q 1 includes at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a structure represented by any one of the following formula (A-1) to the following formula (A-5), which is represented by the following formula ( A-1)-The structure represented by any one of the following formula (A-5) is more preferable.

[化學式9]

Figure 02_image019
式(A-1)~(A-5)中,RA11 ~RA14 、RA21 ~RA24 、RA31 ~RA38 、RA41 ~RA48 及RA51 ~RA58 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環狀烷基、烷氧基、羥基、氰基、鹵化烷基、鹵素原子或包含聚合性之基團,LA31 及LA41 分別獨立地表示單鍵、羰基、磺醯基、2價飽和烴基、2價不飽和烴基、雜原子、雜環基或鹵化伸烷基,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。[Chemical formula 9]
Figure 02_image019
In formulas (A-1) to (A-5), R A11 to R A14 , R A21 to R A24 , R A31 to R A38 , R A41 to R A48 and R A51 to R A58 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, An alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a halogenated alkyl group, a halogen atom or a polymerizable group, L A31 and L A41 each independently represent a single bond, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, 2 In a saturated hydrocarbon group, a divalent unsaturated hydrocarbon group, a heteroatom, a heterocyclic group, or a halogenated alkylene group, * each independently represents a bonding site to another structure.

從耐藥品性的觀點考慮,其中,Q1 係由式(A-1)、式(A-2)、式(A-3)或式(A-4)表示之結構為較佳。From the viewpoint of chemical resistance, among them, it is preferable that Q 1 has a structure represented by formula (A-1), formula (A-2), formula (A-3), or formula (A-4).

式(A-1)中,RA11 ~RA14 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~6的烷基、碳數3~12的環狀烷基、碳數1~6的烷氧基、羥基、氰基、碳數1~3的鹵化烷基、鹵素原子或包含聚合性基之基團為較佳,從溶劑溶解性的觀點考慮,氫原子、碳數1~6的烷基、碳數1~6的烷氧基、碳數1~3的鹵化烷基或包含聚合性基之基團為更佳,氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。 作為包含上述RA11 ~RA14 中之上述聚合性基之基團,由上述式(P-1)表示之基團為較佳,由上述式(P-2)或式(P-3)表示之基團為更佳,由式(P-3)表示之基團為進一步較佳。 作為上述RA11 ~RA14 中之上述鹵化烷基中之鹵素原子或上述鹵素原子,可列舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,氯原子或溴原子為較佳。In the formula (A-1), R A11 to R A14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, a cyclic alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons, A hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbons, a halogen atom or a group containing a polymerizable group are preferred. From the viewpoint of solvent solubility, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, and carbon An alkoxy group having 1 to 6, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbons, or a group containing a polymerizable group is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons is more preferable. As the group containing the above- mentioned polymerizable group in the above-mentioned R A11 to R A14 , the group represented by the above-mentioned formula (P-1) is preferred, which is represented by the above-mentioned formula (P-2) or (P-3) The group is more preferable, and the group represented by formula (P-3) is still more preferable. Examples of the halogen atom or the halogen atom in the halogenated alkyl group in the above R A11 to R A14 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc., and a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferred.

式(A-2)中,RA21 ~RA24 分別與式(A-1)中之RA11 ~RA14 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。In formula (A-2), R A21 to R A24 respectively have the same meaning as R A11 to R A14 in formula (A-1), and preferred aspects are also the same.

式(A-3)中,RA31 ~RA38 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~6的烷基、碳數3~12的環狀烷基、碳數1~6的烷氧基、羥基、氰基、碳數1~3的鹵化烷基、鹵素原子或包含聚合性基之基團為較佳,從溶劑溶解性的觀點考慮,氫原子、碳數1~6的烷基、碳數1~6的烷氧基、碳數1~3的鹵化烷基或包含聚合性基之基團為更佳,氫原子、碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。 作為上述RA31 ~RA38 中之上述鹵化烷基中之鹵素原子或上述鹵素原子可列舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,氯原子或溴原子為較佳。 作為包含上述RA31 ~RA38 中之上述聚合性基之基團,由上述式(P-1)表示之基團為較佳,由上述式(P-2)或式(P-3)表示之基團為更佳,由式(P-3)表示之基團為進一步較佳。 式(A-3)中,LA31 表示單鍵、碳數1~6的2價飽和烴基、碳數5~24的2價不飽和烴基、-O-、-S-、-NRN -、雜環基或碳數1~6的鹵化伸烷基為較佳,表示單鍵、碳數1~6的飽和烴基、-O-或雜環基為較佳,表示單鍵或-O-為進一步較佳。 上述RN 表示氫原子或烴基,氫原子、烷基或芳基為更佳,氫原子或烷基為進一步較佳,氫原子為特佳。 上述2價不飽和烴基可以係2價脂肪族不飽和烴基,亦可以係2價芳香族烴基,2價芳香族烴基為較佳。 作為上述雜環基,例如從脂肪族或芳香族雜環中去除兩個氫原子之基團為較佳,從脂肪族或芳香族雜環中去除兩個氫原子之基團為較佳,從吡咯啶環、四氫呋喃環、四氫噻吩環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、哌啶環、四氫哌喃環、吡啶環、嗎啉環等的環結構中去除兩個氫原子之基團為更佳。嗎啉環該等雜環亦可以進一步與其他雜環或烴環形成縮合環。 上述雜環的環員數係5~10為較佳,5或6為更佳。 又,作為上述雜環基中之雜原子,氧原子、氮原子或硫原子為較佳。 作為上述鹵化伸烷基中之鹵素原子,可列舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,氯原子或溴原子為較佳。In the formula (A-3), R A31 to R A38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, a cyclic alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons, A hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbons, a halogen atom or a group containing a polymerizable group are preferred. From the viewpoint of solvent solubility, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, and carbon An alkoxy group having 1 to 6, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbons, or a group containing a polymerizable group is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons are more preferable. Examples of the halogen atom or the halogen atom in the halogenated alkyl group in the above R A31 to R A38 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc., and a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferred. As the group containing the above- mentioned polymerizable group in the above-mentioned R A31 to R A38 , the group represented by the above-mentioned formula (P-1) is preferred, and is represented by the above-mentioned formula (P-2) or (P-3) The group is more preferable, and the group represented by formula (P-3) is still more preferable. In formula (A-3), L A31 represents a single bond, a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group with 1 to 6 carbons, a divalent unsaturated hydrocarbon group with 5 to 24 carbons, -O-, -S-, -NR N -, A heterocyclic group or a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferred, which represents a single bond, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, -O- or a heterocyclic group is preferred, and represents a single bond or -O- is Further better. The above-mentioned R N represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group is more preferable, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom is particularly preferable. The above-mentioned divalent unsaturated hydrocarbon group may be a divalent aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon group or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, and a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferred. As the above-mentioned heterocyclic group, for example, a group in which two hydrogen atoms are removed from an aliphatic or aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferable, and a group in which two hydrogen atoms are removed from an aliphatic or aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferable. Pyrrolidine ring, tetrahydrofuran ring, tetrahydrothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, piperidine ring, tetrahydropyran ring, pyridine ring, morpholine ring, etc. in the ring structure of the group with two hydrogen atoms removed For better. The morpholine ring and the heterocyclic ring may further form a condensed ring with other heterocyclic ring or hydrocarbon ring. The number of ring members of the above heterocyclic ring is preferably 5-10, more preferably 5 or 6. In addition, as the hetero atom in the above heterocyclic group, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom is preferred. Examples of the halogen atom in the above-mentioned halogenated alkylene group include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc., and a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferred.

式(A-4)中,RA41 ~RA48 、RA41 分別與式(A-3)中之RA31 ~RA38 、RA31 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。In formula (A-4), R A41 to R A48 and R A41 have the same meanings as R A31 to R A38 and R A31 in formula (A-3), and preferred aspects are also the same.

式(A-5)中,RA51 ~RA58 與式(A-1)中之RA11 ~RA14 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。In formula (A-5), R A51 to R A58 have the same meaning as R A11 to R A14 in formula (A-1), and preferred aspects are also the same.

又,式(A-1)~式(A-5)中,*分別獨立地係與樹脂中之主鏈的鍵結部位為較佳。In addition, in formulas (A-1) to (A-5), * is preferably a bonding site to the main chain of the resin independently.

又,從所得到之硬化膜的柔軟性的觀點考慮,式(1-1)中之Q1 係由-Ar0 -L0 -Ar0 -表示為較佳。Ar0 分別獨立地係芳香族烴基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為特佳),伸苯基為較佳。L0 與上述(A-3)中之LA31 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。In addition, from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the cured film obtained, Q 1 in the formula (1-1) is preferably represented by -Ar 0 -L 0 -Ar 0 -. Ar 0 is each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group (the carbon number is preferably 6-22, more preferably 6-18, particularly preferably 6-10), and phenylene is preferred. L 0 has the same meaning as L A31 in (A-3) above, and the preferred aspects are also the same.

從i射線透射率的觀點考慮,式(1-1)中之Q1 係由下述式(51)或式(61)表示之2價有機基為較佳。尤其,從i射線透射率、易獲得的觀點考慮,由式(61)表示之2價有機基為更佳。From the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance, Q 1 in the formula (1-1) is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61). In particular, from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance and easy availability, the divalent organic group represented by the formula (61) is more preferable.

[化學式10]

Figure 02_image021
[Chemical formula 10]
Figure 02_image021

式(51)中,R50 ~R57 分別獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或1價有機基,R50 ~R57 中的至少一個氟原子、甲基、氟甲基、二氟甲基或三氟甲基,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。In formula (51), R 50 to R 57 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group, a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, or Trifluoromethyl, * each independently represents a bonding site with other structures.

作為R50 ~R57 的1價有機基,可列舉碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的未取代烷基、碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的氟化烷基等。Examples of the monovalent organic groups of R 50 to R 57 include unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbons (preferably 1 to 6 carbons), and 1 to 10 carbons (preferably 1 to 6 carbons). The fluorinated alkyl group and so on.

[化學式11]

Figure 02_image023
[Chemical formula 11]
Figure 02_image023

式(61)中,R58 及R59 分別獨立地係氟原子、氟甲基、二氟甲基或三氟甲基。*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。In the formula (61), R 58 and R 59 are each independently a fluorine atom, a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group. * Each independently indicates the bonding site with other structures.

-羧酸二酐、二胺化合物- 由式(1-1)表示之重複單元係源自由下述式(1-3)表示之羧酸二酐或由下述式(1-4)表示之二胺化合物之結構為較佳。 [化學式12]

Figure 02_image025
式(1-3)中,X1 、Y1 、A1 、n及X2 分別與式(1-1)中的X1 、Y1 、A1 、n及X2 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 式(1-4)中,Q1 與式(1-1)中的Q1 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。-Carboxylic dianhydride and diamine compound- The repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) is derived from the carboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula (1-3) or is represented by the following formula (1-4) The structure of the diamine compound is preferable. [Chemical formula 12]
Figure 02_image025
In the formula (1-3), X 1, in Y 1, A 1, n and X 2 in the formula (1-1) X 1, Y 1 , A 1, X 2 and n and the meanings of the preferred The appearance is also the same. In the formula (1-4), the same meaning as Q 1 and Q in the formula (1-1) is 1, the preferred aspects are also the same.

作為由式(1-3)表示之羧酸二酐,可列舉在後述實施例中使用之酐(AA-1)~酐(AA-6)、酐(AA-8)等。 又,作為羧酸二酐,可以使用具有反應性基之羧酸二酐。 作為上述反應性基,可列舉羧基、羧基鹵化物基、羥基、胺基、異氰酸酯基、環狀醚基等。 在使具有反應性基之羧酸二酐和由式(1-4)表示之二胺等二胺反應之後,使上述反應性基和具有與上述反應性基反應之基團及聚合性基之化合物反應,藉此得到具有由式(1-1)表示之重複單元之樹脂。 例如,在使如後述實施例中之酐(AA-7)般的具有反應性基(羧基等)之羧酸二酐和由式(1-4)表示之二胺等二胺反應之後,與縮水甘油等具有與上述反應性基反應之基團及聚合性基之化合物反應,藉此亦可設為包含由式(1-1)表示之重複單元之樹脂。Examples of the carboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (1-3) include anhydrides (AA-1) to (AA-6), anhydrides (AA-8) and the like used in Examples described later. In addition, as the carboxylic dianhydride, a carboxylic dianhydride having a reactive group can be used. As said reactive group, a carboxyl group, a carboxyl halide group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, an isocyanate group, a cyclic ether group, etc. are mentioned. After reacting a carboxylic dianhydride having a reactive group and a diamine such as a diamine represented by the formula (1-4), the above-mentioned reactive group and the group having the above-mentioned reactive group and a polymerizable group are reacted The compound reacts, thereby obtaining a resin having a repeating unit represented by formula (1-1). For example, after reacting a carboxylic dianhydride having a reactive group (carboxyl group, etc.) like the anhydride (AA-7) in the following Examples and a diamine such as a diamine represented by the formula (1-4), it is reacted with A compound having a group that reacts with the above-mentioned reactive group and a polymerizable group, such as glycidol, reacts, and thereby can also be used as a resin containing a repeating unit represented by formula (1-1).

作為由式(1-4)表示之二胺,可列舉選自1,2-二胺基乙烷、1,2-二胺基丙烷、1,3-二胺基丙烷、1,4-二胺基丁烷、1,6-二胺基己烷;1,2-二胺基環戊烷或1,3-二胺基環戊烷、1,2-二胺基環己烷、1,3-二胺基環己烷或1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,2-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、1,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷或1,4-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、雙-(4-胺基環己基)甲烷、雙-(3-胺基環己基)甲烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二甲基環己基甲烷或異佛爾酮二胺;間苯二胺或對苯二胺、二胺基甲苯、4,4’-二胺基聯苯或3,3’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、3,3’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷或3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸或3,3-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4’-二胺基二苯硫醚或3,3’-二胺基二苯硫醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮或3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯(4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-二甲基聯苯)、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、雙(4-胺基-3-羧基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)碸、雙(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)碸、4,4’-二胺基對聯三苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、9,10-雙(4-胺基苯基)蒽、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)-10-氫蒽、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基聯苯、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基蒽醌、1,5-二胺基蒽醌、3,3-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、9,9’-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、4,4’-二甲基-3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2-(3’,5’-二胺基苯甲醯氧基)甲基丙烯酸乙酯、2,4-二胺基枯烯或2,5-二胺基枯烯、2,5-二甲基-對苯二胺、乙醯胍胺、2,3,5,6-四甲基-對苯二胺、2,4,6-三甲基-間苯二胺、4,6-二羥基-1,3-苯二胺、雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、2,7-二胺基茀、2,5-二胺基吡啶、1,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)乙烷、二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、二胺安息香酸、二胺安息香酸的酯、1,5-二胺基萘、二胺基三氟甲苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)八氟丁烷、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯基)十氟戊烷、1,7-雙(4-胺基苯基)十四氟庚烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-二甲基苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯基]六氟丙烷、對雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、4,4’-雙(3-胺基-5-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-六氟聯甲苯胺及4,4’-二胺基四聯苯中之至少一種二胺。The diamine represented by the formula (1-4) may be selected from 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, and 1,4-diaminopropane. Aminobutane, 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2-diaminocyclopentane or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-diaminocyclohexane, 1, 3-diaminocyclohexane or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane or 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, bis-(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis-(3-aminocyclohexyl)methane, 4,4'-diamino-3, 3'-Dimethylcyclohexylmethane or isophorone diamine; m-phenylenediamine or p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl or 3,3'-diamine Biphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane or 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl Phenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide or 3,3-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide or 3,3'-diamino Diphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone or 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl , 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (4,4'-diamino-2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl), 3,3'-dimethoxy -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, bis(4-amino-3-carboxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4 -Aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyl Phenyl) chrysene, bis(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) chrysene, 4,4'-diamino p-terphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl] sulfide, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl] sulfide, bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)benzene Yl] benzene, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-bis Amino diphenyl benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene Group) benzene, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4, 4'-Diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy) Phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)-10-hydroanthracene, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3',4,4 '-Tetraamino diphenyl ether, 1,4-diamine Anthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9,9'-bis(4-aminophenyl) sulfone, 4, 4'-Dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2-( 3',5'-Diaminobenzyloxy) ethyl methacrylate, 2,4-diaminocumene or 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-p- Phenylenediamine, acetguanamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, 4,6-dihydroxy-1, 3-phenylenediamine, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, 2,7-diaminopyridine, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis(4-amine Phenyl)ethane, diaminobenzylaniline, diamine benzoic acid, ester of diamine benzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminobenzotrifluoride, 1,3-bis(4 -Aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)octafluorobutane, 1,5-bis(4-aminophenyl)decafluoropentane, 1,7- Bis(4-aminophenyl)tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(2- Aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-dimethylphenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4-(4-Aminophenoxy)-3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, p-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)benzene , 4,4'-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl , 4,4'-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) diphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-bis(3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy) Diphenyl sulfide, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl- 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 2,2',5,5',6,6'- At least one diamine among hexafluorotolidine and 4,4'-diaminotetraphenyl.

又,以下所示之二胺(DA-1)~(DA-18)亦較佳。In addition, the diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) shown below are also preferable.

[化學式13]

Figure 02_image027
[Chemical formula 13]
Figure 02_image027

[化學式14]

Figure 02_image029
[Chemical formula 14]
Figure 02_image029

又,亦可列舉在主鏈上具有至少兩個伸烷基二醇單元之二胺作為較佳例。較佳為在一個分子中總計包含兩個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中之任一者或兩者之二胺,更佳為上述二胺且不包含芳香環之二胺。作為具體例,可列舉JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)KH-511、JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)ED-600、JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)ED-900、JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)ED-2003、JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)EDR-148、JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上為產品名稱,HUNTSMAN公司製)、1-(2-(2-(2-胺基丙氧基)乙氧基)丙氧基)丙烷-2-胺、1-(1-(1-(2-胺基丙氧基)丙烷-2-基)氧基)丙烷-2-胺等,但並不限定於該等。In addition, diamines having at least two alkylene glycol units in the main chain can also be cited as preferred examples. Preferably, it is a diamine that contains two or more of ethylene glycol chains and propylene glycol chains or both in total in one molecule, and more preferably is the above-mentioned diamine and does not contain an aromatic ring. Specific examples include JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) KH-511, JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) ED-600, JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) ED-900, JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) ED-2003, JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) EDR-148 , JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 (the above are product names, manufactured by HUNTSMAN), 1-(2-(2-(2-aminopropyl) (Oxy)ethoxy)propoxy)propane-2-amine, 1-(1-(1-(2-aminopropoxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)propane-2-amine, etc., But it is not limited to these.

以下示出JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)KH-511、JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)ED-600、JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)ED-900、JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)ED-2003、JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)EDR-148、JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)EDR-176的結構。The following shows JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) KH-511, JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) ED-600, JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) ED-900, JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) ED-2003, JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) EDR-148, JEFFAMINE ( Registered trademark) The structure of EDR-176.

[化學式15]

Figure 02_image031
[Chemical formula 15]
Figure 02_image031

上述中,x、y、z為算術平均值。In the above, x, y, and z are the arithmetic averages.

又,作為賦予上述式(51)或(61)的結構之二胺化合物,可列舉二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-雙(氟)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯等。可以使用該等中的一種,或者可以組合使用兩種以上。In addition, as the diamine compound imparting the structure of the above formula (51) or (61), dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)- 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis(fluoro)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, etc. One kind of these may be used, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.

又,以提高與基材的密接性為目的,作為二胺成分,可以使用雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等具有矽氧烷結構之二胺。In addition, for the purpose of improving the adhesion to the substrate, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane and bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasil can be used as the diamine component. Diamines with siloxane structure such as oxanes.

此外,以下二胺亦可較佳地使用。 [化學式16]

Figure 02_image033
In addition, the following diamines can also be preferably used. [Chemical formula 16]
Figure 02_image033

-由式(1-1)表示之重複單元的含量- 特定樹脂中之由式(1-1)表示之重複單元的含量並無特別限定,但相對於特定樹脂的總質量,10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳。上述含量的上限並無特別限定,只要係100質量%以下即可。 又,作為特定樹脂的一態樣,以高含量包含由式(1-1)表示之重複單元之態樣亦較佳。 在該情況下,相對於特定樹脂的總質量,由式(1-1)表示之重複單元的含量係50質量%以上為較佳,60質量%以上為更佳,70質量%以上為進一步較佳,80質量%以上為特佳,90質量%以上為最佳。上述含量的上限並無特別限定,只要係100質量%以下即可。 特定樹脂可以單獨包含一種由式(1-1)表示之重複單元,亦可包含兩種以上不同結構之由式(1-1)表示之重複單元。當特定樹脂包含兩種以上不同結構之由式(1-1)表示之重複單元時,特定樹脂中所包含之由式(1-1)表示之所有重複單元的總含量包括在上述含量的範圍內為較佳。-The content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1)- The content of the repeating unit represented by formula (1-1) in the specific resin is not particularly limited, but relative to the total mass of the specific resin, 10% by mass or more is preferred, 20% by mass or more is more preferred, and 30% by mass The above is further preferred. The upper limit of the above content is not particularly limited as long as it is 100% by mass or less. In addition, as an aspect of the specific resin, it is also preferable to include the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1) in a high content. In this case, relative to the total mass of the specific resin, the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (1-1) is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and more preferably 70% by mass or more. Good, more than 80% by mass is particularly good, and more than 90% by mass is the best. The upper limit of the above content is not particularly limited as long as it is 100% by mass or less. The specific resin may include one type of repeating unit represented by formula (1-1) alone, or may include two or more different structures of repeating units represented by formula (1-1). When a specific resin contains two or more different structures of repeating units represented by formula (1-1), the total content of all repeating units represented by formula (1-1) contained in the specific resin is included in the above content range The inner is better.

[其他重複單元] 特定樹脂可以還包含其他重複單元。[Other repeating units] The specific resin may further contain other repeating units.

-由式(2-1)~式(2-3)中的任一個表示之重複單元- 作為其他重複單元,可列舉由下述式(2-1)~式(2-3)中的任一個表示之重複單元。 當特定樹脂包含由下式(2-1)~(2-3)中的任一個表示之重複單元時,特定樹脂在主鏈中包含由下述式(2-1)~(2-3)中的任何一個表示中之重複單元為較佳。 [化學式17]

Figure 02_image035
式(2-1)~(2-3)中,X1 、Y1 、A1 、X2 、n及Q1 分別與式(1-1)中的X1 、Y1 、A1 、X2 、n及Q1 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 式(2-1)~(2-3)中,AA1 、AA2 、R113 及R114 分別與後述式(1)中之AA1 、AA2 、R113 及R114 的含義相同,且較佳態樣亦相同。-A repeating unit represented by any one of formula (2-1) to formula (2-3)- As other repeating units, any of the following formulas (2-1) to (2-3) can be cited A repeating unit of representation. When the specific resin contains a repeating unit represented by any one of the following formulas (2-1) to (2-3), the specific resin includes the following formulas (2-1) to (2-3) in the main chain Any one of represents the repeating unit in the preferred. [Chemical formula 17]
Figure 02_image035
In formulas (2-1) to (2-3), X 1 , Y 1 , A 1 , X 2 , n, and Q 1 are respectively the same as X 1 , Y 1 , A 1 , X in formula (1-1) 2. The meanings of n and Q 1 are the same, and the preferred aspects are also the same. In formulas (2-1) to (2-3), A A1 , A A2 , R 113 and R 114 have the same meanings as A A1 , A A2 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (1) described later, and The preferred aspect is also the same.

<<含量>> 特定樹脂中之由式(2-1)~(2-3)中之任一個表示之重複單元的總含量並無特別限定,但相對於特定樹脂的總質量,30質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳,10質量%以上為進一步較佳。上述總含量的下限並無特別限定,只要係0質量%以上即可。 又,從所得到之硬化膜的耐藥品性的觀點考慮,作為特定樹脂的一態樣,實質上不含有由式(2-1)~式(2-3)表示之重複單元之態樣亦較佳。 在該情況下,相對於特定樹脂的總質量,由式(2-1)~(2-3)中的任一個表示之重複單元的總含量係5質量%以下為較佳,3質量%以下為更佳,1質量%以下為進一步較佳。上述含量的下限並無特別限定,只要係0質量%以上即可。 特定樹脂可以單獨包含一種由式(2-1)~式(2-3)中的任一個表示之重複單元,亦可包含兩種以上不同結構之由式(2-1)~式(2-3)中的任一個表示之重複單元。當特定樹脂包含兩種以上不同結構之由式(2-1)~式(2-3)中的任一個表示之重複單元時,特定樹脂中所包含之由式(2-1)~式(2-3)中的任一個表示之所有重複單元的總含量包括在上述含量的範圍內為較佳。<<Content>> The total content of the repeating units represented by any one of formulas (2-1) to (2-3) in the specific resin is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 30% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the specific resin. 20% by mass or more is more preferable, and 10% by mass or more is still more preferable. The lower limit of the above total content is not particularly limited, as long as it is 0% by mass or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of the chemical resistance of the cured film obtained, as a specific resin, it is also an aspect that does not substantially contain the repeating unit represented by formula (2-1) to formula (2-3) Better. In this case, relative to the total mass of the specific resin, the total content of the repeating units represented by any one of formulas (2-1) to (2-3) is preferably 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less More preferably, 1% by mass or less is still more preferable. The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited, as long as it is 0% by mass or more. The specific resin may individually include one type of repeating unit represented by any one of formula (2-1) to formula (2-3), or may include two or more different structures from formula (2-1) to formula (2- 3) Any one of the repeating units. When the specific resin contains two or more different structures of the repeating unit represented by any one of formula (2-1) to formula (2-3), the specific resin contained in the specific resin consists of formula (2-1) to formula ( It is preferable that the total content of all repeating units indicated by any one of 2-3) is included in the above-mentioned content range.

-由式(4)表示之重複單元- 特定樹脂亦可以進一步包含由式(4)表示之重複單元。 當特定樹脂包含由下述式(4)表示之重複單元時,特定樹脂在主鏈上包含由下述式(4)表示之重複單元為較佳。 然而,由上述式(1-1)表示之重複單元並不對應於由式(4)表示之重複單元。 [化學式18]

Figure 02_image037
式(4)中,R131 表示2價有機基,R132 表示4價有機基。-Repeating unit represented by formula (4)- The specific resin may further include a repeating unit represented by formula (4). When the specific resin includes a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4), it is preferable that the specific resin includes a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4) in the main chain. However, the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1-1) does not correspond to the repeating unit represented by the formula (4). [Chemical formula 18]
Figure 02_image037
In formula (4), R 131 represents a divalent organic group, and R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group.

作為R131 表示之2價有機基,可例示與式(1-1)中之Q1 相同的基團,較佳範圍亦相同。As the divalent organic group represented by R 131 , the same group as Q 1 in the formula (1-1) can be exemplified, and the preferred range is also the same.

R132 係包含芳香環之4價有機基為較佳,由下述式(5)或式(6)表示之基團為更佳。R 132 is preferably a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring, and a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6) is more preferable.

[化學式19]

Figure 02_image039
[Chemical formula 19]
Figure 02_image039

R112 係2價連接基,單鍵或者可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、可以具有取代基之碳酸6~20的芳香族烴基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)2 -、-NHC(=O)-或將該等組合兩個以上之基團為較佳,選自單鍵、可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、可以具有取代基之伸苯基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-及-S(=O)2 -中之基團為更佳,選自包括-CH2 -、可以具有取代基之伸苯基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)2 -、-C(CF32 -及-C(CH32 -之群組中之2價基團為進一步較佳。*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。R 112 is a divalent linking group, a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbons which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 20 carbonic acid which may have a substituent, -O-, -C(=O )-, -S-, -S(=O) 2 -, -NHC(=O)- or a combination of two or more groups are preferred, selected from single bonds, carbons that can be substituted by fluorine atoms The number of alkylene groups from 1 to 3, the phenylene group which may have substituents, the groups among -O-, -C(=O)-, -S- and -S(=O) 2 -are more preferable, Selected from including -CH 2 -, phenylene which may have substituents, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -S(=O) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2- And the divalent group in the group of -C(CH 3 ) 2-is further preferred. * Each independently indicates the bonding site with other structures.

又,作為R132 ,亦較佳地可列舉由下述式(R-1)表示之4價有機基。 [化學式20]

Figure 02_image041
式(R-1)中,X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示芳香族烴基或脂肪族環基,Y1 表示n+2價有機基,XR1 分別獨立地表示取代基,n表示0以上的整數,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。Moreover, as R 132 , a tetravalent organic group represented by the following formula (R-1) is also preferably mentioned. [Chemical formula 20]
Figure 02_image041
In formula (R-1), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aliphatic cyclic group, Y 1 represents an n+divalent organic group, X R1 each independently represents a substituent, and n represents 0 or more Integer, * respectively independently indicate the bonding site with other structures.

式(R-1)中,X1 、X2 、Y1 及n分別與式(1-1)中的X1 、X2 、Y1 及n的含義相同,且較佳態樣亦相同。然而,式(1-1)中之Y1 的說明中之“與式(1-1)中之A1 的鍵結部位”的記載可替代為“與式(R-1)中之XR1 或氫原子的鍵結部位”。In formula (R-1), X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 and n have the same meanings as X 1 , X 2 , Y 1 and n in formula (1-1), and preferred aspects are also the same. However, in the description of Y 1 in formula (1-1), the description of "the bonding site with A 1 in formula (1-1)" can be replaced with "X R1 in formula (R-1) Or the bonding site of the hydrogen atom".

式(R-1)中,XR1 分別獨立地係不包含聚合性基之取代基為較佳。作為上述聚合性基,可列舉在上述式(1-1)中的A1 中已說明之聚合性基。 作為不包含上述聚合性基之取代基,碳數1~10的烷基、碳數6~20的芳香族烴基、羥基、羧基、磺基、磷酸基或膦酸基為較佳。 又,從鹼性顯影性的觀點考慮,XR1 係苯酚性羥基、羧基或磺基為較佳,羧基為更佳。 從溶劑溶解性的觀點考慮,XR1 係碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~20的芳香族烴基為較佳。In the formula (R-1), X R1 is preferably a substituent that does not include a polymerizable group each independently. As said polymerizable group, the polymerizable group demonstrated in A 1 in said formula (1-1) can be mentioned. As the substituent not containing the above-mentioned polymerizable group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group or a phosphonic acid group are preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of alkali developability, X R1 is preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group, carboxyl group or sulfo group, and more preferably a carboxyl group. From the viewpoint of solvent solubility, X R1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbons.

關於式(4)中之R132 表示之4價有機基,具體而言,可列舉從四羧酸二酐去除酸二酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基等。四羧酸二酐可以僅使用一種,亦可使用兩種以上。四羧酸二酐係由下述式(7)表示之化合物為較佳。 Regarding the tetravalent organic group represented by R 132 in the formula (4), specifically, the tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the acid dianhydride group from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the like can be mentioned. Only one type of tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used, or two or more types may be used. Tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (7).

[化學式21]

Figure 02_image043
[Chemical formula 21]
Figure 02_image043

R115 表示4價有機基。R115 與式(4)中之R132 的含義相同。R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. R 115 has the same meaning as R 132 in formula (4).

作為四羧酸二酐的具體例,可例示選自後述實施例中之酐(AA-7)、均苯四甲酸、均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯硫醚四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、4,4’-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,7-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、1,3-二苯基六氟丙烷-3,3,4,4-四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,6-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基四羧酸二酐、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二酐、1,8,9,10-菲四羧酸二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2,3,4-苯四羧酸二酐及該等的碳數1~6的烷基衍生物及碳數1~6的烷氧基衍生物中之至少一種。As a specific example of tetracarboxylic dianhydride, anhydride (AA-7), pyromellitic acid, pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3',4,4' selected from the examples below can be illustrated. -Biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3 ,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-di Phenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4 '-Oxodiphthalic dianhydride, 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1, 4,5,7-Naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride , 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4 ,5,6-Naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2, 4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,1-bis(2,3 -Dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride and the carbons thereof At least one of alkyl derivatives having 1 to 6 and alkoxy derivatives having 1 to 6 carbons.

又,亦可列舉下述中所示出之四羧酸二酐(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)作為較佳例。In addition, tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) shown below can also be cited as preferred examples.

[化學式22]

Figure 02_image045
[Chemical formula 22]
Figure 02_image045

<<含量>> 特定樹脂中之由式(4)表示之重複單元的含量並無特別限定,但相對於特定樹脂的總質量,90質量%以下為較佳,80質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳。上述總含量的下限並無特別限定,只要係0質量%以上即可。 又,從所得到之硬化膜的耐藥品性的觀點及提高樹脂的透明性之觀點考慮,作為特定樹脂的一態樣,由式(4)表示之重複單元的含量為低含量之態樣亦較佳。 在該情況下,相對於特定樹脂的總質量,由式(4)表示之重複單元的總含量係50質量%以下為較佳,30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳,10質量%以下為特佳。上述含量的下限並無特別限定,只要係0質量%以上即可。 特定樹脂可以單獨包含一種由式(4)表示之重複單元,亦可包含兩種以上不同結構之由式(4)表示之重複單元。當特定樹脂包含兩種以上不同結構之由式(4)表示之重複單元時,特定樹脂中所包含之由式(4)表示之所有重複單元的總含量包括在上述含量的範圍內為較佳。<<Content>> The content of the repeating unit represented by formula (4) in the specific resin is not particularly limited, but relative to the total mass of the specific resin, 90% by mass or less is preferred, 80% by mass or less is more preferably, and 70% by mass or less is Further better. The lower limit of the above total content is not particularly limited, as long as it is 0% by mass or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of the chemical resistance of the cured film obtained and the viewpoint of improving the transparency of the resin, as a specific resin, the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (4) is also low. Better. In this case, relative to the total mass of the specific resin, the total content of the repeating unit represented by formula (4) is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less , 10% by mass or less is particularly good. The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited, as long as it is 0% by mass or more. The specific resin may include one type of repeating unit represented by formula (4) alone, or may include two or more different structures of repeating units represented by formula (4). When the specific resin contains two or more different structures of repeating units represented by formula (4), it is preferable that the total content of all repeating units represented by formula (4) contained in the specific resin is included in the above-mentioned content range .

-由式(1)表示之重複單元- 特定樹脂亦可進一步包含由下述式(1)表示之重複單元。 在特定樹脂包含由下述式(1)表示之重複單元時,特定樹脂在主鏈上包含由下述式(1)表示之重複單元為較佳。 [化學式23]

Figure 02_image047
式(1)中,AA1 及AA2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NH-,R111 表示2價有機基,R115 表示4價有機基,R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基。 又,在由式(1)表示之重複單元中所記載之包含兩個醯胺基之結構中,其中一個可以被醯亞胺環化。 作為上述一個被醯亞胺環化之結構,可列舉下述式(1-A)或下述式(1-B)。 [化學式24]
Figure 02_image049
式(1-A)或式(1-B)中,AA1 、AA2 、R111 、R115 、R113 R114 分別與式(1)中的,AA1 、AA2 、R111 、R115 、R113 及R114 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。-Repeating unit represented by formula (1)- The specific resin may further include a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1). When the specific resin contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1), the specific resin preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1) in the main chain. [Chemical formula 23]
Figure 02_image047
In formula (1), A A1 and A A2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, R 111 represents a divalent organic group, R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or Monovalent organic group. In addition, in the structure containing two amide groups described in the repeating unit represented by formula (1), one of them may be cyclized with amide. As the above-mentioned one structure which is cyclized by an imine, the following formula (1-A) or the following formula (1-B) can be mentioned. [Chemical formula 24]
Figure 02_image049
In formula (1-A) or formula (1-B), A A1 , A A2 , R 111 , R 115 , R 113 R 114 are the same as those in formula (1), A A1 , A A2 , R 111 , R 115 , R 113 and R 114 have the same meaning, and preferred aspects are also the same.

式(1)中,AA1 及AA2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NH-,氧原子為較佳。 式(1)中,R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基,R113 及R114 中之至少一者包含聚合性基為較佳,兩者包含聚合性基為更佳。 作為R113 或R114 中之聚合性基,可列舉與上述式(1-1)中之A1 中之聚合性基相同的基團。In the formula (1), A A1 and A A2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, and an oxygen atom is preferred. In formula (1), R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. It is preferred that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains a polymerizable group, and it is more preferred that both contain a polymerizable group. . Examples of the polymerizable group in R 113 or R 114 include the same groups as the polymerizable group in A 1 in the above formula (1-1).

R113 或R114 為乙烯基、烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基或由下述式(III)表示之基團亦較佳。R 113 or R 114 is also preferably a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, or a group represented by the following formula (III).

[化學式25]

Figure 02_image051
[Chemical formula 25]
Figure 02_image051

式(III)中,R200 表示氫原子、甲基、乙基及羥甲基,氫原子或甲基為較佳。In the formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a hydroxymethyl group, and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferred.

式(III)中,R201 表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -或碳數4~30的(聚)伸烷氧基(作為伸烷基,碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為特佳;重複數為1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為特佳)。 關於較佳的R201 的例子,可列舉伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、1,2-丁二基、1,3-丁二基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、八亞甲基、十二亞甲基等伸烷基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -,伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -為更佳。 特佳為R200 係甲基,R201 係伸乙基。 式(III)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 作為較佳實施形態,可列舉作為式(1)中之R113 或R114 的1價有機基具有一個、兩個或3個(較佳為一個)酸基之脂肪族基、芳香族基及芳烷基等。具體而言,可列舉具有酸基之碳數6~20的芳香族基、具有酸基之碳數7~25的芳烷基。更具體而言,可列舉具有酸基之苯基及具有酸基之苄基。酸基為羥基為較佳。亦即,R113 或R114 為具有羥基之基團為較佳。 作為R113 或R114 表示之1價有機基,可較佳地使用提高顯影液的溶解度之取代基。In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbons, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -or a (poly) alkoxy group having 4 to 30 carbons (as an alkylene group, carbon The number is preferably from 1 to 12, more preferably from 1 to 6, and particularly preferably from 1 to 3; the repetitive number is preferably from 1 to 12, more preferably from 1 to 6, and particularly preferably from 1 to 3). Examples of preferred R 201 include ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, 1,2-butanediyl, 1,3-butanediyl, pentamethylene, and hexamethylene. Methylene, octamethylene, dodecylene and other alkylene groups, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -is better. Particularly preferably, R 200 is a methyl group, and R 201 is an ethylene group. In formula (III), * represents the bonding site with other structures. As a preferred embodiment, the monovalent organic group of R 113 or R 114 in formula (1) has one, two, or three (preferably one) aliphatic groups, aromatic groups, and Aralkyl and so on. Specifically, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms having an acid group, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms having an acid group can be cited. More specifically, a phenyl group having an acid group and a benzyl group having an acid group can be mentioned. The acid group is preferably a hydroxyl group. That is, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a group having a hydroxyl group. As the monovalent organic group represented by R 113 or R 114 , a substituent that improves the solubility of the developer can be preferably used.

從對水性顯影液之溶解性的觀點考慮,R113 或R114 係氫原子、2-羥基芐基、3-羥基芐基及4-羥基芐基為更佳。From the viewpoint of solubility in an aqueous developer, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a hydrogen atom, 2-hydroxybenzyl, 3-hydroxybenzyl, and 4-hydroxybenzyl.

從對有機溶劑之溶解度的觀點考慮,R113 或R114 係1價有機基為較佳。作為1價有機基,直鏈或支鏈的烷基、環狀烷基、芳香族基為較佳,被芳香族基取代之烷基為更佳。From the viewpoint of solubility in organic solvents, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, and an aromatic group are preferable, and an alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group is more preferable.

烷基的碳數為1~30為較佳(環狀時為3以上)。烷基可以係直鏈、支鏈、環狀中之任一個。作為直鏈或支鏈烷基,例如可列舉甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二烷基、十四烷基,十八烷基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、1-乙基戊基及2-乙基己基。環狀烷基可以為單環環狀烷基,亦可為多環環狀烷基。作為單環環狀烷基,例如可列舉環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基及環辛基。作為多環環狀烷基,例如可列舉金剛烷基、降莰基、莰基、莰烯基(camphenyl)、十氫萘基、三環癸烷基、四環癸烷基、莰二醯基、二環己基及蒎烯基(pinenyl)。又,作為被芳香族基取代之烷基,被以下所述之芳香族基取代之直鏈烷基為較佳。The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms (3 or more in the case of a cyclic ring). The alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic. Examples of linear or branched alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, and tetradecyl. , Octadecyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, second butyl, tertiary butyl, 1-ethylpentyl and 2-ethylhexyl. The cyclic alkyl group may be a monocyclic cyclic alkyl group or a polycyclic cyclic alkyl group. Examples of monocyclic cyclic alkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Examples of polycyclic cyclic alkyl groups include adamantyl, norbornyl, camphenyl, camphenyl (camphenyl), decahydronaphthyl, tricyclodecyl, tetracyclodecyl, and camphenyl , Dicyclohexyl and pinenyl (pinenyl). In addition, as the alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group, a linear alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group described below is preferable.

作為芳香族基,具體而言為取代或未取代的芳香族烴基(作為構成基團之環狀結構,可列舉苯環、萘環、聯苯環、茀環、戊搭烯環、茚環、薁環、庚搭烯環、茚烯環、苝環、稠五苯環、苊烯環、菲環、蒽環、稠四苯環、䓛環、三伸苯環等)或取代或未取代的芳香族雜環基(作為構成基團之環狀結構,茀環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嘧啶環、嗒𠯤環、吲口巾環、吲哚環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、異苯并呋喃環、喹口巾環、喹啉環、呔𠯤環、萘啶環、喹㗁啉環、喹唑啉環、異喹啉環、咔唑環、啡啶環、吖啶環、啡啉環、噻蒽環、色烯環、𠮿口星(xanthene)環、啡㗁噻環、啡噻𠯤環或啡𠯤環)。The aromatic group is specifically a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group (the cyclic structure constituting the group includes a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a biphenyl ring, a stilbene ring, a pentene ring, an indene ring, Azulene ring, heptene ring, indenene ring, perylene ring, fused pentabenzene ring, acenaphthylene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring, fused tetraphenyl ring, tetraphenyl ring, terphenylene ring, etc.) or substituted or unsubstituted Aromatic heterocyclic group (as the cyclic structure constituting the group, pyrrole ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, azole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, and pyridine ring) , Indole ring, indole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinoline ring, quinoline ring, quinoline ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoline ring, quinazole Morpholine ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine ring, phenanthroline ring, thiaxanthene ring, chromene ring, xanthene ring, phenanthene ring, phenanthrene ring or Brown 𠯤 ring).

式(1)中,R115 與式(4)中之R132 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 式(1)中,R111 與上述式(1-1)中之Q1 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。In formula (1), R 115 has the same meaning as R 132 in formula (4), and preferred aspects are also the same. In formula (1), R 111 has the same meaning as Q 1 in the above formula (1-1), and preferred aspects are also the same.

<<含量>> 特定樹脂中之由式(1)表示之重複單元的總含量並無特別限定,但相對於特定樹脂的總質量,30質量%以下為較佳,20質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳。上述總含量的下限並無特別限定,只要係0質量%以上即可。 又,從所得到之硬化膜的耐藥品性的觀點考慮,作為特定樹脂的一態樣,實質上不含有由式(1)表示之重複單元之態樣亦較佳。 在該情況下,相對於特定樹脂的總質量,由式(1)表示之重複單元的總含量係5質量%以下為較佳,3質量%以下為更佳,1質量%以下為進一步較佳。上述含量的下限並無特別限定,只要係0質量%以上即可。 特定樹脂可以單獨包含一種由式(1)表示之重複單元,亦可包含兩種以上不同結構之由式(1)表示之重複單元。當特定樹脂包含兩種以上不同結構之由式(1)表示之重複單元時,特定樹脂中所包含之由式(1)表示之所有重複單元的總含量包括在上述含量的範圍內為較佳。 又,當特定樹脂包含由式(1-A)或式(1-B)表示之重複單元時,由式(1)表示之重複單元、由式(1-A)表示之重複單元、及由式(1-B)表示之重複單元的總含量包括在上述含量的範圍內為較佳。<<Content>> The total content of the repeating unit represented by formula (1) in the specific resin is not particularly limited, but relative to the total mass of the specific resin, 30% by mass or less is preferred, 20% by mass or less is more preferably, and 10% by mass or less To be further preferred. The lower limit of the above total content is not particularly limited, as long as it is 0% by mass or more. Moreover, from the viewpoint of the chemical resistance of the cured film obtained, it is also preferable that the specific resin does not substantially contain the repeating unit represented by the formula (1). In this case, relative to the total mass of the specific resin, the total content of the repeating units represented by formula (1) is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, and more preferably 1% by mass or less . The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited, as long as it is 0% by mass or more. The specific resin may include one type of repeating unit represented by formula (1) alone, or may include two or more different structures of repeating units represented by formula (1). When the specific resin contains two or more different structures of repeating units represented by formula (1), it is preferable that the total content of all repeating units represented by formula (1) contained in the specific resin is included in the above-mentioned content range . In addition, when the specific resin contains a repeating unit represented by formula (1-A) or formula (1-B), the repeating unit represented by formula (1), the repeating unit represented by formula (1-A), and the repeating unit represented by formula (1-A), and It is preferable that the total content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-B) is included in the above-mentioned content range.

-末端結構- 特定樹脂的末端結構並無特別限定,但為了提高組成物的保存穩定性,可以用單胺、一元醇、苯酚、硫醇、硫酚、酸酐、一元羧酸、單醯氯化合物、單活性酯化合物等封端劑來密封末端。在該等封端劑中,使用單胺為較佳。作為一元醇的較佳化合物,可列舉甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己醇、辛醇、十二醇、芐醇、2-苯基乙醇、2-甲氧基乙醇、2-氯甲醇、糠醇等1級醇、異丙醇、2-丁醇、環己醇、環戊醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇等2級醇、叔丁醇、金剛烷醇等3級醇等。作為苯酚類的較佳化合物,可列舉苯酚、甲氧基苯酚、甲基苯酚、萘-1-醇、萘-2-醇等。作為單胺,可列舉苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥基喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基安息香酸、3-胺基安息香酸、4-胺基安息香酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基硫酚、3-胺基硫酚、4-胺基硫酚等。該等可以使用2種以上,可以藉由使複數種封端劑反應而導入複數個不同之末端基。 又,當密封樹脂末端的胺基時,可以用具有能夠與胺基反應之官能基之化合物進行密封。關於對胺基之較佳密封劑,羧酸酐、羧酸氯、羧酸溴、磺酸氯、磺酸酐、磺酸羧酸酐等為較佳,羧酸酐、羧酸氯為更佳。作為羧酸酐的較佳化合物,可列舉乙酸酐、丙酸酐、草酸酐、琥珀酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、安息香酸酐等。又,作為羧酸氯的較佳化合物,可列舉乙醯氯、丙烯酸氯、丙醯氯、甲基丙烯酸氯、三甲基乙醯氯、環己烷羰基氯、2-乙基己醯氯、桂皮醯氯、1-金剛烷羰基氯、七氟丁醯氯、硬脂酸氯、苯甲醯氯等。-End structure- The terminal structure of the specific resin is not particularly limited, but in order to improve the storage stability of the composition, monoamines, monohydric alcohols, phenols, mercaptans, thiophenols, acid anhydrides, monocarboxylic acids, monochlorine compounds, and monoactive esters can be used. A blocking agent such as a compound to seal the end. Among these blocking agents, it is preferable to use monoamines. Preferred compounds for monohydric alcohols include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, octanol, dodecanol, benzyl alcohol, 2-phenylethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-chloromethanol , Furfuryl alcohol and other primary alcohols, isopropanol, 2-butanol, cyclohexanol, cyclopentanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol and other secondary alcohols, tertiary alcohols such as tert-butanol and adamantanol Wait. Examples of preferable compounds of phenols include phenol, methoxyphenol, methylphenol, naphthalene-1-ol, naphthalene-2-ol, and the like. Examples of monoamines include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxyl -6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy -5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy -6-Aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-amino Salicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2 -Aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, etc. Two or more kinds of these can be used, and a plurality of different terminal groups can be introduced by reacting a plurality of kinds of blocking agents. In addition, when sealing the amine group at the end of the resin, it can be sealed with a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the amine group. As for the preferable sealing agent for the amino group, carboxylic acid anhydride, carboxylic acid chloride, carboxylic acid bromide, sulfonic acid chloride, sulfonic acid anhydride, sulfonic acid carboxylic acid anhydride, etc. are preferable, and carboxylic acid anhydride and carboxylic acid chlorine are more preferable. Examples of preferable compounds of carboxylic anhydride include acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, oxalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, and benzoic anhydride. In addition, preferred compounds of carboxylic acid chlorine include acetyl chloride, acrylic chloride, acryl chloride, methacrylic chloride, trimethyl acetyl chloride, cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride, 2-ethylhexyl chloride, Cinnamon chloride, 1-adamantyl carbonyl chloride, heptafluorobutyryl chloride, stearic acid chloride, benzyl chloride, etc.

[含量] 從提高所得到之硬化膜的斷裂伸長率之觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中之特定樹脂的含量相對於硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分係20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳。 作為上述含量的上限,從提高硬化性樹脂組成物的解析度的觀點考慮,99.5質量%以下為較佳,99質量%以下為更佳,98質量%以下為進一步較佳,97質量%以下為更進一步較佳,95質量%以下為更進一步較佳。[content] From the viewpoint of increasing the elongation at break of the cured film obtained, the content of the specific resin in the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition. The mass% or more is more preferable, and 40 mass% or more is more preferable. As the upper limit of the above content, from the viewpoint of improving the resolution of the curable resin composition, 99.5% by mass or less is preferable, 99% by mass or less is more preferable, 98% by mass or less is more preferable, and 97% by mass or less is It is still more preferable, and 95% by mass or less is still more preferable.

[特定樹脂的物理性質] -分子量- 特定樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)為2,000~500,000為較佳,5,000~200,000為更佳,10,000~100,000為進一步較佳。 特定樹脂的數量平均分子量(Mn)為800~250,000為較佳,2,000~100,000為更佳,4,000~50,000為進一步較佳。 又,本發明的較佳的一態樣,可列舉使用分子量大的特定樹脂之態樣。依上述態樣,可得到膜強度優異之硬化膜。 關於在上述實施形態中使用之特定樹脂的Mw,40,000以上為較佳,50,000以上為更佳,60,000以上為進一步較佳,70,000以上為特佳,80,000以上為最佳。Mw的上限並無特別限定,但250,000以下為較佳,200,000以下為更佳,150,000以下為進一步較佳。 又,關於在上述實施形態中使用之特定樹脂的Mn,10,000以上為較佳,15,000以上為更佳,18,000以上為進一步較佳,20,000以上為特佳,25,000以上為最佳。上述Mn的上限並無特別限定,但200,000以下為較佳,150,000以下為更佳,100,000以下為進一步較佳。 關於特定樹脂的分子量的分散度,1.5~3.5為較佳,2~3為更佳。 在本說明書中,分子量的分散度係指重量平均分子量除以數量平均分子量而得之值(重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量)。[Physical properties of specific resin] -Molecular weight- The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the specific resin is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 200,000, and even more preferably 10,000 to 100,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the specific resin is preferably 800-250,000, more preferably 2,000-100,000, and still more preferably 4,000-50,000. In addition, a preferred aspect of the present invention includes an aspect in which a specific resin having a large molecular weight is used. According to the above aspect, a cured film with excellent film strength can be obtained. Regarding the Mw of the specific resin used in the above embodiment, 40,000 or more is preferable, 50,000 or more is more preferable, 60,000 or more is more preferable, 70,000 or more is particularly preferable, and 80,000 or more is most preferable. The upper limit of Mw is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 250,000 or less, more preferably 200,000 or less, and even more preferably 150,000 or less. In addition, with regard to the Mn of the specific resin used in the above embodiment, 10,000 or more is preferable, 15,000 or more is more preferable, 18,000 or more is more preferable, 20,000 or more is particularly preferable, and 25,000 or more is most preferable. The upper limit of Mn is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, and even more preferably 100,000 or less. Regarding the degree of dispersion of the molecular weight of the specific resin, 1.5 to 3.5 are preferable, and 2 to 3 are more preferable. In this specification, the degree of molecular weight dispersion refers to the value obtained by dividing the weight average molecular weight by the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight).

-酸值- 當將硬化性樹脂組成物使用於後述溶劑顯影時,特定樹脂的酸值係1mmol/g以下為較佳,0.5mmol/g以下為更佳,0.3mmol/g為進一步較佳。上述酸值的下限並無特別限定,只要係0mmol/g以上即可。 當將硬化性樹脂組成物使用於後述鹼性顯影時,特定樹脂的酸值為1.2~7mmol/g為較佳,1.5~6mmol/g為更佳,2~5mmol/g為進一步較佳。 在本發明中,酸值西指特定樹脂1g中所包含之酸基的量(mmol)。 酸基係指被pH12以上的鹼(例如氫氧化鈉)中和之基團。又,上述酸基係pKa為10以下的基團為較佳。 上述酸值藉由公知方法而測定,例如藉由JIS K 0070:1992中所記載的方法而測定。 上述酸基在特定樹脂中包含於例如由式(1-1)表示之重複單元中之Q1 ,由式(4)表示之重複單元中之XR1 ,由式(4)表示之重複單元中之R131 等。 作為上述酸基,可列舉苯酚性羥基、羧基、磺基等,羧基為較佳。-Acid Value- When the curable resin composition is used for the solvent development described later, the acid value of the specific resin is preferably 1 mmol/g or less, more preferably 0.5 mmol/g or less, and more preferably 0.3 mmol/g. The lower limit of the above acid value is not particularly limited, as long as it is 0 mmol/g or more. When the curable resin composition is used for alkaline development described later, the acid value of the specific resin is preferably 1.2 to 7 mmol/g, more preferably 1.5 to 6 mmol/g, and even more preferably 2 to 5 mmol/g. In the present invention, the acid value refers to the amount (mmol) of acid groups contained in 1 g of the specific resin. The acid group refers to a group neutralized by a base having a pH of 12 or higher (for example, sodium hydroxide). In addition, the acid group preferably has a pKa of 10 or less. The above-mentioned acid value is measured by a known method, for example, by the method described in JIS K 0070:1992. The above-mentioned acid group is contained in the specific resin, for example, Q 1 in the repeating unit represented by formula (1-1), X R1 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4), and in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) The R 131 and so on. As said acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, etc. are mentioned, A carboxyl group is preferable.

-聚合性基值- 1g特定樹脂中所包含之聚合性基的莫耳量(聚合性基值、單位係gol/g)係0.05~10mol/g為較佳,0.1~6mol/g為更佳。 聚合性基例如包含於由式(1-1)表示之重複單元中之A1 、Q1 ,由式(4)表示之重複單元中之R131 等。 當特定樹脂包含乙烯性不飽和鍵作為聚合性基時,1g特定樹脂中所包含之乙烯性不飽和鍵的莫耳量係0.05~10mol/g為較佳,0.1~6mol/g為更佳。 特定樹脂包含環狀醚基、羥甲基等聚合性基作為聚合性基時,1g特定樹脂中所包含之上述聚合性基的莫耳量係0.05~10mol/g為較佳,0.1~6mol/g為更佳。-Polymerizable base value- The molar amount of the polymerizable group contained in 1g of the specific resin (polymerizable base value, unit is gol/g) is preferably 0.05-10 mol/g, more preferably 0.1-6 mol/g . The polymerizable group includes, for example, A 1 and Q 1 in the repeating unit represented by formula (1-1) , R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4), and the like. When the specific resin contains ethylenically unsaturated bonds as the polymerizable group, the molar amount of the ethylenically unsaturated bonds contained in 1 g of the specific resin is preferably 0.05-10 mol/g, and more preferably 0.1-6 mol/g. When the specific resin contains a polymerizable group such as a cyclic ether group and a methylol group as the polymerizable group, the molar amount of the polymerizable group contained in 1 g of the specific resin is preferably 0.05-10 mol/g, 0.1-6 mol/g g is better.

-醯亞胺化率(閉環率)- 特定樹脂的醯亞胺化率(閉環率)係70%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳,90%以上為進一步較佳。 上述醯亞胺化率的上限並無特別限定,只要係100%以下即可。 上述醯亞胺化率例如藉由下述方法而測定。 測定聚醯亞胺的紅外吸收光譜,求出作為源自醯亞胺結構的吸收峰值之1377cm-1 附近的峰值強度P1。其次,在將聚醯亞胺在350℃下處理1小時熱處理之後,再次測定紅外吸收光譜,求出1377cm-1 附近的峰值強度P2。使用所得到之峰值強度P1、P2,並基於下述式能夠求出聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率。 醯亞胺化率(%)=(峰值強度P1/峰值強度P2)×100-Imidation rate (ring-closing rate)- The imidization rate (ring-closing rate) of the specific resin is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and more preferably 90% or more. The upper limit of the above-mentioned imidization rate is not particularly limited as long as it is 100% or less. The said imidization rate is measured by the following method, for example. The infrared absorption spectrum of the polyimide was measured, and the peak intensity P1 in the vicinity of 1377 cm-1 , which is an absorption peak derived from the imine structure, was determined. Next, after the polyimide was heat-treated at 350°C for 1 hour, the infrared absorption spectrum was measured again, and the peak intensity P2 in the vicinity of 1377 cm -1 was obtained. Using the obtained peak intensities P1 and P2, the imidization rate of polyimide can be obtained based on the following formula. The imidization rate (%)=(peak intensity P1/peak intensity P2)×100

-氟原子量- 從所得到之硬化膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,特定樹脂具有氟原子為較佳。 相對於特定樹脂的總質量之氟原子量,1~50mol/g為較佳,5~30mol/g為更佳。 氟原子例如包含於由式(1-1)表示之重複單元中之Q1 、由式(4)表示之重複單元中之R132 、或者由式(4)表示之重複單元中之R131 為較佳,包含於由式(1-1)表示之重複單元中之Q1 、由式(4)表示之重複單元中之R132 、或者由式(4)表示之重複單元中之R131 中作為氟化烷基為更佳。-Fluorine atomic weight-From the viewpoint of the film strength of the cured film obtained, it is preferable that the specific resin has a fluorine atom. The fluorine atom weight relative to the total mass of the specific resin is preferably 1-50 mol/g, and more preferably 5-30 mol/g. For example, the fluorine atom contained in Q 1 in the repeating unit represented by formula (1-1), R 132 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4), or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) is Preferably, it is contained in Q 1 in the repeating unit represented by formula (1-1), R 132 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4), or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) It is more preferable as a fluorinated alkyl group.

[具體例] 作為特定樹脂的具體例,可列舉後述實施例中使用之特定樹脂。[Specific example] As a specific example of a specific resin, the specific resin used in the Example mentioned later can be mentioned.

〔製造方法〕 特定樹脂例如藉由後述實施例中之合成例所示合成方法而製造。〔Production method〕 The specific resin is produced, for example, by the synthesis method shown in the synthesis example in the below-mentioned examples.

具體而言,本發明中所使用之樹脂的製造方法較佳地包括如下製程:使4價羧酸化合物和二胺化合物反應而得到聚醯亞胺前驅物之製程(前驅物製造製程);及使上述聚醯亞胺前驅物醯亞胺化之製程(醯亞胺化製程)。Specifically, the manufacturing method of the resin used in the present invention preferably includes the following process: a process of reacting a tetravalent carboxylic acid compound and a diamine compound to obtain a polyimide precursor (precursor manufacturing process); and The process of making the above-mentioned polyimide precursor imidization (imidization process).

-前驅物製造製程- 在前驅物製造製程中,藉由使4價羧酸化合物和二胺化合物反應而得到聚醯亞胺前驅物。 上述聚醯亞胺前驅物係包含由上述式(2-3)表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物為較佳。又,上述聚醯亞胺前驅物除了由式(2-3)表示之重複單元以外,還可以包含由上式(1)表示之重複單元。 上述4價羧酸化合物可以係4個羧酸中的至少一個酯化、鹵化等被改質之羧酸衍生物,亦可以係兩個羧酸分別酐化之羧酸二酐,羧酸二酐為較佳。 作為上述羧酸二酐,具體而言,能夠使用由上述式(1-3)表示之羧酸二酐、或者由上述式(7)表示之羧酸二酐。又,作為上述4價羧酸化合物,能夠使用上述羧酸二酐被水解之結構的化合物、或者對上述化合物進行了酯化、鹵化等改質之結構的化合物。 作為上述二胺化合物,具體而言,能夠使用由上述式(1-4)表示之二胺化合物。 此外,在前驅物的製造中,能夠參閱公知的方法而進行。-Precursor manufacturing process- In the precursor manufacturing process, a polyimide precursor is obtained by reacting a tetravalent carboxylic acid compound and a diamine compound. The above-mentioned polyimine precursor is preferably a polyimine precursor containing a repeating unit represented by the above formula (2-3). In addition, the polyimide precursor may include a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1) in addition to the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-3). The above-mentioned tetravalent carboxylic acid compound may be a carboxylic acid derivative modified by esterification or halogenation of at least one of the four carboxylic acids, or a carboxylic dianhydride or carboxylic dianhydride in which two carboxylic acids have been anhydride separately For better. As the carboxylic dianhydride, specifically, the carboxylic dianhydride represented by the above formula (1-3) or the carboxylic dianhydride represented by the above formula (7) can be used. In addition, as the tetravalent carboxylic acid compound, a compound having a structure in which the carboxylic dianhydride is hydrolyzed, or a compound having a structure in which the compound is modified such as esterification or halogenation can be used. As said diamine compound, the diamine compound represented by the said formula (1-4) can be used specifically,. In addition, the production of the precursor can be performed with reference to a known method.

-醯亞胺化製程- 在醯亞胺化製程中,在上述前驅物製造製程中得到之聚醯亞胺前驅物被醯亞胺化,從而得到特定樹脂。 醯亞胺化製程可以係熱醯亞胺化(例如,基於加熱之醯亞胺化)、化學醯亞胺化(例如,使用催化劑之醯亞胺化)及藉由該等的組合而進行之醯亞胺化中的任一種,例如,在存在胺系化合物等催化劑的情況下,藉由加熱而進行。 又,在醯亞胺化製程中,例如可以使用脫水劑。作為脫水劑,可列舉乙酸酐等羧酸酐等。 在本發明的特定樹脂的製造中,可以在將加熱溫度設為低溫(例如,80℃~150℃等)而進行醯亞胺化,因此從節能的觀點考慮,本發明的特定樹脂的製造方法亦有用。 此外,關於醯亞胺化的詳細內容,能夠藉由公知的方法而進行。-Imidation process- In the imidization process, the polyimide precursor obtained in the precursor manufacturing process is imidized to obtain a specific resin. The imidization process can be thermal imidization (for example, heat-based imidization), chemical imidization (for example, imidization using a catalyst), and a combination of these. Any one of the imidization is performed by heating, for example, in the presence of a catalyst such as an amine compound. In addition, in the imidization process, for example, a dehydrating agent can be used. As a dehydrating agent, carboxylic anhydride, such as acetic anhydride, etc. are mentioned. In the production of the specific resin of the present invention, the heating temperature can be set to a low temperature (for example, 80°C to 150°C, etc.) for imidization. Therefore, from the viewpoint of energy saving, the method for producing the specific resin of the present invention Also useful. In addition, the details of the imidization can be performed by a known method.

-其他製程- 本發明的樹脂的製造方法較佳為還包括如下製程:使具有至少兩個羥基和至少一個反應性基之化合物A,和具有可以與上述反應性基形成鍵之基團及聚合性基之化合物B反應,從而得到二醇化合物之製程(二醇製造製程);及使上述二醇化合物和具有3個羧基之化合物或上述具有3個羧基之化合物的衍生物反應,從而得到具有兩個酯鍵之4價羧酸化合物之製程(4價羧酸化合物製造製程)。藉由該等製程,能夠得到由上述式(1-3)表示之羧酸二酐。 在上述前驅物製造製程中,作為4價羧酸化合物,使用具有上述兩個酯鍵之4價羧酸化合物為較佳。-Other processes- The method for producing the resin of the present invention preferably further includes the following process: compound A having at least two hydroxyl groups and at least one reactive group, and a compound having a group capable of forming a bond with the above-mentioned reactive group and a polymerizable group B reaction to obtain a diol compound (diol manufacturing process); and react the above diol compound with a compound having 3 carboxyl groups or a derivative of the above 3 carboxyl compound to obtain two ester bonds The manufacturing process of tetravalent carboxylic acid compound (the manufacturing process of tetravalent carboxylic acid compound). Through these processes, the carboxylic dianhydride represented by the above formula (1-3) can be obtained. In the aforementioned precursor production process, as the tetravalent carboxylic acid compound, a tetravalent carboxylic acid compound having the above two ester bonds is preferably used.

<<二醇製造製程>> 作為在二醇製造製程中使用之化合物A中之反應性基並不受特別限定,可列舉胺基、羥基、羧基等。 作為可以與化合物B中之反應性基鍵結之基團並不受特別限定,可列舉羥基、羧酸基、羧酸鹵化物基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基等。 作為化合物B中之聚合性基,可列舉作為上述式(1-1)中之A1 中所包含之基所例示之基團。 二醇製造製程例如藉由進行下述(1)~(3)的製程而實施。 (1)將化合物A中所包含之兩個羥基由公知的保護基(例如,縮醛系保護基、醚系保護基、醯系保護基、甲矽烷基醚系保護基等)來保護之製程 (2)使化合物A中之反應性基和可以與化合物B中之反應性基形成鍵之基團反應,導入聚合性基之製程 (3)使上述保護基脫保護之製程 各製程中之反應條件等參考公知的反應條件等適當地決定即可。 具體而言,後述實施例中之合成中間體(A-A)之製程對應於上述(1),合成中間體(A-B)之製程對應於上述(2),合成中間體(A-C)之製程對應於上述(3)。<<Diol production process>> The reactive group in the compound A used in the diol production process is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an amino group, a hydroxyl group, and a carboxyl group. The group capable of bonding to the reactive group in the compound B is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxylic acid halide group, an epoxy group, and an isocyanate group. Examples of the polymerizable group in the compound B include the groups exemplified as the group included in A 1 in the above formula (1-1). The diol production process is implemented by performing the following processes (1) to (3), for example. (1) A process in which the two hydroxyl groups contained in compound A are protected by well-known protecting groups (for example, acetal protecting groups, ether protecting groups, acetal protecting groups, silyl ether protecting groups, etc.) (2) The process of introducing the polymerizable group into the reactive group in compound A and the group that can form a bond with the reactive group in compound B. (3) The process of deprotecting the above-mentioned protective group. Reactions in each process The conditions and the like may be appropriately determined with reference to known reaction conditions and the like. Specifically, the process of synthetic intermediate (AA) in the following examples corresponds to (1) above, the process of synthetic intermediate (AB) corresponds to (2), and the process of synthetic intermediate (AC) corresponds to the above (3).

<4價羧酸化合物製造製程>> 在4價羧酸化合物製造製程中,使在上述二醇製造製程中得到之二醇化合物和具有3個羧基之化合物或上述具有3個羧基之化合物的衍生物反應,藉此得到具有兩個酯鍵之4價羧酸化合物。 作為上述具有3個羧基之化合物或上述具有3個羧基之化合物的衍生物,可列舉具有3個羧基之化合物、具有一個羧基和一個羧酸酐基之化合物、具有一個羧酸鹵化物基和一個羧酸酐基之化合物、具有一個羧酸酯基和一個羧酸酐基之化合物、具有3個羧酸酯基之化合物、具有一個羧酸鹵化物基和兩個羧酸酯基之化合物等,但具有一個羧酸鹵化物基和一個羧酸酐基之化合物為較佳。 上述反應的條件等參考公知的酯化反應適當決定即可。 具體而言,在後述實施例中,由中間體(A-C)及偏苯三甲酐氯合成酐(AA-1)之製程對應於上述4價羧酸化合物製造製程。<Production process of tetravalent carboxylic acid compound>> In the tetravalent carboxylic acid compound production process, the diol compound obtained in the above-mentioned diol production process is reacted with a compound having 3 carboxyl groups or a derivative of the above-mentioned compound having 3 carboxyl groups, thereby obtaining an ester having two Bonded tetravalent carboxylic acid compound. Examples of the above-mentioned compound having 3 carboxyl groups or derivatives of the above-mentioned compound having 3 carboxyl groups include compounds having 3 carboxyl groups, compounds having one carboxyl group and one carboxylic acid anhydride group, compounds having one carboxylic acid halide group and one carboxyl group. Compounds with acid anhydride groups, compounds with one carboxylic acid ester group and one carboxylic acid anhydride group, compounds with three carboxylic acid ester groups, compounds with one carboxylic acid halide group and two carboxylic acid ester groups, etc., but with one A compound of a carboxylic acid halide group and a carboxylic acid anhydride group is preferred. The conditions of the above-mentioned reaction and the like may be appropriately determined with reference to a known esterification reaction. Specifically, in the following examples, the process of synthesizing anhydride (AA-1) from the intermediate (A-C) and trimellitic anhydride chloride corresponds to the process of producing the tetravalent carboxylic acid compound described above.

-其他製造方法- 又,在本發明中使用之樹脂的製造方法可以係羧酸二酐及二胺化合物反應時以高溫進行加熱並脫水而一步合成樹脂之方法。 作為羧酸二酐,可列舉例如由式(1-3)表示之羧酸二酐。由上述式(1-3)表示之羧酸二酐係在上述4價羧酸化合物製造製程中得到之化合物為較佳。 作為二胺化合物,能夠使用由上述式(1-4)表示之二胺化合物。 此外,本發明中使用之樹脂的製造方法可以係羧酸二酐及二異氰酸酯化合物反應時以高溫進行脫碳而一步合成樹脂之方法。 作為羧酸二酐,可列舉例如由式(1-3)表示之羧酸二酐。由上述式(1-3)表示之羧酸二酐係在上述4價羧酸化合物製造製程中得到之化合物為較佳。 作為二異氰酸酯化合物,可列舉將由上述式(1-4)表示之化合物中之兩個胺基分別變更為異氰酸酯基之化合物。 該等製造方法的詳細內容能夠參考公知的聚醯亞胺的合成方法。-Other manufacturing methods- In addition, the method for producing the resin used in the present invention may be a method of synthesizing the resin in one step by heating and dehydrating at a high temperature when the carboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound are reacted. As a carboxylic dianhydride, the carboxylic dianhydride represented by Formula (1-3) is mentioned, for example. The carboxylic dianhydride represented by the above formula (1-3) is preferably a compound obtained in the above-mentioned tetravalent carboxylic acid compound production process. As the diamine compound, the diamine compound represented by the above formula (1-4) can be used. In addition, the method for producing the resin used in the present invention may be a method of synthesizing the resin in one step by decarburizing at a high temperature during the reaction of the carboxylic dianhydride and the diisocyanate compound. As a carboxylic dianhydride, the carboxylic dianhydride represented by Formula (1-3) is mentioned, for example. The carboxylic dianhydride represented by the above formula (1-3) is preferably a compound obtained in the above-mentioned tetravalent carboxylic acid compound production process. As the diisocyanate compound, a compound in which two amine groups in the compound represented by the above formula (1-4) are respectively changed to an isocyanate group can be mentioned. For the details of these production methods, reference can be made to a known synthetic method of polyimide.

又,本發明中使用之樹脂的製造方法可以係如下製造方法,其包括:使具有反應性基之4價羧酸化合物和二胺化合物反應而得到聚醯亞胺前驅物之製程;使上述聚醯亞胺前驅物醯亞胺化而得到具有反應性基之樹脂之製程;及使上述樹脂和具有可以形成與上述反應性基鍵結之基團及聚合性基之化合物C反應之製程。In addition, the method for producing the resin used in the present invention may be the following production method, which includes: a process of reacting a tetravalent carboxylic acid compound having a reactive group with a diamine compound to obtain a polyimide precursor; A process for the imidization of the precursor of imidamine to obtain a resin with a reactive group; and a process for reacting the above resin with a compound C having a group capable of forming a bond with the above reactive group and a polymerizable group.

作為上述反應性基並無特別限定,但可列舉胺基、羥基及羧基等。 具有上述反應性基之4價羧酸化合物可以係4個羧酸中的至少一個酯化、鹵化等被改質之羧酸衍生物,亦可以係兩個羧酸分別酐化之羧酸二酐,羧酸二酐為較佳。 作為具有上述反應性基之羧酸二酐,具體而言,能夠使用在由上述式(7)表示之羧酸二酐中具有反應性基之羧酸二酐。又,作為上述4價羧酸化合物,能夠使用上述羧酸二酐被水解之結構的化合物、或者對上述化合物進行了酯化、鹵化等改質之結構的化合物。 又,可以併用不具有反應性基之羧酸二酐。 作為上述二胺化合物,具體而言,能夠使用由上述式(1-4)表示之二胺化合物。It does not specifically limit as said reactive group, but an amino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, etc. are mentioned. The tetravalent carboxylic acid compound having the above-mentioned reactive group can be a carboxylic acid derivative modified by esterification or halogenation of at least one of the four carboxylic acids, or it can be a carboxylic dianhydride in which two carboxylic acids are separately anhydride , Carboxylic dianhydride is preferred. As the carboxylic dianhydride having the above-mentioned reactive group, specifically, the carboxylic dianhydride having a reactive group among the carboxylic dianhydrides represented by the above-mentioned formula (7) can be used. In addition, as the tetravalent carboxylic acid compound, a compound having a structure in which the carboxylic dianhydride is hydrolyzed, or a compound having a structure in which the compound is modified such as esterification or halogenation can be used. In addition, a carboxylic dianhydride having no reactive group may be used in combination. As said diamine compound, the diamine compound represented by the said formula (1-4) can be used specifically,.

作為可以與上述化合物C反應性基鍵結之基團並不受特別限定,可列舉羥基、羧酸基、羧酸鹵化物基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基等。 作為上述化合物C中之聚合性基,可列舉作為上述式(1-1)中之A1 中所包含之聚合性基所例示之基團。The group capable of bonding to the above-mentioned compound C reactive group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxylic acid halide group, an epoxy group, and an isocyanate group. Examples of the polymerizable group in the above compound C include the groups exemplified as the polymerizable group contained in A 1 in the above formula (1-1).

又,本發明中使用之樹脂的製造方法可以係如下製造方法,其包括:使具有3個羧基之化合物或上述具有3個羧基之化合物的衍生物和二胺化合物或二異氰酸酯化合物反應而得到具有兩個醯亞胺環結構和兩個羧酸之化合物D之製程;及使上述化合物D和具有聚合性基之二醇化合物反應而得到樹脂之製程。In addition, the method for producing the resin used in the present invention may be a production method comprising: reacting a compound having 3 carboxyl groups or a derivative of the above-mentioned compound having 3 carboxyl groups with a diamine compound or a diisocyanate compound to obtain The process of producing a compound D of two amide ring structures and two carboxylic acids; and a process of reacting the above-mentioned compound D with a diol compound having a polymerizable group to obtain a resin.

作為上述具有3個羧基之化合物或上述具有3個羧基之化合物的衍生物,可列舉具有3個羧基之化合物、具有一個羧基和一個羧酸酐基之化合物、具有個羧酸鹵化物基和一個羧酸酐基之化合物、具有一個羧酸酯基和一個羧酸酐基之化合物、具有3個羧酸酯基之化合物、具有一個羧酸鹵化物基和兩個羧酸酯基之化合物等,但具有一個羧基和一個羧酸酐基之化合物為較佳。 作為上述二胺化合物,具體而言,能夠使用由上述式(1-4)表示之二胺化合物。 作為上述二異氰酸酯化合物,具體而言,可列舉將由上述式(1-4)表示之化合物中之兩個胺基分別變更為異氰酸酯基之化合物。 上述反應的條件等參考公知的醯亞胺化反應適當決定即可。Examples of the above-mentioned compound having 3 carboxyl groups or derivatives of the above-mentioned compound having 3 carboxyl groups include compounds having 3 carboxyl groups, compounds having one carboxyl group and one carboxylic acid anhydride group, compounds having one carboxylic acid halide group and one carboxyl group. Compounds with acid anhydride groups, compounds with one carboxylic acid ester group and one carboxylic acid anhydride group, compounds with three carboxylic acid ester groups, compounds with one carboxylic acid halide group and two carboxylic acid ester groups, etc., but with one A compound of a carboxyl group and a carboxylic anhydride group is preferred. As said diamine compound, the diamine compound represented by the said formula (1-4) can be used specifically,. Specific examples of the diisocyanate compound include compounds in which two amino groups in the compound represented by the above formula (1-4) are changed to isocyanate groups. The conditions and the like of the above-mentioned reaction may be appropriately determined with reference to a known imidization reaction.

作為具有上述聚合性基之二醇化合物,可列舉由下述式(DO-1)表示之化合物。 [化學式26]

Figure 02_image053
式(DO-1)中,Y1 、A1 及n分別與式(1-1)中的Y1 、A1 及n的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 又,可以併用不具有聚合性基之其他二醇化合物。 得到上述樹脂之製程中之反應條件參考公知的聚酯的製造方法適當決定即可。As the diol compound having the above-mentioned polymerizable group, a compound represented by the following formula (DO-1) can be mentioned. [Chemical formula 26]
Figure 02_image053
In formula (DO-1), Y 1 , A 1 and n have the same meanings as Y 1 , A 1 and n in formula (1-1), and preferred aspects are also the same. In addition, other diol compounds that do not have a polymerizable group may be used in combination. The reaction conditions in the process for obtaining the above-mentioned resin may be appropriately determined with reference to a known polyester production method.

作為一例,以下示出藉由上述製造方法而得到與實施例中之聚醯亞胺(PA-1)相同結構的樹脂時的合成方案。 [化學式27]

Figure 02_image055
As an example, the following shows a synthesis scheme when a resin having the same structure as the polyimide (PA-1) in the examples is obtained by the above-mentioned manufacturing method. [Chemical formula 27]
Figure 02_image055

<溶劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物含有溶劑。溶劑能夠任意使用公知的溶劑。溶劑係有機溶劑為較佳。作為有機溶劑,可列舉酯類、醚類、酮類、環狀烴類、亞碸類、醯胺類、醇類等化合物。<Solvent> The curable resin composition of the present invention contains a solvent. As the solvent, any known solvent can be used. Solvent-based organic solvents are preferred. Examples of organic solvents include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, cyclic hydrocarbons, sulfenes, amines, and alcohols.

作為酯類,例如可列舉乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯、己酸乙酯、康酸乙酯、丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯等作為較佳者。Examples of esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, pentyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, Butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetate (for example, methyl alkoxyacetate, alkoxy Ethyl ethoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (for example, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.) ), 3-alkoxypropionic acid alkyl esters (for example, 3-alkoxy methyl propionate, 3-alkoxy ethyl propionate, etc. (for example, 3-methoxy propionic acid methyl ester, 3 -Ethyl methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.), 2-alkoxypropionic acid alkyl esters (for example, 2-alkoxy Methyl propionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2 -Propyl methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and 2-alkoxy Ethyl-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, Ethyl Pyruvate, Propyl Pyruvate, Methyl Acetate, Ethyl Acetate, Methyl 2-oxobutyrate, Ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, Ethyl Caproate, Ethyl Conate, Dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate and the like are preferable.

作為醚類,例如可列舉二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單丁基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇乙基甲基醚、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等作為較佳者。As ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethyl Glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene two Alcohol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc. are preferable.

作為酮類,例如可列舉甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、3-甲基環己酮、左旋葡聚糖酮、二氫葡聚糖酮等作為較佳者。Examples of ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, levoglucanone, and dihydrodextran. Ketones and the like are preferable.

作為環狀烴類,例如可列舉甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚等芳香族烴類、檸檬烯等環狀萜烯類。Examples of cyclic hydrocarbons include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, and cyclic terpenes such as limonene.

作為亞碸類,例如可列舉二甲基亞碸作為較佳者。As the sulfenites, for example, dimethyl sulfenite is preferable.

作為醯胺類,可列舉N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基異丁醯胺、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺等作為較佳者。 作為醇類,可列舉甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、1-戊醇、1-己醇、苯甲醇、乙二醇單甲基醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-乙氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單二乙二醇單己醚、三乙二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、聚乙二醇單甲基醚、聚丙二醇、四乙二醇、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單乙二醇單芐醚、乙二醇單乙二醇單苯基醚、甲基苯基甲醇、正戊醇、甲基戊醇及雙丙酮醇等。Examples of amides include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, and N,N-dimethylformamide , N,N-dimethylisobutyramide, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, etc. are preferred By. Examples of alcohols include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy 2-propanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monodiethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol Monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethylene glycol monophenyl ether , Methyl benzyl alcohol, n-pentanol, methylpentanol and diacetone alcohol, etc.

關於溶劑,從塗佈面性狀的改善等觀點考慮,混合兩種以上之形態亦較佳。Regarding the solvent, from the viewpoint of improving the properties of the coating surface, etc., a form in which two or more of them are mixed is also preferable.

在本發明中,選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯中之一種溶劑或由兩種以上構成之混合溶劑為較佳。同時使用二甲基亞碸和γ-丁內酯為特佳。In the present invention, it is selected from methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate Ester, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfene, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol One solvent of alcohol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, or a mixed solvent composed of two or more types is preferred. It is particularly preferable to use dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone at the same time.

從塗佈性的觀點考慮,溶劑的含量設為使本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5~80質量%之量為較佳,成為5~75質量%之量為更佳,成為10~70質量%之量為進一步較佳,成為20~70質量%之量為進一步較佳、成為40~70質量%為更進一步較佳。溶劑含量根據塗膜的所期望厚度和塗佈方法進行調節即可。From the viewpoint of coatability, the content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid content concentration of the curable resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 80% by mass, and more preferably is 5 to 75% by mass. The amount is more preferably 10 to 70% by mass, more preferably 20 to 70% by mass, and more preferably 40 to 70% by mass. The solvent content may be adjusted according to the desired thickness of the coating film and the coating method.

溶劑可以僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上溶劑時,其總量在上述範圍內為較佳。The solvent may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more solvents are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

<其他樹脂> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物亦可包含與上述特定樹脂不同之其他樹脂(以下,亦簡稱為“其他樹脂”。)。 作為其他樹脂,可列舉與特定樹脂不同種類的聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物、聚矽氧烷、包括矽氧烷結構之樹脂、環氧樹脂、丙烯酸樹脂等。 例如,藉由進而添加丙烯酸樹脂,可以得到塗佈性優異之組成物,或者可以得到耐藥品性優異之硬化膜。 例如,代替後述聚合性化合物,或者除了後述聚合性化合物以外,還將重量平均分子量為20,000以下的聚合性基值高的丙烯酸系樹脂添加於組成物,藉此能夠提高組成物的塗佈性、硬化膜的耐藥品性等。<Other resins> The curable resin composition of the present invention may also include other resins different from the above-mentioned specific resins (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "other resins"). Examples of other resins include polyimides, polyimide precursors, polyimide imines, polyimide imine precursors, polysiloxanes, and silicone structures that are different from specific resins. The resin, epoxy resin, acrylic resin, etc. For example, by further adding an acrylic resin, a composition having excellent coatability can be obtained, or a cured film having excellent chemical resistance can be obtained. For example, instead of the polymerizable compound described later, or in addition to the polymerizable compound described later, an acrylic resin with a high polymerizable base value having a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or less is added to the composition, thereby improving the coating properties of the composition. The chemical resistance of the cured film, etc.

〔聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺(其他樹脂)〕 從所得到之硬化膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,作為其他樹脂之聚醯亞胺或聚醯胺醯亞胺具有由上述式(4)表示之重複單元為較佳。 在聚醯亞胺或聚醯胺醯亞胺中,由式(4)表示之重複單元可以係一種,亦可以係兩種以上。又,除了上述式(4)的重複單元以外,聚醯亞胺或聚醯胺醯亞胺亦可包含其他種類的重複單元。 例如,聚醯胺醯亞胺還包含含有醯胺結構之重複單元或含有醯胺結構及醯亞胺結構之重複單元為較佳。〔Polyimide, polyimide (other resins)〕 From the viewpoint of the film strength of the cured film to be obtained, it is preferable that polyimide or polyimide, which is another resin, have a repeating unit represented by the above formula (4). In the polyimide or polyimide, the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) may be one type or two or more types. Moreover, in addition to the repeating unit of the above formula (4), the polyimide or polyimide may include other types of repeating units. For example, it is preferable that polyamidoimines further include repeating units containing an amide structure or repeating units containing an amide structure and an amide structure.

作為本發明的聚醯亞胺或聚醯胺醯亞胺的一實施形態,可例示總重複單元的50莫耳%以上,進而為70莫耳%以上,尤其90莫耳%以上為以式(4)表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物。作為上限,實際上為100莫耳%以下。As an embodiment of the polyimide or polyimide imide of the present invention, 50 mol% or more of the total repeating unit can be exemplified, furthermore 70 mol% or more, especially 90 mol% or more, as the formula ( 4) The polyimide precursor of the repeating unit indicated. As the upper limit, it is actually 100 mol% or less.

聚醯亞胺或聚醯胺醯亞胺的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為2,000~500,000,更佳為5,000~100,000,進一步較佳為10,000~50,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為800~250,000,更佳為2,000~50,000,進一步較佳為4,000~25,000。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide or polyimide imine is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and still more preferably 10,000 to 50,000. In addition, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250,000, more preferably 2,000 to 50,000, and still more preferably 4,000 to 25,000.

聚醯亞胺或聚醯胺醯亞胺的分子量的分散度為1.5~3.5為較佳,2~3為更佳。The molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide or polyimide is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, and more preferably 2 to 3.

例如,藉由加熱等將作為後述其他樹脂之聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物進行環化,藉此得到聚醯亞胺或聚醯胺醯亞胺。For example, by heating etc., the polyimide precursor or the polyimide imine precursor which is the other resin mentioned later is cyclized, and the polyimide or polyimide imide is obtained.

〔聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物(其他樹脂)〕 從所得到之硬化膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物具有由上述式(1)表示之重複單元為較佳。〔Polyimide precursors, polyimide imine precursors (other resins)] From the viewpoint of the film strength of the cured film obtained, the polyimide precursor or the polyimide precursor preferably has a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1).

在聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物中,由式(1)表示之重複單元可以係一種,亦可以係兩種以上。又,亦可包含由式(1)表示之重複單元的結構異構物。又,除了上述式(1)的重複單元以外,聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物亦可包含其他種類的重複單元。 例如,聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物還包含含有醯胺結構之重複單元或含有醯胺結構及羧酸酯結構之重複單元為較佳。In the polyimide precursor or polyimide precursor, the repeating unit represented by formula (1) may be one type or two or more types. In addition, structural isomers of the repeating unit represented by formula (1) may also be included. Furthermore, in addition to the repeating unit of the above formula (1), the polyimide precursor or the polyimide precursor may also include other types of repeating units. For example, it is preferable that the polyamide imine precursor further includes a repeating unit containing an amide structure or a repeating unit containing an amide structure and a carboxylate structure.

作為本發明中之聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物的一實施形態,可例示總重複單元的50莫耳%以上,進而為70莫耳%以上,尤其90莫耳%以上為以式(1)表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物。作為上限,實際上為100莫耳%以下。As an embodiment of the polyimide precursor or polyimide precursor in the present invention, 50 mol% or more of the total repeating unit can be exemplified, and then 70 mol% or more, especially 90 mol% The above is the polyimide precursor of the repeating unit represented by formula (1). As the upper limit, it is actually 100 mol% or less.

聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為2,000~500,000,更佳為5,000~100,000,進一步較佳為10,000~50,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為800~250,000,更佳為2,000~50,000,進一步較佳為4,000~25,000。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor or polyimide imide precursor is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and still more preferably 10,000 to 50,000. In addition, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250,000, more preferably 2,000 to 50,000, and still more preferably 4,000 to 25,000.

聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度為1.5~3.5為較佳,2~3為更佳。The molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor or polyimide precursor is preferably 1.5-3.5, more preferably 2-3.

聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物可藉由使二羧酸或二羧酸衍生物與二胺反應而獲得。較佳為,在使用鹵化劑使二羧酸或二羧酸衍生物鹵化之後,使其與二胺反應而獲得。The polyimide precursor or polyimide imine precursor can be obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with a diamine. Preferably, after halogenating a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative using a halogenating agent, it is obtained by reacting it with a diamine.

在聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物的製造方法中,反應中使用有機溶劑為較佳。有機溶劑可以係一種,亦可以係兩種以上。In the production method of the polyimide precursor or the polyimide precursor, it is preferable to use an organic solvent in the reaction. The organic solvent may be one type or two or more types.

作為有機溶劑,能夠根據原料適當地設定,可例示吡啶、二乙二醇二甲醚(二甘二甲醚)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮及N-乙基吡咯啶酮。The organic solvent can be appropriately set according to the raw material, and pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methylpyrrolidone, and N-ethylpyrrolidone can be exemplified.

當製造聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物時,包括析出固體之製程為較佳。具體而言,使反應液中的聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物在水中沉澱,並使其溶解於四氫呋喃等可溶解聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物之溶劑,藉此能夠析出固體。When manufacturing polyimide precursors or polyimide imine precursors, a process that includes precipitation of solids is preferred. Specifically, the polyimide precursor or polyimide precursor in the reaction solution is precipitated in water and dissolved in tetrahydrofuran or the like to dissolve the polyimide precursor or polyimide precursor The solvent of the precursor can precipitate solids.

當本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含其他樹脂時,其他樹脂的含量相對於硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分係0.01質量%以上為較佳,0.05質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳,2質量%以上為更進一步較佳,5質量%以上為更進一步較佳,10質量%以上為更進一步較佳。 又,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中之其他樹脂的含量相對於硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分係80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳,60質量%以下為更進一步較佳,50質量%以下為更進一步較佳。 又,作為本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的較佳一態樣,亦能夠設為其他樹脂的含量為低含量之態樣。在上述態樣中,其他樹脂的含量相對於硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分,20質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳,5量%以下為更進一步較佳,1質量%以下為更進一步較佳。上述含量的下限並無特別限定,只要係0質量%以上即可。 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物可以僅包含一種其他樹脂,亦可包含兩種以上。當包含兩種以上時,總量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the curable resin composition of the present invention contains other resins, the content of the other resin relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, and 1% by mass or more To be more preferable, 2% by mass or more is still more preferable, 5% by mass or more is still more preferable, and 10% by mass or more is still more preferable. In addition, the content of other resins in the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably 80% by mass or less relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition, more preferably 75% by mass or less, and more preferably 70% by mass or less Preferably, 60% by mass or less is more preferable, and 50% by mass or less is still more preferable. In addition, as a preferred aspect of the curable resin composition of the present invention, the content of other resins can also be set to a low content. In the above aspect, the content of other resins relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, and 5% by mass The following are more preferable, and 1% by mass or less is still more preferable. The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited, as long as it is 0% by mass or more. The curable resin composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of other resin, or two or more kinds. When two or more are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<聚合起始劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含光聚合起始劑為較佳。 作為聚合起始劑,光聚合起始劑為較佳。<Polymerization initiator> The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. As the polymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator is preferred.

[光聚合起始劑] 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含光聚合起始劑為較佳。 光聚合起始劑係光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光自由基聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的光自由基聚合起始劑中適當地進行選擇。例如,對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。又,亦可以係與光激勵之敏化劑產生一些作用而生成活性自由基之活性劑。[Photopolymerization initiator] The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. The radical photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and it can be appropriately selected from known radical photopolymerization initiators. For example, a radical photopolymerization initiator having sensitivity to light from the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. In addition, it can also be an active agent that has some effect with a light-excited sensitizer to generate active free radicals.

光自由基聚合起始劑至少含有一種在約300~800nm(較佳為330~500nm)的範圍內至少具有約50L・mol-1 ・cm-1 莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。化合物的莫耳吸光係數能夠利用公知的方法而測定。例如,藉由紫外可見分光光度計(Varian Medical Systems,Inc.製Cary-5 spectrophotometer),並使用乙酸乙酯溶劑在0.01g/L的濃度下測定為較佳。The photoradical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50L・mol-1 ・cm -1 in the range of about 300-800nm (preferably 330-500nm). The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured by a known method. For example, it is better to use an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian Medical Systems, Inc.) and use an ethyl acetate solvent to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠任意使用公知的化合物。例如,可列舉鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三𠯤骨架之化合物、具有㗁二唑骨架之化合物、具有三鹵甲基之化合物等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮、偶氮系化合物、疊氮化合物、茂金屬化合物、有機硼化合物、鐵芳烴錯合物等。關於該等的詳細內容,具體能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0165~0182、國際公開第2015/199219號的0138~0151段的記載,且該內容被編入本說明書中。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, any known compound can be used arbitrarily. For example, halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazole skeleton, compounds having a diazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), phosphonium phosphine compounds such as oxyphosphine oxide, and hexaarylbisimidazole , Oxime derivatives and other oxime compounds, organic peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, amino acetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenone, azo compounds, azide compounds, thiophene Metal compounds, organoboron compounds, iron arene complexes, etc. For the details, refer to the descriptions of 0165 to 0182 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-027357, Paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, and the contents are incorporated in this specification.

作為酮化合物,例如可例示日本特開2015-087611號公報的0087段中記載的化合物,且該內容被編入本說明書中。市售品中,還可較佳地使用KAYACURE DETX(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)。As the ketone compound, for example, the compound described in paragraph 0087 of JP 2015-087611 A can be exemplified, and the content is incorporated in this specification. Among commercially available products, KAYACURE DETX (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) can also be preferably used.

本發明的一實施態樣中,作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中所記載的胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號中所記載的醯基氧化膦系起始劑。In one aspect of the present invention, as the photoradical polymerization initiator, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds, and phosphine compounds can be preferably used. More specifically, for example, the aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-291969 and the phosphonium oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used.

作為羥基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用IRGACURE 184(IRGACURE係註冊商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(產品名稱:均為BASF SE製)。As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE 184 (registered trademark of IRGACURE), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE 127 (product names: all manufactured by BASF SE) can be used.

作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369及IRGACURE 379(產品名稱:均為BASF SE製)。As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (product names: all manufactured by BASF SE) can be used.

作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,還能夠使用吸收極大波長與365nm或405nm等波長光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179號公報中所記載的化合物。As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191179 having an absorption maximum wavelength matched with a wavelength light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.

作為醯基膦系起始劑,可列舉2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基-氧化膦等。又,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE-819或IRGACURE-TPO(產品名稱:均為BASF SE製)。Examples of the phosphine-based initiator include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide. In addition, IRGACURE-819 or IRGACURE-TPO (product name: both manufactured by BASF SE), which are commercially available products, can be used.

作為茂金屬化合物,可例示IRGACURE-784(BASF SE製)等。As the metallocene compound, IRGACURE-784 (manufactured by BASF SE) and the like can be exemplified.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,更佳為可列舉肟化合物。藉由使用肟化合物,能夠更有效地提高曝光寬容度。肟化合物由於曝光寬容度(曝光餘量)廣,並且還起到光硬化促進劑的作用,因此為特佳。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, an oxime compound is more preferable. By using oxime compounds, the exposure latitude can be improved more effectively. The oxime compound is particularly preferable because it has a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also functions as a photohardening accelerator.

作為肟化合物的具體例,能夠使用日本特開2001-233842號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載的化合物。As specific examples of the oxime compound, the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2001-233842, the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-080068, and the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-342166 can be used. .

作為較佳的肟化合物,例如可列舉下述結構的化合物、3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中,尤其作為光自由基聚合起始劑使用肟化合物(肟系光聚合起始劑)為較佳。肟系光聚合起始劑在分子內具有>C=N-O-C(=O)-的連接基。As a preferable oxime compound, for example, a compound having the following structure, 3-benzyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3 -Propyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one , 2-benzyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyl Oxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like. In the curable resin composition of the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound (oxime-based photopolymerization initiator) as the photoradical polymerization initiator. The oxime-based photopolymerization initiator has a linking group >C=N-O-C(=O)- in the molecule.

[化學式28]

Figure 02_image057
[Chemical formula 28]
Figure 02_image057

在市售品中,還可較佳地使用IRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上為BASF SE製)、ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製、日本特開2012-014052號公報中所記載的光自由基聚合起始劑2)。又,還能夠使用TR-PBG-304(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,Ltd.製)、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831及ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製)。又,能夠使用DFI-091(DAITO CHEMIX Co.,Ltd.製)。Among the commercially available products, IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (the above are made by BASF SE), ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 (made by ADEKA CORPORATION, Japan Special Publication 2012- The photo-radical polymerization initiator described in 014052 No. 2). In addition, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831, and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) can also be used. In addition, DFI-091 (manufactured by DAITO CHEMIX Co., Ltd.) can be used.

還能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為這種肟化合物的具體例,可列舉日本特開2010-262028號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報的0345段中所記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報的0101段中所記載之化合物(C-3)等。An oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include the compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, the compounds 24, 36-40, and the compounds described in paragraph 0345 of JP 2014-500852 A. The compound (C-3) and the like described in paragraph 0101 of the 2013-164471 Bulletin.

作為最佳的肟化合物,可列舉日本特開2007-269779號公報中所示出之具有特定取代基之肟化合物、或日本特開2009-191061號公報中所示出之具有硫芳基之肟化合物等。As the best oxime compound, oxime compounds having specific substituents shown in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-269779, or oximes having sulfur aryl groups shown in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-191061 can be cited Compound etc.

從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,光自由基聚合起始劑為選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯基-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基㗁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物之群組中之化合物為較佳。From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photo-radical polymerization initiator is selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyl triketal compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, and Phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and their derivatives, cyclopentadienyl -Benzene-iron complexes and their salts, halomethyl oxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds are preferably compounds in the group.

進一步較佳的光自由基聚合起始劑為三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、二苯甲酮化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為更進一步較佳,使用茂金屬化合物或肟化合物為更進一步較佳,肟化合物為更進一步較佳。Further preferred photo-radical polymerization initiators are trihalomethyl tri-ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, Onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, and acetophenone compounds, selected from the group including trihalomethyltriketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds At least one compound in the group is more preferable, a metallocene compound or an oxime compound is more preferable, and an oxime compound is still more preferable.

又,光自由基聚合起始劑還能夠使用二苯甲酮、N,N’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮(米其勒酮(Michler’s ketone))等N,N’-四烷基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮,2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-口末啉基苯基)-丁酮-1,2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-口末啉基-丙酮-1等芳香族酮、烷基蒽醌等與芳香環進行縮環而成之醌類、安息香烷基醚等安息香醚化合物、安息香、烷基安息香等安息香化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮等苄基衍生物等。又,還能夠使用由下述式(I)表示之化合物。In addition, the photoradical polymerization initiator can also use benzophenone, N,N'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler's ketone), etc. ,N'-Tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-porolinylphenyl)-butanone- Aromatic ketones such as 1,2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-endolinyl-acetone-1, alkylanthraquinones, etc. are condensed with aromatic rings. Quinones, benzoin ether compounds such as benzoin alkyl ether, benzoin compounds such as benzoin and alkylbenzoin, benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketal, etc. In addition, a compound represented by the following formula (I) can also be used.

[化學式29]

Figure 02_image059
[Chemical formula 29]
Figure 02_image059

式(I)中,RI00 係碳數1~20的烷基、藉由一個以上的氧原子而中斷之碳數2~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、苯基或碳數1~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、鹵素原子、環戊基、環己基、碳數2~12的烯基、被藉由一個以上的氧原子而中斷之碳數2~18的烷基及碳數1~4的烷基中的至少一個取代之苯基或聯苯基,RI01 為以式(II)表示之基團,或者係與RI00 相同的基團,RI02 ~RI04 分別獨立地係碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基或鹵素。In the formula (I), R I00 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbons interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbons, a phenyl group or C1-C20 alkyl group, C1-C12 alkoxy group, halogen atom, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, C2-C12 alkenyl group, carbon interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms A phenyl or biphenyl group substituted with at least one of an alkyl group having 2-18 and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, R I01 is a group represented by formula (II), or the same group as R I00 Groups, R I02 to R I04 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbons, or halogen.

[化學式30]

Figure 02_image061
[Chemical formula 30]
Figure 02_image061

式中,RI05 ~RI07 與上述式(I)的RI02 ~RI04 相同。In the formula, R I05 to R I07 are the same as R I02 to R I04 in the above formula (I).

又,光自由基聚合起始劑還能夠使用國際公開第2015/125469號的0048~0055段中所記載的化合物。In addition, as the photoradical polymerization initiator, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2015/125469 can also be used.

當包含光聚合起始劑時,其含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.5~15質量%,更進一步較佳為1.0~10質量%。光聚合起始劑可以僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。含有兩種以上的光聚合起始劑時,其總量在上述範圍內為較佳。When a photopolymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1-30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention, more preferably 0.1-20% by mass, and still more preferably 0.5- 15% by mass, more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass. The photopolymerization initiator may contain only one type, or two or more types. When two or more photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

[熱聚合起始劑] 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物作為聚合起始劑亦可包含熱聚合起始劑,尤其可以包含熱自由基聚合起始劑。熱自由基聚合起始劑為藉由熱的能量而產生自由基並起始或促進具有聚合性之化合物的聚合反應之化合物。藉由添加熱自由基聚合起始劑,在後述加熱製程中,亦能夠進行特定樹脂及聚合性化合物的聚合反應,因此能夠進一步提高耐藥品性。[Thermal polymerization initiator] The curable resin composition of the present invention may also include a thermal polymerization initiator as a polymerization initiator, and in particular, may include a thermal radical polymerization initiator. The thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates free radicals by thermal energy and initiates or promotes the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound. By adding the thermal radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the specific resin and the polymerizable compound can also proceed in the heating process described later, and therefore the chemical resistance can be further improved.

作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,具體而言,可列舉日本特開2008-063554號公報的0074~0118段中所記載之化合物。Specific examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP 2008-063554 A.

當包含熱聚合起始劑時,其含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為5~15質量%。熱聚合起始劑可以僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上的熱聚合起始劑時,其總量在上述範圍內為較佳。When a thermal polymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1-30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention, more preferably 0.1-20% by mass, and still more preferably 5- 15% by mass. The thermal polymerization initiator may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more thermal polymerization initiators are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

<聚合性化合物> [自由基聚合性化合物] 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含聚合性化合物為較佳。 作為聚合性化合物,能夠使用自由基聚合性化合物。自由基聚合性化合物係具有自由基聚合性基之化合物。作為自由基聚合性基,可列舉乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團。自由基聚合性基係(甲基)丙烯醯基為較佳,從反應性的觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳。<Polymerizable compound> [Free radical polymerizable compound] The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound. As the polymerizable compound, a radical polymerizable compound can be used. The radical polymerizable compound is a compound having a radical polymerizable group. Examples of radical polymerizable groups include groups having ethylenically unsaturated bonds, such as vinyl groups, allyl groups, vinyl phenyl groups, and (meth)acrylic groups. The radical polymerizable group is preferably a (meth)acryloyl group, and from the viewpoint of reactivity, a (meth)acryloyloxy group is more preferable.

自由基聚合性化合物所具有之自由基聚合性基的數量可以為一個,亦可為兩個以上,自由基聚合性化合物具有兩個以上的自由基聚合性基為較佳,具有3個以上為更佳。上限為15個以下為較佳,10個以下為更佳,8個以下為進一步較佳。 另一方面,從顯影性的觀點考慮,自由基聚合性化合物係具有兩個上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為特佳。The number of radically polymerizable groups in the radically polymerizable compound may be one or two or more. The radically polymerizable compound preferably has two or more radically polymerizable groups, and three or more are Better. The upper limit is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 8 or less. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of developability, a radically polymerizable compound having two of the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bonds is particularly preferred.

自由基聚合性化合物的分子量為2,000以下為較佳,1,500以下為更佳,900以下為進一步較佳。自由基聚合性化合物的分子量的下限為100以上為較佳。The molecular weight of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and more preferably 900 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably 100 or more.

從顯影性的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含至少一種包含兩個以上的自由基聚合性基之2官能以上的自由基聚合性化合物為較佳,包含至少一種3官能以上的自由基聚合性化合物為更佳。又,亦可以係2官能自由基聚合性化合物與3官能以上的自由基聚合性化合物的混合物。例如2官能以上的聚合性單體的官能基數量係指一個分子中之自由基聚合性基的數量為兩個以上。From the viewpoint of developability, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one bifunctional or more radically polymerizable compound containing two or more radically polymerizable groups, and at least one trifunctional or more functionally free radical polymerizable compound. A base polymerizable compound is more preferable. In addition, it may be a mixture of a bifunctional radical polymerizable compound and a trifunctional or higher radical polymerizable compound. For example, the number of functional groups of a bifunctional or more polymerizable monomer means that the number of radically polymerizable groups in one molecule is two or more.

作為自由基聚合性化合物的具體例,可列舉不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類,較佳為不飽和羧酸與多元醇化合物的酯及不飽和羧酸與多元胺化合物的醯胺類。又,還可較佳地使用具有羥基或胺基、氫硫基等親和性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物、與單官能、或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。又,具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能、或者多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物、以及具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能、或者多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物亦為較佳。又,作為另一例,替代上述不飽和羧酸,還能夠使用替換成不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯醚、烯丙醚等之化合物群組。作為具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0113~0122段的記載,且該等內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of radically polymerizable compounds include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or their esters, amides Types, preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyamine compounds. In addition, addition reactants of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having affinity substituents such as hydroxyl groups, amine groups, sulfhydryl groups, and monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxy groups can also be preferably used, Dehydration condensation reaction product with monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acid, etc. In addition, addition reactants of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate groups or epoxy groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols, and halogens Substitution reactants of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with detachable substituents such as sulfonyl groups or toluene sulfonyloxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols are also preferred. As another example, instead of the above-mentioned unsaturated carboxylic acid, a group of compounds substituted with unsaturated phosphonic acid, vinyl benzene derivatives such as styrene, vinyl ether, allyl ether, and the like can also be used. As a specific example, the description in paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of JP 2016-027357 A can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

又,自由基聚合性化合物在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。作為其例,能夠列舉聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異三聚氰酸酯、甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷之後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化之化合物、如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特公昭50-006034號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號各公報中所記載之(甲基)丙烯酸胺甲酸乙酯類、日本特開昭48-064183號、日本特公昭49-043191號、日本特公昭52-030490號各公報中所記載之聚酯丙烯酸酯類,作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應產物之環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯及該等的混合物。又,日本特開2008-292970號公報的0254~0257段中所記載的化合物亦較佳。又,還能夠列舉使(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯等具有環狀醚基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物與多官能羧酸反應而得到之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。In addition, a radically polymerizable compound having a boiling point of 100°C or higher under normal pressure is also preferable. As examples, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, and neopentyl erythritol tri(meth)acrylate can be cited. Meth) acrylate, neopentyl erythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dine pentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dine pentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol (meth) ) Acrylate, trimethylolpropane tris(acryloxypropyl) ether, tris(acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerin or trimethylolethane, etc. in polyfunctional alcohol Compounds that are (meth)acrylated after addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide, such as Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 50-006034, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 51-037193. (Meth) urethane acrylates described in the gazette, and polyester acrylates described in each gazette of JP Sho 48-064183, JP Sho 49-043191, and JP Sho 52-030490 Types, epoxy acrylates and other polyfunctional acrylates or methacrylates as the reaction product of epoxy resin and (meth)acrylic acid, and mixtures of these. In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP 2008-292970 A are also preferable. Moreover, the polyfunctional (meth)acrylate etc. which are made to react the compound which has a cyclic ether group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond, such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate, and a polyfunctional carboxylic acid are mentioned.

又,作為除了上述以外的較佳的自由基聚合性化合物,還能夠使用日本特開2010-160418號公報、日本特開2010-129825號公報、日本專利第4364216號公報等中所記載之具有茀環,且具有兩個以上的含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基團之化合物或卡多(cardo)樹脂。In addition, as a preferable radical polymerizable compound other than the above, it is also possible to use those described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-160418, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-129825, Japanese Patent No. 4364216, etc. It is a compound or cardo resin with two or more groups containing ethylenically unsaturated bonds.

進而,作為其他例子,還能夠列舉日本特公昭46-043946號公報、日本特公平01-040337號公報、日本特公平01-040336號公報中所記載的特定的不飽和化合物、或日本特開平02-025493號公報中所記載的乙烯基膦酸系化合物等。又,還能夠使用日本特開昭61-022048號公報中所記載的包含全氟烷基的化合物。進而,還能夠使用“Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan”vol.20、No.7、300~308頁(1984年)中作為光聚合性單體及寡聚物所介紹者。Furthermore, as other examples, specific unsaturated compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-043946, Japanese Patent Publication No. 01-040337, Japanese Patent Publication No. 01-040336, or Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 02 Vinylphosphonic acid-based compounds and the like described in Bulletin -025493. In addition, the perfluoroalkyl group-containing compound described in JP 61-022048 A can also be used. Furthermore, it is also possible to use those introduced as photopolymerizable monomers and oligomers in "Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan" vol. 20, No. 7, pages 300 to 308 (1984).

除了上述以外,亦能夠較佳地使用日本特開2015-034964號公報的0048~0051段中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0087~0131段中所記載的化合物,且該等內容被編入本說明書中。In addition to the above, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0051 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2015-034964, the compounds described in paragraphs 0087 to 0131 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be preferably used, and these The content is compiled into this manual.

又,日本特開平10-062986號公報中作為式(1)及式(2)而與其具體例一同記載的如下化合物亦能夠用作自由基聚合性化合物,該化合物為在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷之後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成之化合物。In addition, the following compounds described as formula (1) and formula (2) together with specific examples in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-062986 can also be used as radically polymerizable compounds, which are added to polyfunctional alcohols. Ethylene oxide or propylene oxide is then (meth)acrylated compound.

進而,作為其他自由基聚合性化合物,還能夠使用日本特開2015-187211號公報的0104~0131段中所記載的化合物,且該等內容被編入本說明書中。Furthermore, as other radically polymerizable compounds, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of JP 2015-187211 A can also be used, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-TMMT:Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-DPH;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)及該等的(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構為較佳。亦能夠使用該等的寡聚物類型。As a radically polymerizable compound, dineopentaerythritol triacrylate (as a commercially available product is KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and dineopentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercially available product is KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-TMMT: manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), dineopentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (as a commercially available product is KAYARAD D -310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dineopentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (as a commercially available product is KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the structure in which these (meth)acrylic groups are bonded via ethylene glycol residues or propylene glycol residues are preferred. These oligomer types can also be used.

作為自由基聚合性化合物的市售品,例如可列舉Sartomer Company, Inc製的作為具有四個伸乙氧基鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯之SR-494、作為具有四個乙烯氧基鏈之2官能丙烯酸甲酯之Sartomer Company,Inc製SR-209、231、239、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製的作為具有六個伸戊氧基鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯之DPCA-60、作為具有3個異伸丁氧基鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯之TPA-330、胺甲酸乙酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO.,Ltd.製)、NK酯M-40G、NK酯4G、NK酯M-9300、NK酯A-9300、UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd製)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、BLEMMER PME400(NOF CORPORATION製)等。Commercial products of radically polymerizable compounds include, for example, SR-494 manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc as a 4-functional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains, and SR-494 as a bifunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains. SR-209, 231, 239 manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc. of methyl acrylate, DPCA-60 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as a 6-functional acrylate with six pentyloxy chains, as having 3 isoforms TPA-330 of trifunctional acrylate of butoxy chain, urethane oligomer UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO., Ltd.), NK ester M-40G, NK ester 4G , NK ester M-9300, NK ester A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), BLEMMER PME400 (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION), etc.

作為自由基聚合性化合物,如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號公報、日本特公平02-032293號公報、日本特公平02-016765號公報中所記載之那樣的胺甲酸乙酯丙烯酸酯類、日本特公昭58-049860號公報、日本特公昭56-017654號公報、日本特公昭62-039417號公報、日本特公昭62-039418號公報中所記載的具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺甲酸乙酯化合物類亦較佳。進而,作為自由基聚合性化合物,還能夠使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平01-105238號公報中所記載之在分子內具有胺基結構或硫化物結構之化合物。As a radically polymerizable compound, as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 02-016765 Urethane acrylates, Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 have epoxy resins described in Urethane compounds with an ethane-based skeleton are also preferred. Furthermore, as the radically polymerizable compound, those described in JP 63-277653, JP 63-260909, and 01-105238 having an amino group in the molecule can also be used. Structure or sulfide structure compound.

自由基聚合性化合物亦可以係具有羧基、磷酸基等酸基之自由基聚合性化合物。具有酸基之自由基聚合性化合物為脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基反應而具有酸基之自由基聚合性化合物為更佳。特佳為使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基反應而具有酸基之自由基聚合性化合物中,脂肪族多羥基化合物為新戊四醇或二新戊四醇之化合物。作為市售品,例如作為TOAGOSEI CO.,Ltd.製多元酸改質丙烯酸類寡聚物,可列舉M-510、M-520等。The radical polymerizable compound may also be a radical polymerizable compound having an acid group such as a carboxyl group and a phosphoric acid group. The radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and the non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride reacts with the unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound to have the freedom of an acid group A base polymerizable compound is more preferable. Particularly preferably, the non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride reacts with the unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound to have an acid group. Among the radically polymerizable compounds, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is one of neopentylerythritol or dineopentaerythritol. Compound. As a commercially available product, as a polyacid modified acrylic oligomer manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., Ltd., M-510, M-520, etc. are mentioned, for example.

具有酸基之自由基聚合性化合物的較佳酸值為0.1~40mgKOH/g,特佳為5~30mgKOH/g。只要自由基聚合性化合物的酸值在上述範圍內,則製造上的操作性優異,而且顯影性優異。又,聚合性良好。上述酸值遵照JIS K 0070:1992的記載測定。The preferred acid value of the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1-40 mgKOH/g, and particularly preferably 5-30 mgKOH/g. As long as the acid value of the radically polymerizable compound is within the above range, the workability in production is excellent, and the developability is also excellent. In addition, the polymerizability is good. The above acid value is measured in accordance with the description of JIS K 0070:1992.

從圖案的解析度和膜的伸縮性的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物使用2官能的甲基丙烯酸酯或丙烯酸酯為較佳。 作為具體之化合物,能夠使用三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、PEG200二丙烯酸酯(聚乙二醇二丙烯酸酯且聚乙二醇鏈的式量為200左右者)、PEG200二甲基丙烯酸酯、PEG600二丙烯酸酯、PEG600二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6己二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基三環癸烷二丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基三環癸烷二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO(環氧乙烷)加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物金屬酸酯、雙酚A的PO(環氧丙烷)加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物金屬酸酯、2羥基-3-丙烯醯氧基丙基丙基酯、異三聚氰酸EO改質二丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸改質二甲基丙烯酸酯、具有其他胺甲酸乙酯鍵之2官能丙烯酸酯、具有胺甲酸乙酯鍵之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯。該等根據需要能夠混合使用2種以上。 從伴隨硬化膜的彈性係數控制之抑制翹曲之觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物能夠較佳地使用單官能自由基聚合性化合物作為自由基聚合性化合物。作為單官能自由基聚合性化合物,可較佳地使用正丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-乙基己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、卡必醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、芐基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、苯氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基己內醯胺等N-乙烯基化合物類、烯丙基環氧丙基醚等。作為單官能自由基聚合性化合物,為了抑制曝光前的揮發,在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。 此外,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物亦能夠包含鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙基酯、偏苯三酸三烯丙基酯等烯丙基化合物類作為2官能以上的自由基聚合性化合物。From the viewpoint of the resolution of the pattern and the stretchability of the film, it is preferable to use a bifunctional methacrylate or acrylate for the curable resin composition of the present invention. As specific compounds, triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG200 diacrylate (polyethylene Glycol diacrylate and polyethylene glycol chain formula weight is about 200), PEG200 dimethacrylate, PEG600 diacrylate, PEG600 dimethacrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrylate, polytetrafluoroethylene Ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol Diacrylate, 1,6 hexanediol dimethacrylate, dimethylol tricyclodecane diacrylate, dimethylol tricyclodecane dimethacrylate, EO (epoxy) of bisphenol A Ethane) adduct diacrylate, EO adduct metal ester of bisphenol A, PO (propylene oxide) adduct diacrylate of bisphenol A, EO adduct metal ester of bisphenol A , 2 hydroxy-3-acryloxy propyl propyl ester, isocyanuric acid EO modified diacrylate, isocyanuric acid modified dimethacrylate, 2 with other urethane bonds Functional acrylate, difunctional methacrylate with urethane bond. These can mix and use 2 or more types as needed. From the viewpoint of suppressing warpage accompanying the control of the elastic coefficient of the cured film, the curable resin composition of the present invention can preferably use a monofunctional radical polymerizable compound as the radical polymerizable compound. As the monofunctional radical polymerizable compound, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxy Ethyl (meth)acrylate, carbitol (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, N-methylol (meth)acrylamide, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, etc. (meth)acrylic acid Derivatives, N-vinyl compounds such as N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylcaprolactam, allylglycidyl ether, etc. As the monofunctional radical polymerizable compound, in order to suppress volatilization before exposure, a compound having a boiling point of 100°C or higher under normal pressure is also preferable. In addition, the curable resin composition of the present invention can also contain allyl compounds such as diallyl phthalate and triallyl trimellitate as a bifunctional or more radically polymerizable compound.

聚合性化合物可以單獨使用一種,亦可混合使用兩種以上。同時使用兩種以上時,其總量在上述範圍內為較佳。A polymerizable compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may mix and use 2 or more types. When two or more are used at the same time, the total amount is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

<酸產生劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含酸產生劑為較佳。 作為酸產生劑,光酸產生劑為較佳。<Acid Generator> The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains an acid generator. As the acid generator, a photoacid generator is preferred.

[光酸產生劑] 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含光酸產生劑為較佳。 藉由含有光酸產生劑,例如,在硬化性樹脂組成物層的曝光部產生酸,從而上述曝光部的對顯影液(例如,鹼性水溶液)之溶解性增大,能夠得到曝光部被顯影液去除之正型浮雕圖案。 又,亦可設為如下態樣:藉由硬化性樹脂組成物含有光酸產生劑和後述酸交聯劑,例如,由在曝光部產生之酸促進熱交聯劑的交聯反應,曝光部比非曝光部更不易被顯影液去除。依該種態樣,能夠得到負型浮雕圖案。[Photo Acid Generator] The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photoacid generator. By containing the photoacid generator, for example, acid is generated in the exposed part of the curable resin composition layer, so that the solubility of the exposed part in the developer (for example, an alkaline aqueous solution) is increased, and the exposed part can be developed. Positive relief pattern for liquid removal. In addition, the following aspect may also be adopted: the curable resin composition contains a photoacid generator and an acid crosslinking agent described later, for example, the crosslinking reaction of the thermal crosslinking agent is promoted by the acid generated in the exposed part, and the exposed part It is less likely to be removed by the developer than the non-exposed area. According to this aspect, a negative relief pattern can be obtained.

作為光酸產生劑,只要係藉由曝光而產生酸者,則並無特別限定,但能夠列舉醌二疊氮化合物、重氮鹽、鏻鹽、鋶鹽、錪鎓鹽等鎓鹽化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽、肟磺酸鹽、重氮二碸、二碸、鄰硝基苄基磺酸鹽等磺酸鹽化合物等。The photoacid generator is not particularly limited as long as it generates acid by exposure, but it can be exemplified by onium salt compounds such as quinonediazide compounds, diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, sulfonium salts, and phosphonium salts, and phosphonium salts. Sulfonate compounds such as imine sulfonate, oxime sulfonate, diazo disulfonate, disulfonate, o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate, etc.

作為醌二疊氮化合物,可列舉醌二疊氮的磺酸酯鍵結於聚羥基化合物者,醌二疊氮的磺酸磺醯胺鍵結於聚胺化合物者,醌二疊氮的磺酸藉由酯鍵結及磺醯胺鍵結中的至少一種與而鍵結於聚羥基聚胺化合物者等。在本發明中,例如,該等聚羥基化合物或聚胺化合物的官能基整體的50莫耳%以上被醌二疊氮取代為較佳。As the quinonediazide compound, sulfonic acid ester of quinonediazide is bonded to polyhydroxy compound, sulfonamide of quinonediazide is bonded to polyamine compound, and sulfonic acid of quinonediazide. Those bonded to a polyhydroxypolyamine compound by at least one of an ester bond and a sulfonamide bond. In the present invention, for example, it is preferable that 50 mol% or more of the entire functional group of the polyhydroxy compound or polyamine compound be substituted by quinonediazide.

在本發明中,作為醌二疊氮,可以較佳地使用5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基、4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基中的至少一種。4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物在水銀燈的i射線區域具有吸收性,適合於i射線曝光。5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物的吸收延伸至水銀燈的g射線區域,適合於g射線曝光。在本發明中,根據曝光波長來選擇4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物、5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物為較佳。又,可以在同一分子中含有具有4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基、5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基之萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物,亦可含有4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物和5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物。In the present invention, as the quinonediazide, at least one of 5-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl and 4-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl can be preferably used. The 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonate compound has absorption in the i-ray region of a mercury lamp and is suitable for i-ray exposure. The absorption of the 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonate compound extends to the g-ray region of the mercury lamp, which is suitable for g-ray exposure. In the present invention, it is preferable to select the 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonate compound and the 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonate compound according to the exposure wavelength. In addition, the naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound having 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl group and 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl group may be contained in the same molecule, and 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound may also be contained in the same molecule. Azosulfonate compound and 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonate compound.

上述萘醌二疊氮化合物可以藉由具有酚性羥基之化合物和醌二疊氮磺酸化合物的酯化反應而合成,亦能夠藉由公知的方法而合成。藉由使用該等萘醌二疊氮化合物,解析度、靈敏度、殘膜率進一步提高。 作為上述萘醌二疊氮化合物,可列舉例如1,2-萘醌-2-二疊氮-5-磺酸或1,2-萘醌-2-二疊氮-4-磺酸、該等化合物的鹽或酯化合物等。The naphthoquinonediazide compound can be synthesized by an esterification reaction of a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a quinonediazide sulfonic acid compound, or it can be synthesized by a known method. By using these naphthoquinone diazide compounds, the resolution, sensitivity, and residual film rate are further improved. As the above-mentioned naphthoquinone diazide compound, for example, 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazide-5-sulfonic acid or 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazide-4-sulfonic acid, etc. Compound salt or ester compound, etc.

作為鎓鹽化合物或磺酸鹽化合物,可列舉日本特開2008-013646號公報的0064~0122段中記載的化合物等。 此外,作為光酸產生劑,可以使用市售品。作為市售品,可列舉WPAG-145、WPAG-149、WPAG-170、WPAG-199、WPAG-336、WPAG-367、WPAG-370、WPAG-469、WPAG-638、WPAG-699(均為Fujifilm Corporation和Wako Pure Chemical Industries,Ltd.製)等。As the onium salt compound or the sulfonate compound, the compounds described in paragraphs 0064 to 0122 of JP 2008-013646 A, etc. can be cited. Moreover, as a photoacid generator, a commercial item can be used. As commercially available products, WPAG-145, WPAG-149, WPAG-170, WPAG-199, WPAG-336, WPAG-367, WPAG-370, WPAG-469, WPAG-638, WPAG-699 (all Fujifilm Corporation and Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), etc.

當包含光酸產生劑時,其含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分,0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,2~15質量%為進一步較佳。光酸產生劑可以僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上光酸產生劑時,其總量在上述範圍內為較佳。When a photoacid generator is included, its content is preferably 0.1-30% by mass, more preferably 0.1-20% by mass, and more preferably 2-15% by mass relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. Better. The photoacid generator may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types. When two or more photoacid generators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

[熱酸產生劑] 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物亦可包含熱酸產生劑。 熱酸產生劑具有藉由加熱產生酸,且促進選自具有羥甲基、烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基之化合物、環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物中之至少一種化合物或特定樹脂中所包含之羥甲基的交聯反應之效果。 又,當本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含熱酸產生劑時,特定樹脂包含環氧基、羥甲基作為聚合性基為較佳。[Hot Acid Generator] The curable resin composition of the present invention may also contain a thermal acid generator. The thermal acid generator has the ability to generate acid by heating and promotes selected from the group consisting of compounds having methylol, alkoxymethyl or oxymethyl, epoxy compounds, oxetane compounds, and benzophenone compounds At least one of the compounds or the effect of the crosslinking reaction of the methylol contained in the specific resin. Moreover, when the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a thermal acid generator, it is preferable that the specific resin contains an epoxy group and a methylol group as the polymerizable group.

熱酸產生劑的熱分解開始溫度係50℃~270℃為較佳,50℃~250℃為更佳。又,若作為熱酸產生劑選擇一種將硬化性樹脂組成物塗佈於基板之後進行之乾燥(預烘烤:約70~140℃)中不產生酸,而藉由之後的曝光、顯影而圖案化之後進行之最終加熱(硬化:約100~400℃)中產生酸者,則能夠抑制顯影中的靈敏度下降,因此為較佳。 關於熱分解開始溫度,將熱酸產生劑在耐壓膠囊中以5℃/分鐘加熱至500℃時,作為溫度最低的發熱峰的峰值溫度而求出。 作為測定熱分解開始溫度時使用之設備,可列舉Q2000(TA Instruments.製)等。The thermal decomposition start temperature of the thermal acid generator is preferably 50°C to 270°C, more preferably 50°C to 250°C. In addition, if a thermal acid generator is selected as a thermal acid generator, the curing resin composition is applied to the substrate and then dried (pre-baking: about 70 to 140°C), which does not generate acid, but is patterned by subsequent exposure and development. In the final heating (curing: about 100 to 400°C) that is performed after conversion, acid is generated, which can suppress the decrease in sensitivity during development, which is preferable. Regarding the thermal decomposition start temperature, when the thermal acid generator is heated in a pressure-resistant capsule to 500°C at 5°C/min, it is determined as the peak temperature of the heat generation peak with the lowest temperature. As a device used when measuring the start temperature of thermal decomposition, Q2000 (manufactured by TA Instruments.) can be cited.

從熱酸產生劑產生之酸為強酸為較佳,例如對甲苯磺酸、苯磺酸等芳磺酸、甲磺酸、乙磺酸、丁磺酸等烷磺酸、或者三氟甲磺酸等鹵烷磺酸等為較佳。作為這種熱酸產生劑的例子,可列舉日本特開2013-072935號公報的0055段中所記載者。The acid generated from the thermal acid generator is preferably a strong acid, such as aromatic sulfonic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid, alkanesulfonic acids such as methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, and butanesulfonic acid, or trifluoromethanesulfonic acid Haloalkanesulfonic acids and the like are preferred. As an example of such a thermal acid generator, the one described in paragraph 0055 of JP 2013-072935 A can be cited.

其中,從在硬化膜中殘留得少且不易降低硬化膜物理性質之觀點考慮,產生碳數1~4的烷磺酸或碳數1~4的鹵烷磺酸者為更佳,作為熱酸產生劑,甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)二甲基鋶鹽、甲磺酸(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)二甲基鋶鹽、甲磺酸苄基(4-羥基苯基)甲基鋶鹽、甲磺酸苄基(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)甲基鋶鹽、甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)甲基((2-甲基苯基)甲基)鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)二甲基鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)二甲基鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸苄基(4-羥基苯基)甲基鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸苄基(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)甲基鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)甲基((2-甲基苯基)甲基)鋶鹽、3-(5-(((丙磺醯基)氧基)亞胺基)噻吩-2(5H)-亞基)-2-(鄰甲苯基)丙腈、2,2-雙(3-(甲磺醯基胺基)-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷。Among them, from the viewpoint of leaving little residue in the cured film and not easily degrading the physical properties of the cured film, it is more preferable to produce alkanesulfonic acid with 1 to 4 carbon atoms or haloalkanesulfonic acid with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, as the thermal acid Producer, methanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl) dimethyl sulfonate, methanesulfonic acid (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy) phenyl) dimethyl sulfonate, benzyl methanesulfonate ( 4-Hydroxyphenyl)methylsulfonate, benzyl methanesulfonate (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)methylsulfonate, methanesulfonate (4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl( (2-Methylphenyl)methyl)silium salt, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl)dimethylsilium salt, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy) Phenyl) dimethyl sulfonate, benzyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (4-hydroxyphenyl) methyl sulfonate, benzyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl ) Methyl sulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl) methyl ((2-methylphenyl) methyl) sulfonate, 3-(5-(((propanesulfonyl)oxy ) Imino) thiophene-2(5H)-ylidene)-2-(o-tolyl)propionitrile, 2,2-bis(3-(methylsulfonylamino)-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexa Fluoropropane.

又,作為熱酸產生劑,日本特開2013-167742號公報的0059段中所記載的化合物亦較佳。In addition, as the thermal acid generator, the compound described in paragraph 0059 of JP 2013-167742 A is also preferable.

熱酸產生劑的含量相對於特定樹脂100質量份為0.01質量份以上為較佳,0.1質量份以上為更佳。藉由含有0.01質量份以上,交聯反應得到促進,因此能夠進一步提高硬化膜的機械特性及耐藥品性。又,從硬化膜的電絕緣性的觀點考慮,20質量份以下為較佳,15質量份以下為更佳,10質量份以下為進一步較佳。The content of the thermal acid generator is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin, and more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more. By containing 0.01 parts by mass or more, the crosslinking reaction is promoted, and therefore the mechanical properties and chemical resistance of the cured film can be further improved. Moreover, from the viewpoint of the electrical insulation of the cured film, 20 parts by mass or less is preferable, 15 parts by mass or less is more preferable, and 10 parts by mass or less is more preferable.

<酸交聯劑> 本發明的光硬化性樹脂組成物包含酸交聯劑為較佳。 在本發明中,酸交聯劑係在分子內具有複數個藉由酸的作用而促進交聯反應之基團之化合物為較佳。 作為酸交聯劑,具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少一種基之化合物為較佳,具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少一種基直接鍵結於氮原子之結構之化合物為更佳。 作為酸交聯劑,例如,可列舉具有如下結構之化合物:使三聚氰胺、甘脲、尿素、亞烷基脲、苯并胍胺等含胺化合物與甲醛或甲醛和醇反應,由羥甲基或烷氧基甲基來取代上述胺基的氫原子。該等化合物的製造方法並無特別限定,只要係與藉由上述方法製造之化合物具有相同結構之化合物即可。又,可以係該等化合物的羥甲基彼此自縮合而成之寡聚物。 作為上述含胺化合物,將使用了三聚氰胺之交聯劑稱為三聚氰胺系交聯劑,將使用了甘脲、尿素或亞烷基脲之交聯劑稱為尿素系交聯劑,將使用了亞烷基脲之交聯劑稱為亞烷基脲系交聯劑,將使用了苯并胍胺之交聯劑稱為苯并胍胺系交聯劑。 其中,本發明的光硬化性樹脂組成物包含選自包括尿素系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑之群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳,包含選自包括後述甘脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑之群組中之至少一種化合物為更佳,包含甘脲系交聯劑為進一步較佳。<Acid crosslinking agent> The photocurable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains an acid crosslinking agent. In the present invention, the acid cross-linking agent is preferably a compound having a plurality of groups in the molecule that promote the cross-linking reaction by the action of acid. As the acid crosslinking agent, compounds having at least one group selected from the group consisting of hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl are preferred, and compounds having at least one group selected from the group consisting of hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl are preferred. A compound having a structure in which at least one group is directly bonded to a nitrogen atom is more preferred. As an acid crosslinking agent, for example, a compound having the following structure can be cited: reacting amine-containing compounds such as melamine, glycoluril, urea, alkylene urea, benzoguanamine, etc., with formaldehyde or formaldehyde and alcohol, and reacting from methylol or Alkoxymethyl is substituted for the hydrogen atom of the above-mentioned amino group. The production method of these compounds is not particularly limited, as long as they have the same structure as the compound produced by the above-mentioned method. In addition, it may be an oligomer in which the methylol groups of these compounds are self-condensed with each other. As the above-mentioned amine-containing compound, the crosslinking agent using melamine is referred to as melamine-based crosslinking agent, the crosslinking agent using glycoluril, urea or alkylene urea is referred to as urea-based crosslinking agent, and the crosslinking agent using melamine The crosslinking agent of alkyl urea is called alkylene urea crosslinking agent, and the crosslinking agent using benzoguanamine is called benzoguanamine crosslinking agent. Among them, the photocurable resin composition of the present invention preferably includes at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a urea-based crosslinking agent and a melamine-based crosslinking agent. At least one compound in the group of melamine-based crosslinking agents is more preferred, and it is even more preferred to include a glycoluril-based crosslinking agent.

作為三聚氰胺系交聯劑的具體例,可列舉六甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六乙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丁氧基丁基三聚氰胺等。Specific examples of the melamine-based crosslinking agent include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, hexaethoxymethylmelamine, hexapropoxymethylmelamine, hexabutoxybutylmelamine, and the like.

作為尿素系交聯劑的具體例,例如,可列舉單羥甲基化甘脲、二羥甲基化甘脲、三羥甲基化甘脲、四羥甲基化甘脲、單甲氧基甲基化甘脲,二甲氧基甲基化甘脲、三甲氧基甲基化甘脲、四甲氧基甲基化甘脲、單甲氧基甲基化甘脲、二甲氧基甲基化甘脲、三甲氧基甲基化甘脲、四乙氧基甲基甘脲、單丙氧基甲基化甘脲、二丙氧基甲基化甘脲、三丙氧基甲基化甘脲、四丙氧基甲基化甘脲、單丁氧基甲基甘脲、二丁氧基甲基化甘脲、三丁氧基甲基化甘脲或四丁氧基甲基化甘脲等甘脲系交聯劑; 雙甲氧基甲基脲、雙乙氧基甲基脲、雙丙氧基甲基脲、雙丁氧基甲基脲等脲系交聯劑; 單羥甲基化乙烯脲或二羥甲基化乙烯脲、單甲氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二甲氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單乙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二乙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單丙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二丙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單丁氧基甲基乙烯脲或二丁氧基甲基化乙烯脲等乙烯脲系交聯劑; 單羥甲基化丙烯脲、二羥甲基化丙烯脲、單甲氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二甲氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單二乙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二乙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單丙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二丙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單丁氧基甲基丙烯脲或二丁氧基甲基化丙烯脲等丙烯脲系交聯劑; 1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)4,5-二羥基-2-咪唑啶酮、1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)-4,5-二甲氧基-2-咪唑啶酮等。As specific examples of the urea-based crosslinking agent, for example, monomethylolated glycoluril, dimethylolated glycoluril, trimethylolated glycoluril, tetramethylolated glycoluril, monomethoxyl Methylated glycoluril, dimethoxymethylated glycoluril, trimethoxymethylated glycoluril, tetramethoxymethylated glycoluril, monomethoxymethylated glycoluril, dimethoxymethylated glycoluril Alkylated glycoluril, trimethoxymethylated glycoluril, tetraethoxymethyl glycoluril, monopropoxymethylated glycoluril, dipropoxymethylated glycoluril, tripropoxymethylated glycoluril Glycoluril, tetrapropoxymethylated glycoluril, monobutoxymethylglycoluril, dibutoxymethylated glycoluril, tributoxymethylated glycoluril or tetrabutoxymethylated glycoluril Urea and other glycoluril crosslinking agents; Urea-based crosslinking agents such as bismethoxymethylurea, bisethoxymethylurea, bispropoxymethylurea, and bisbutoxymethylurea; Monomethylolated ethylene urea or dimethylolated ethylene urea, monomethoxymethylated ethylene urea, dimethoxymethylated ethylene urea, monoethoxymethylated ethylene urea, diethoxy Crosslinking of methylated ethylene urea, monopropoxymethylated ethylene urea, dipropoxymethylated ethylene urea, monobutoxymethylated ethylene urea or dibutoxymethylated ethylene urea Agent Monomethylolated propylene urea, dimethylolated propylene urea, monomethoxymethylated propylene urea, dimethoxymethylated propylene urea, monodiethoxymethylated propylene urea, diethoxy Allyl urea, monopropoxymethylated propylene urea, dipropoxymethylated propylene urea, monobutoxymethylated propylene urea or dibutoxymethylated propylene urea, etc. Coupling agent; 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)4,5-dihydroxy-2-imidazolidinone, 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-imidazole Pyridone and so on.

作為苯并胍胺系交聯劑的具體例,例如,可列舉單羥甲基化苯并胍胺、二羥甲基化苯并胍胺、三羥甲基化苯并胍胺、四羥甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺; 四甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四乙氧基甲基苯并胍胺、單丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丁氧基甲基苯并胍胺、二丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺等。As specific examples of the benzoguanamine-based crosslinking agent, for example, monomethylolated benzoguanamine, dimethylolated benzoguanamine, trimethylolated benzoguanamine, tetramethylolform Alkylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine; Tetramethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetraethoxy Methyl benzoguanamine, monopropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dipropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tripropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrapropoxymethyl Benzoguanamine, monobutoxymethyl benzoguanamine, dibutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tributoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrabutoxymethylated benzoguanamine Guanamine and so on.

此外,作為具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少一種基之化合物,亦較佳地使用選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少一種基直接鍵結於芳香環(較佳為苯環)之化合物。 作為該種化合物的具體例,可列舉苯二甲醇、雙(羥甲基)甲酚、雙(羥甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(羥甲基)二乙二醇單苯基醚、雙(羥甲基)二苯甲酮、羥甲基苯基羥甲基安息香酸酯、雙(羥甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(羥甲基)聯苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)甲酚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)二乙二醇單苯基醚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯甲酮、甲氧基甲基苯甲氧基甲基安息香酸酯、雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、4,4’.4’’-亞乙基三[2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)苯酚]、5,5’-[2,2,2‐三氟‐1‐(三氟甲基)亞乙基]雙[2-羥基‐1,3‐苯二甲醇]、3,3’,5,5’-四(甲氧基甲基)-1,1’-聯苯-4,4’-二醇等。In addition, as the compound having at least one group selected from the group consisting of hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl, it is also preferable to use at least one selected from the group consisting of hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl. A compound in which a radical is directly bonded to an aromatic ring (preferably a benzene ring). As specific examples of such compounds, benzenedimethanol, bis(hydroxymethyl)cresol, bis(hydroxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(hydroxymethyl)diethylene glycol monophenyl ether, Bis (hydroxymethyl) benzophenone, hydroxymethyl phenyl hydroxymethyl benzoate, bis (hydroxymethyl) biphenyl, dimethyl bis (hydroxymethyl) biphenyl, bis (methoxymethyl) Benzene, bis(methoxymethyl)cresol, bis(methoxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(methoxymethyl)diethylene glycol monophenyl ether, bis(methoxymethyl) Methyl) benzophenone, methoxymethyl benzyloxy methyl benzoate, bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, 4 ,4'.4''-ethylene tri[2,6-bis(methoxymethyl)phenol], 5,5'-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(trifluoromethyl ) Ethylene] bis[2-hydroxy-1,3-benzenedimethanol], 3,3',5,5'-tetra(methoxymethyl)-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4 '-Diol etc.

作為酸交聯劑,可以使用市售品,作為較佳市售品,可列舉46DMOC、46DMOEP(以上,ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION.製)、DML-PC、DML-PEP、DML-OC、DML-OEP、DML-34X、DML-PTBP、DML-PCHP、DML-OCHP、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-POP、DML-MBOC、DML-MBPC、DML-MTrisPC、DML-BisOC-Z、DML-BisOCHP-Z、DML-BPC、DMLBisOC-P、DMOM-PC、DMOM-PTBP、DMOM-MBPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPE、TML-BPA、TML-BPAF、TML-BPAP、TMOM-BP、TMOM-BPE、TMOM-BPA、TMOM-BPAF、TMOM-BPAP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上,Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)、NIKALAC (註冊商標,下同)MX-290、NIKALAC MX-280、NIKALAC MX-270、NIKALAC MX-279、NIKALAC MW-100LM、NIKALAC MX-750LM(以上,SANWA CHEMICAL CO.,Ltd.製)等。As the acid crosslinking agent, commercially available products can be used. Preferred commercially available products include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (above, manufactured by ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION), DML-PC, DML-PEP, DML-OC, DML-OEP, DML-34X, DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DML-OCHP, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-POP, DML-MBOC, DML-MBPC, DML-MTrisPC, DML-BisOC-Z, DML-BisOCHP- Z, DML-BPC, DMLBisOC-P, DMOM-PC, DMOM-PTBP, DMOM-MBPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPE, TML- BPA, TML-BPAF, TML-BPAP, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPE, TMOM-BPA, TMOM-BPAF, TMOM-BPAP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (above, Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC (registered trademark, the same below) MX-290, NIKALAC MX-280, NIKALAC MX-270, NIKALAC MX-279, NIKALAC MW-100LM, NIKALAC MX-750LM (above, SANWA CHEMICAL CO., Ltd.) etc.

又,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含選自包括環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物作為酸交聯劑亦較佳。In addition, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of epoxy compounds, oxetane compounds, and benzophenone compounds as the acid crosslinking agent.

[環氧化合物(具有環氧基之化合物)] 作為環氧化合物,為在一個分子中具有兩個以上的環氧基之化合物為較佳。環氧基在200℃以下進行交聯反應,並且不會引起來自於交聯之脫水反應,因此不易引起膜收縮。因此,含有環氧化合物對抑制硬化性樹脂組成物的低溫硬化及翹曲係有效的。[Epoxy compound (compound with epoxy group)] As the epoxy compound, a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferred. The epoxy group undergoes cross-linking reaction below 200°C, and does not cause dehydration reaction from cross-linking, so it is difficult to cause film shrinkage. Therefore, containing the epoxy compound is effective for suppressing the low-temperature curing and warpage of the curable resin composition.

環氧化合物含有聚環氧乙烷基為較佳。藉此,彈性係數進一步降低,又,能夠抑制翹曲。聚環氧乙烷基係指環氧乙烷的重複單元數為2以上者,重複單元數為2~15為較佳。The epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group. Thereby, the coefficient of elasticity is further reduced, and furthermore, it is possible to suppress warpage. The polyethylene oxide group means the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide of 2 or more, and the number of repeating units is preferably 2-15.

作為環氧化合物的示例,能夠列舉雙A型環氧樹脂;雙F型環氧樹脂;丙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、新戊二醇二縮水甘油基醚、乙二醇二縮水甘油基醚、丁二醇二縮水甘油基醚、己二醇二縮水甘油基醚、三羥甲基丙烷三縮水甘油醚等亞烷基二醇型環氧樹脂或多元醇烴型環氧樹脂;聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚等聚亞烷基二醇型環氧樹脂;聚甲基(環氧丙氧基丙基)矽氧烷等含環氧基之聚矽氧等,但並不限定於此。具體而言,可列舉EPICLON(註冊商標)850-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4032、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-7200、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-820、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4700、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4710、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4770、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-859CRP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-1514、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4880、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4850-150、EPICLONEXA-4850-1000、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4816、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4822、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-830LVP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8183、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8169、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-660、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-665-EXP-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-740、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)BEO-20E(以上為產品名稱、DIC Corporation製)、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)BEO-60E、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)HBE-100、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)DME-100、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)L-200(產品名稱、New Japan Chemical Co.,Ltd.)、EP-4003S、EP-4000S、EP-4088S、EP-3950S(以上為產品名稱、ADEKA Corporation製)、CELLOXIDE2021P、2081、2000、3000、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD GT400、GT401、EPOLEAD (註冊商標)PB4700、EPOLEAD (註冊商標)PB3600SERVINUS B0134、B0177(以上為產品名稱、DAI-CELL-ALLNEXLtd.製)、NC-3000、NC-3000-L、NC-3000-H、NC-3000-FH-75M、NC-3100、CER-3000-L、NC-2000-L、XD-1000、NC-7000L、NC-7300L、EPPN-501H、EPPN-501HY、EPPN-502H、EOCN-1020、EOCN-102S、EOCN-103S、EOCN-104S、CER-1020、EPPN-201、BREN-S、BREN-10S(以上為產品名稱、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)等。Examples of epoxy compounds include double A type epoxy resin; double F type epoxy resin; propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, butane Alkylene glycol type epoxy resin or polyol hydrocarbon type epoxy resin such as glycol diglycidyl ether, hexanediol diglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether; polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether Polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as ether; epoxy-containing polysiloxane such as polymethyl(glycidoxypropyl)siloxane, etc., but not limited to this. Specifically, EPICLON (registered trademark) 850-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4032, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-7200, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-820, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4700 , EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4710, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4770, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-859CRP, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-1514, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4880, EPICLON (registered trademark) ) EXA-4850-150, EPICLON EXA-4850-1000, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4816, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4822, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-830LVP, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8183, EPICLON (Registered trademark) EXA-8169, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-660, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-665-EXP-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-740, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) BEO-20E (the above are Product name, manufactured by DIC Corporation), RIKARESIN (registered trademark) BEO-60E, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) HBE-100, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) DME-100, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) L-200 (product name, New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.), EP-4003S, EP-4000S, EP-4088S, EP-3950S (the above are product names, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), CELLOXIDE2021P, 2081, 2000, 3000, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD GT400, GT401, EPOLEAD ( Registered trademarks) PB4700, EPOLEAD (registered trademarks) PB3600SERVINUS B0134, B0177 (the above are product names, manufactured by DAI-CELL-ALLNEX Ltd.), NC-3000, NC-3000-L, NC-3000-H, NC-3000-FH -75M, NC-3100, CER-3000-L, NC-2000-L, XD-1000, NC-7000L, NC-7300L, EPPN-501H, EPPN-501HY, EPPN-502H, EOCN-1020, EOCN-102S , EOCN-103S, EOCN-104S, CER-1020, EPPN-201, BREN-S, BREN-10S (the above are product names, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc.

[氧雜環丁烷化合物(具有氧雜環丁烷基的化合物)] 作為氧雜環丁烷化合物,能夠列舉在一個分子中具有兩個以上的氧雜環丁烷環之化合物、3-乙基-3-羥甲氧雜環丁烷、1,4-雙{[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲氧基]甲基}苯、3-乙基-3-(2-乙基己基甲基)氧雜環丁烷、1,4-苯二羧酸-雙[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲基]酯等。作為具體的例子,能夠較佳地使用TOAGOSEI CO.,Ltd.製ARON OXETANE系列(例如,OXT-121、OXT-221、OXT-191、OXT-223),該等可以單獨使用或混合兩種以上使用。[Oxetane compound (compound with oxetanyl group)] Examples of the oxetane compound include compounds having two or more oxetane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethoxetane, and 1,4-bis{[ (3-Ethyl-3-oxetanyl)methoxy]methyl}benzene, 3-ethyl-3-(2-ethylhexylmethyl)oxetane, 1,4-benzene Dicarboxylic acid-bis[(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl)methyl] ester and the like. As a specific example, ARON OXETANE series manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., Ltd. (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) can be preferably used, which can be used alone or in combination of two or more use.

[苯并㗁𠯤化合物(具有苯并㗁唑基的化合物)] 苯并㗁𠯤化合物因源自開環加成反應之交聯反應而硬化時不產生脫氣,而進而減少熱收縮以抑制產生翹曲,因此為較佳。[Benzo 㗁 𠯤 compound (compound with benzo azole group)] The benzoglyph compound does not produce outgassing during hardening due to the cross-linking reaction derived from the ring-opening addition reaction, and further reduces heat shrinkage to suppress the generation of warpage, so it is preferable.

作為苯并㗁𠯤化合物的較佳的例子,可列舉B-a型苯并㗁𠯤、B-m型苯并㗁𠯤、P-d型苯并㗁𠯤、F-a型苯并㗁𠯤、(以上為產品名稱,Shikoku Chemicals Corporation製)、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂的苯并㗁𠯤加成物、酚醛清漆型二氫苯并㗁𠯤化合物。該等單獨使用,或者可以混合兩種以上。As a preferable example of the benzo 㗁 𠯤 compound, can cite Ba type benzo 㗁 𠯤, Bm type benzo 㗁 𠯤, Pd type benzo 㗁 𠯤, Fa type benzo 㗁 𠯤, (the above is the product name, Shikoku Chemicals Corporation), polyhydroxystyrene resin benzox adducts, novolak-type dihydrobenzox compounds. These are used alone, or two or more of them may be mixed.

酸交聯劑的含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分,0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,0.5~15質量%為進一步較佳,1.0~10質量%為特佳。酸交聯劑可以僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上酸交聯劑時,其總量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the acid crosslinking agent relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1-30% by mass, more preferably 0.1-20% by mass, more preferably 0.5-15% by mass, and 1.0 ~10% by mass is particularly preferred. The acid crosslinking agent may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more acid crosslinking agents are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

<具有磺醯胺結構之化合物、具有硫脲之化合物> 從提高所得到之硬化膜對基材的密接性之觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物還包含選自包括具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲之化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳。<Compounds with sulfonamide structure, compounds with thiourea> From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion of the obtained cured film to the substrate, the curable resin composition of the present invention further includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound having a sulfonamide structure and a compound having thiourea Compounds are preferred.

〔具有磺醯胺結構之化合物〕 磺醯胺結構係由下述式(S-1)表示之結構。 [化學式31]

Figure 02_image063
式(S-1)中,R表示氫原子或有機基,R可以與其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 上述R係與下述式(S-2)中之R2 相同的基團為較佳。 具有磺醯胺結構之化合物可以係具有兩個以上磺醯胺結構之化合物,但是具有一個磺醯胺結構之化合物為較佳。[Compound with sulfonamide structure] The sulfonamide structure is a structure represented by the following formula (S-1). [Chemical formula 31]
Figure 02_image063
In formula (S-1), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, R may be bonded to another structure to form a ring structure, and * each independently represents a bonding site to another structure. The above-mentioned R is preferably the same group as R 2 in the following formula (S-2). The compound having a sulfonamide structure may be a compound having two or more sulfonamide structures, but a compound having one sulfonamide structure is preferred.

具有磺醯胺結構之化合物係由下述式(S-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式32]

Figure 02_image065
式(S-2)中,R1 、R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基,R1 、R2 及R3 中的兩個以上可以彼此鍵結而形成環結構。 R1 、R2 及R3 分別獨立地係1價有機基為較佳。 作為R1 、R2 及R3 的示例,可列舉氫原子或烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基甲矽烷基、烷氧基甲矽烷基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基、或者將該等組合兩個以上之基團等。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。作為上述烷基,例如,可列舉甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、異丙基、2-乙基己基等。 作為上述環烷基,碳數5~10的環烷基為較佳,碳數6~10的環烷基為更佳。作為環烷基,例如,可列舉環丙基、環丁基、環戊基及環己基等。 作為上述烷氧基,碳數1~10的烷氧基為較佳,碳數1~5的烷氧基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基,可列舉甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基及戊氧基等。 作為上述烷氧基甲矽烷基,碳數1~10的烷氧基甲矽烷基為較佳,碳數1~4的烷氧基甲矽烷基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基甲矽烷基,可列舉甲氧基甲矽烷基、乙氧基甲矽烷基、丙氧基甲矽烷基及丁氧基甲矽烷基等。 作為上述芳基,碳數6~20的芳基為較佳,碳數6~12的芳基為更佳。又,上述芳基可以具有烷基等取代基。作為上述芳基,可列舉苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基及萘基等。 作為雜環基,可列舉從三唑環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環、二氫吡喃環及四氫吡喃環、三𠯤環等雜環結構中去除一個氫原子之基團等。The compound having a sulfonamide structure is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (S-2). [Chemical formula 32]
Figure 02_image065
In formula (S-2), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and two or more of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. Preferably, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a monovalent organic group. Examples of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkylsilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group, an aryl group, and an aromatic group. Base ether group, carboxyl group, carbonyl group, allyl group, vinyl group, heterocyclic group, or a combination of two or more of these groups, etc. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. As said alkyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an isopropyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group etc. are mentioned, for example. As the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. As the above-mentioned alkoxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable. As said alkoxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentoxy group, etc. are mentioned. As the above-mentioned alkoxysilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. As said alkoxysilyl group, a methoxysilyl group, an ethoxysilyl group, a propoxysilyl group, a butoxysilyl group, etc. are mentioned. As the above-mentioned aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferred. In addition, the above-mentioned aryl group may have a substituent such as an alkyl group. As said aryl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. are mentioned. Examples of heterocyclic groups include triazole ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, azole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring , Pyran ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, porphyrin ring, dihydropyran ring, tetrahydropyran ring, trihydropyran ring and other heterocyclic structures with one hydrogen atom removed Groups and so on.

其中,R1 係芳基且R2 及R3 分別獨立地係氫原子或烷基之化合物為較佳。Among them, compounds in which R 1 is an aryl group and R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group are preferred.

作為具有磺醯胺結構之化合物的示例,可列舉苯磺醯胺、二甲基苯磺醯胺、N-丁基苯磺醯胺、胺苯磺醯胺、鄰甲苯磺醯胺、對甲苯磺醯胺、羥基萘磺醯胺、萘-1-磺醯胺、萘-2-磺醯胺、間硝基苯磺醯胺、對氯苯磺醯胺、甲烷磺醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲烷磺醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙烷磺醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲烷磺醯胺、N-甲氧基甲烷磺醯胺、N-十二烷基甲烷磺醯胺、N-環己基-1-丁烷磺醯胺、2-胺基乙烷磺醯胺等。As examples of compounds having a sulfonamide structure, benzenesulfonamide, dimethylbenzenesulfonamide, N-butylbenzenesulfonamide, sulfonamide, o-toluenesulfonamide, and p-toluenesulfonamide can be cited. Amide, hydroxynaphthalene sulfonamide, naphthalene-1-sulfonamide, naphthalene-2-sulfonamide, m-nitrobenzene sulfonamide, p-chlorobenzene sulfonamide, methane sulfonamide, N,N-di Methylmethanesulfonamide, N,N-dimethylethanesulfonamide, N,N-diethylmethanesulfonamide, N-methoxymethanesulfonamide, N-dodecylmethanesulfonate Amido, N-cyclohexyl-1-butanesulfonamide, 2-aminoethanesulfonamide, etc.

〔具有硫脲之化合物〕 硫脲係由下述式(T-1)表示之結構。 [化學式33]

Figure 02_image067
式(T-1)中,R4 及R5 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基,R4 及R5 可以鍵結而形成環結構,R4 可以與鍵結有*之其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,R5 可以與鍵結有*之其他結構而形成環結構,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。[Compound with Thiourea] Thiourea is a structure represented by the following formula (T-1). [Chemical formula 33]
Figure 02_image067
In formula (T-1), R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 4 and R 5 can be bonded to form a ring structure, and R 4 can be bonded to other structures with * It forms a ring structure, and R 5 can be bonded to other structures with * to form a ring structure, and * each independently represents a bonding site with other structures.

R4 及R5 分別獨立地係氫原子為較佳。 作為R4 及R5 的示例,可列舉氫原子或烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基甲矽烷基、烷氧基甲矽烷基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基、或者將該等組合兩個以上之基團等。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。作為上述烷基,例如,可列舉甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、異丙基、2-乙基己基等。 作為上述環烷基,碳數5~10的環烷基為較佳,碳數6~10的環烷基為更佳。作為環烷基,例如,可列舉環丙基、環丁基、環戊基及環己基等。 作為上述烷氧基,碳數1~10的烷氧基為較佳,碳數1~5的烷氧基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基,可列舉甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基及戊氧基等。 作為上述烷氧基甲矽烷基,碳數1~10的烷氧基甲矽烷基為較佳,碳數1~4的烷氧基甲矽烷基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基甲矽烷基,可列舉甲氧基甲矽烷基、乙氧基甲矽烷基、丙氧基甲矽烷基及丁氧基甲矽烷基等。 作為上述芳基,碳數6~20的芳基為較佳,碳數6~12的芳基為更佳。又,上述芳基可以具有烷基等取代基。作為上述芳基,可列舉苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基及萘基等。 作為雜環基,可列舉從三唑環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環、二氫吡喃環及四氫吡喃環、三𠯤環等雜環結構中去除一個氫原子之基團等。 具有硫脲之化合物可以係具有兩個硫脲之化合物,但是具有一個硫脲之化合物為較佳。Preferably, R 4 and R 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom. Examples of R 4 and R 5 include a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkylsilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group, an aryl group, and an aryl ether group. , Carboxyl group, carbonyl group, allyl group, vinyl group, heterocyclic group, or a combination of two or more groups. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. As said alkyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an isopropyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group etc. are mentioned, for example. As the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. As the above-mentioned alkoxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable. As said alkoxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentoxy group, etc. are mentioned. As the above-mentioned alkoxysilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. As said alkoxysilyl group, a methoxysilyl group, an ethoxysilyl group, a propoxysilyl group, a butoxysilyl group, etc. are mentioned. As the above-mentioned aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferred. In addition, the above-mentioned aryl group may have a substituent such as an alkyl group. As said aryl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. are mentioned. Examples of heterocyclic groups include triazole ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, azole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring , Pyran ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, porphyrin ring, dihydropyran ring, tetrahydropyran ring, trihydropyran ring and other heterocyclic structures with one hydrogen atom removed Groups and so on. The compound having thiourea may be a compound having two thioureas, but a compound having one thiourea is preferred.

具有硫脲結構之化合物係由下述式(T-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式34]

Figure 02_image069
式(T-2)中,R4 ~R7 分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基,R4 ~R7 中的至少兩個可以彼此鍵結而形成環結構。The compound having a thiourea structure is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (T-2). [Chemical formula 34]
Figure 02_image069
In formula (T-2), R 4 to R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least two of R 4 to R 7 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.

式(T-2)中,R4 及R5 與式(T-1)中的R4 及R5 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 式(T-2)中,R6 及R7 分別獨立地係1價有機基為較佳。 式(T-2)中,R6 及R7 中之1價有機基的較佳態樣係與式(T-1)中的R4 及R5 中之1價有機基的較佳態樣相同。Formula (T-2), the same as R (T-1) and R 4 and R 5 in the formula the meanings of R 5 and 4, the preferred aspects are also the same. In the formula (T-2), it is preferable that R 6 and R 7 are each independently a monovalent organic group. In formula (T-2), the preferred aspect of the monovalent organic group in R 6 and R 7 is the same as the preferred aspect of the monovalent organic group in R 4 and R 5 in formula (T-1) the same.

作為具有硫脲之化合物的示例,可列舉N-乙醯基硫脲、N-烯丙基硫脲、N-烯丙基-N’-(2-羥乙基)硫脲、1-金剛烷基硫脲、N-苯甲醯基硫脲、N,N’-二苯基硫脲、1-芐基-苯基硫脲、1,3-二丁基硫脲、1,3-二異丙基硫脲、1,3-二環己基硫脲、1-(3-(三甲氧基甲矽烷基)丙基)-3-甲基硫脲、三甲基硫脲、四甲基硫脲、N,N-二苯基硫脲、亞乙基硫脲(2-咪唑啉硫酮)、卡比馬唑、1,3-二甲基-2-硫代乙內醯脲等。Examples of compounds having thiourea include N-acetylthiourea, N-allylthiourea, N-allyl-N'-(2-hydroxyethyl)thiourea, 1-adamantane Thiourea, N-benzylthiourea, N,N'-diphenylthiourea, 1-benzyl-phenylthiourea, 1,3-dibutylthiourea, 1,3-diiso Propylthiourea, 1,3-dicyclohexylthiourea, 1-(3-(trimethoxysilyl)propyl)-3-methylthiourea, trimethylthiourea, tetramethylthiourea , N,N-diphenylthiourea, ethylene thiourea (2-imidazoline thione), carbimazole, 1,3-dimethyl-2-thiohydantoin, etc.

[含量] 相對於本發明的硬化化樹脂組合物的總質量,具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物的總含量係0.05〜10質量%為較佳,0.1〜5質量%為更佳,0.2〜3質量%為進一步較佳。 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物可以僅包含一種選自包括具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲之化合物之化合物,亦可包含兩種以上。當今包含一種時,其化合物的含量在上述範圍內為較佳,當包含兩種以上時,其總量在上述範圍內為較佳。[content] Relative to the total mass of the cured resin composition of the present invention, the total content of the compound having a sulfamide structure and the compound having a thiourea structure is preferably 0.05-10% by mass, and more preferably 0.1-5% by mass. 0.2 to 3% by mass is more preferable. The curable resin composition of the present invention may include only one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound having a sulfonamide structure and a compound having thiourea, or two or more types. At present, when one type is included, the content of the compound is preferably within the above-mentioned range, and when two or more types are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

<鎓鹽> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含鎓鹽為較佳。 尤其,當包含聚醯亞胺前驅物作為其他樹脂時,硬化性樹脂組成物包含鎓鹽為較佳。 鎓鹽的種類等並無特別限定,可較佳地列舉銨鹽、亞胺鹽、鋶鹽、錪鹽或鏻鹽。 其中,從熱穩定性高的觀點考慮,銨鹽或亞胺鹽為較佳,從與聚合物的相溶性的觀點考慮,鋶鹽、錪鹽或鏻鹽為較佳。<Onium salt> The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains an onium salt. In particular, when a polyimide precursor is included as the other resin, the curable resin composition preferably includes an onium salt. The type of onium salt and the like are not particularly limited, and preferably ammonium salt, imine salt, sulphur salt, iodonium salt or phosphonium salt is mentioned. Among them, from the viewpoint of high thermal stability, an ammonium salt or an imine salt is preferable, and from the viewpoint of compatibility with a polymer, a sulfonium salt, an phosphonium salt, or a phosphonium salt is preferable.

又,鎓鹽係具有鎓結構之陽離子與陰離子的鹽,上述陽離子與陰離子可以經由共價鍵鍵結,亦可不經由共價鍵鍵結。 亦即,鎓鹽可以係在同一個分子結構內具有陽離子部和陰離子部之分子內鹽,亦可以係作為分別不同分子之陽離子分子與陰離子分子進行離子鍵結之分子間鹽,分子間鹽為較佳。又,在本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中,上述陽離子部或陽離子分子與上述陰離子部或陰離子分子可以藉由離子鍵鍵結,亦可解離。 作為鎓鹽中之陽離子,銨陽離子、吡啶鎓陽離子、鋶陽離子、錪陽離子或鏻陽離子為較佳,選自包括四烷基銨陽離子、鋶陽離子及錪陽離子之群組中之至少一種陽離子為更佳。In addition, the onium salt is a salt of a cation and an anion having an onium structure, and the cation and anion may be bonded via a covalent bond, or may not be bonded via a covalent bond. That is, the onium salt can be an intramolecular salt having a cation part and an anion part in the same molecular structure, or an intermolecular salt in which cationic molecules and anion molecules of different molecules are ionically bonded. The intermolecular salt is Better. In addition, in the curable resin composition of the present invention, the cation portion or cation molecule and the anion portion or anion molecule may be bonded by an ionic bond, or may be dissociated. As the cation in the onium salt, ammonium cation, pyridinium cation, sulfonium cation, iodonium cation or phosphonium cation is preferred, and at least one cation selected from the group consisting of tetraalkylammonium cation, sulfonium cation and phosphonium cation is more preferred. good.

本發明中使用之鎓鹽可以係熱鹼產生劑。 熱鹼產生劑係指藉由加熱而產生鹼之化合物,例如可列舉加熱至40℃以上便產生鹼之酸性化合物等。The onium salt used in the present invention may be a thermal base generator. The thermal base generator refers to a compound that generates a base by heating, and for example, an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40° C. or more can be cited.

[銨鹽] 在本發明中,銨鹽係指銨陽離子與陰離子的鹽。[Ammonium salt] In the present invention, ammonium salt refers to a salt of ammonium cation and anion.

-銨陽離子- 作為銨陽離子,第四銨陽離子為較佳。 又,作為銨陽離子,由下述式(101)表示之陽離子為較佳。 [化學式35]

Figure 02_image071
式(101)中,R1 ~R4 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基,R1 ~R4 中的至少兩個可以分別鍵結而形成環。-Ammonium cation- As the ammonium cation, a fourth ammonium cation is preferred. In addition, as the ammonium cation, a cation represented by the following formula (101) is preferred. [Chemical formula 35]
Figure 02_image071
In formula (101), R 1 to R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and at least two of R 1 to R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

式(101)中,R1 ~R4 分別獨立地為烴基為較佳,烷基或芳基為更佳,碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基為進一步較佳。R1 ~R4 亦可具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可列舉羥基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、芳基羰基、烷基羰基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基等。 R1 ~R4 中的至少兩個分別鍵結而形成環時,上述環亦可包含雜原子。作為上述雜原子,可列舉氮原子。In formula (101), R 1 to R 4 are each independently a hydrocarbon group preferably, an alkyl group or an aryl group is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons is more preferable . R 1 to R 4 may have substituents. Examples of substituents include hydroxyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylcarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, Oxo and so on. When at least two of R 1 to R 4 are bonded to each other to form a ring, the ring may include a hetero atom. As said hetero atom, a nitrogen atom can be mentioned.

銨陽離子由下述式(Y1-1)及(Y1-2)中的任一個表示為較佳。 [化學式36]

Figure 02_image073
The ammonium cation is preferably represented by either of the following formulas (Y1-1) and (Y1-2). [Chemical formula 36]
Figure 02_image073

式(Y1-1)及(Y1-2)中,R101 表示n價有機基,R1 與式(101)中之R1 的含義相同,Ar101 及Ar102 分別獨立地表示芳基,n表示1以上的整數。 式(Y1-1)中,R101 為從脂肪族烴、芳香族烴或由該等鍵結而成之結構去除n個氫原子之基團為較佳,從碳數2~30的飽和脂肪族烴、苯或萘去除n個氫原子之基團為更佳。 式(Y1-1)中,n為1~4為較佳,1或2為更佳,1為進一步較佳。 式(Y1-2)中,Ar101 及Ar102 分別獨立地為苯基或萘基為較佳,苯基為更佳。In Formula (Y1-1) and (Y1-2), R 101 represents a n-valent organic group, R 1 is the same as in the formula (101) R 1 have the meaning, Ar 101 and Ar 102 each independently represent an aryl group, n Represents an integer of 1 or more. In the formula (Y1-1), R 101 is preferably a group that removes n hydrogen atoms from aliphatic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, or structures formed by these bonds, preferably from saturated fats with 2-30 carbons Group hydrocarbon, benzene or naphthalene is more preferably a group with n hydrogen atoms removed. In formula (Y1-1), n is preferably 1 to 4, 1 or 2 is more preferable, and 1 is even more preferable. In the formula (Y1-2), Ar 101 and Ar 102 are each independently preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and a phenyl group is more preferable.

-陰離子- 作為銨鹽中之陰離子,選自羧酸根陰離子、苯酚陰離子、磷酸根陰離子及硫酸根陰離子中之一種為較佳,從能夠兼顧鹽的穩定性及熱分解性的理由考慮,羧酸根陰離子為更佳。亦即,銨鹽為銨陽離子與羧酸根陰離子的鹽為更佳。 羧酸根陰離子為具有兩個以上的羧基之2價以上的羧酸的陰離子為較佳,2價羧酸的陰離子為更佳。依該態樣,能夠進一步提高硬化性樹脂組成物的穩定性、硬化性及顯影性。尤其,藉由使用2價羧酸的陰離子,能夠進一步提高硬化性樹脂組成物的穩定性、硬化性及顯影性。-Anion- As the anion in the ammonium salt, one selected from the group consisting of carboxylate anion, phenol anion, phosphate anion, and sulfate anion is preferred. In view of the stability and thermal decomposition of the salt, the carboxylate anion is more preferred. good. That is, the ammonium salt is more preferably a salt of an ammonium cation and a carboxylate anion. The carboxylate anion is preferably an anion of a divalent or higher carboxylic acid having two or more carboxyl groups, and more preferably an anion of a divalent carboxylic acid. According to this aspect, the stability, curability, and developability of the curable resin composition can be further improved. In particular, by using an anion of a divalent carboxylic acid, the stability, curability, and developability of the curable resin composition can be further improved.

羧酸根陰離子由下述式(X1)表示為較佳。 [化學式37]

Figure 02_image075
式(X1)中,EWG表示拉電子基團。The carboxylate anion is preferably represented by the following formula (X1). [Chemical formula 37]
Figure 02_image075
In formula (X1), EWG represents an electron withdrawing group.

本實施形態中拉電子基團係指哈密特取代基常數σm係指正的值者。其中,σm在都野雄甫總說、Journal of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, Japan第23卷第8號(1965)p.631-642中有詳細說明。另外,本實施形態中之拉電子基團並不限定於上述文獻中所記載之取代基。 作為σm表示正的值之取代基的例子,可列舉CF3 基(σm=0.43)、CF3 C(=O)基(σm=0.63)、HC≡C基(σm=0.21)、CH2 =CH基(σm=0.06)、Ac基(σm=0.38)、MeOC(=O)基(σm=0.37)、MeC(=O)CH=CH基(σm=0.21)、PhC(=O)基(σm=0.34)、H2 NC(=O)CH2 基(σm=0.06)等。另外,Me表示甲基,Ac表示乙醯基,Ph表示苯基。(以下,相同)。In this embodiment, the electron withdrawing group refers to the one whose Hammett substituent constant σm refers to a positive value. Among them, σm is described in detail in Tono Yufu, Journal of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, Japan Volume 23, No. 8 (1965) p.631-642. In addition, the electron withdrawing group in this embodiment is not limited to the substituents described in the above-mentioned documents. Examples of substituents in which σm represents a positive value include CF 3 group (σm=0.43), CF 3 C(=O) group (σm=0.63), HC≡C group (σm=0.21), CH 2 = CH base (σm=0.06), Ac base (σm=0.38), MeOC (=O) base (σm=0.37), MeC (=O) CH=CH base (σm=0.21), PhC (=O) base ( σm=0.34), H 2 NC (=O) CH 2 base (σm=0.06), etc. In addition, Me represents a methyl group, Ac represents an acetyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. (Following, the same).

EWG為由下述式(EWG-1)~(EWG-6)表示之基團為較佳。 [化學式38]

Figure 02_image077
式(EWG-1)~(EWG-6)中,Rx1 ~Rx3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、羥基或羧基,Ar表示芳香族基。EWG is preferably a group represented by the following formulas (EWG-1) to (EWG-6). [Chemical formula 38]
Figure 02_image077
In the formulas (EWG-1) to (EWG-6), R x1 to R x3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, or a carboxyl group, and Ar represents an aromatic group.

本發明中,羧酸根陰離子由下述式(XA)表示為較佳。 [化學式39]

Figure 02_image079
式(XA)中,L10 表示單鍵或選自包括伸烷基、伸烯基、芳香族基、-NRX -及該等的組合之群組中之2價連接基,RX 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基或芳基。In the present invention, the carboxylate anion is preferably represented by the following formula (XA). [Chemical formula 39]
Figure 02_image079
In formula (XA), L 10 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, aromatic, -NR X -and combinations thereof, R X represents hydrogen Atom, alkyl, alkenyl or aryl.

作為羧酸根陰離子的具體例,可列舉順丁烯二酸根陰離子、鄰苯二甲酸根陰離子、N-苯基亞胺基二乙酸根陰離子及草酸根陰離子。Specific examples of the carboxylate anion include a maleate anion, a phthalate anion, an N-phenyliminodiacetate anion, and an oxalate anion.

從特定樹脂容易在低溫下進行環化及容易提高硬化性樹脂組成物的保存穩定性的觀點考慮,本發明中之鎓鹽作為陽離子包含銨陽離子,上述鎓鹽作為陰離子包含共軛酸的pKa(pKaH)為2.5以下之陰離子為較佳,包含1.8以下的陰離子為更佳。 上述pKa的下限並無特別限定,從所產生之鹼不易中和且改善特定樹脂等的環化效率之觀點考慮,-3以上為較佳,-2以上為更佳。 作為上述pKa,能夠參閱Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods(著者:Brown,H.C.,McDaniel,D.H.,Hafliger,O.,Nachod,F.C.;編著:Braude,E.A.,Nachod, F.C.;Academic Press,New York,1955)或Data for Biochemical Research(著者:Dawson,R.M.C.et al;Oxford,Clarendon Press,1959)中所記載的值。關於未記載於該等文獻的化合物,採用利用ACD/pKa(ACD/Labs製)的軟體並藉由結構式計算之值。From the viewpoints that the specific resin is easily cyclized at low temperature and the storage stability of the curable resin composition is easily improved, the onium salt in the present invention contains an ammonium cation as a cation, and the onium salt contains the pKa of a conjugate acid as an anion ( Anions having a pKaH) of 2.5 or less are preferred, and anions having a pKaH) of 1.8 or less are more preferred. The lower limit of the above-mentioned pKa is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint that the generated base is not easily neutralized and the cyclization efficiency of the specific resin or the like is improved, -3 or more is preferable, and -2 or more is more preferable. As the above pKa, you can refer to Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods (Author: Brown, HC, McDaniel, DH, Hafliger, O., Nachod, FC; Edited: Braude, EA, Nachod, FC; Academic Press, New York, 1955 ) Or Data for Biochemical Research (Author: Dawson, RMC et al; Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959). For compounds not described in these documents, the value calculated by the structural formula using software using ACD/pKa (manufactured by ACD/Labs) is used.

作為銨鹽的具體例,能夠列舉以下化合物,但本發明並不限定於此。 [化學式40]

Figure 02_image081
As specific examples of the ammonium salt, the following compounds can be cited, but the present invention is not limited to these. [Chemical formula 40]
Figure 02_image081

[亞胺鹽] 本發明中,亞胺鹽係指亞胺陽離子與陰離子的鹽。作為陰離子,可例示與上述銨鹽中之陰離子相同者,較佳態樣亦相同。[Imine salt] In the present invention, imine salt refers to a salt of imine cation and anion. As the anion, the same as the anion in the above-mentioned ammonium salt can be exemplified, and the preferred aspect is also the same.

-亞胺陽離子- 作為亞胺陽離子,吡啶鎓陽離子為較佳。 又,作為亞胺陽離子,由下述式(102)表示之陽離子亦較佳。 [化學式41]

Figure 02_image083
-Imine cation- As the imine cation, pyridinium cation is preferred. Moreover, as the imine cation, a cation represented by the following formula (102) is also preferable. [Chemical formula 41]
Figure 02_image083

式(102)中,R5 及R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基,R7 表示烴基,R5 ~R7 中的至少兩個可以分別鍵結而形成環。 式(102)中,R5 及R6 與上述式(101)中之R1 ~R4 的含義相同,且較佳態樣亦相同。 式(102)中,R7 與R5 及R6 中的至少一個鍵結而形成環為較佳。上述環亦可包含雜原子。作為上述雜原子,可列舉氮原子。又,作為上述環,吡啶環為較佳。In formula (102), R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, R 7 represents a hydrocarbon group, and at least two of R 5 to R 7 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In formula (102), R 5 and R 6 have the same meanings as R 1 to R 4 in the above formula (101), and preferred aspects are also the same. In the formula (102), it is preferable that R 7 is bonded to at least one of R 5 and R 6 to form a ring. The aforementioned ring may also contain heteroatoms. As said hetero atom, a nitrogen atom can be mentioned. In addition, as the above-mentioned ring, a pyridine ring is preferred.

亞胺陽離子為由下述式(Y1-3)~(Y1-5)中的任一個表示者為較佳。 [化學式42]

Figure 02_image085
式(Y1-3)~(Y1-5)中,R101 表示n價有機基,R5 與式(102)中之R5 的含義相同,R7 與式(102)中之R7 的含義相同,n表示1以上的整數,m表示0以上的整數。 式(Y1-3)中,R101 為從脂肪族烴、芳香族烴或由該等鍵結而成之結構去除n個氫原子之基團為較佳,從碳數2~30的飽和脂肪族烴、苯或萘去除n個氫原子之基團為更佳。 式(Y1-3)中,n為1~4為較佳,1或2為更佳,1為進一步較佳。 式(Y1-5)中,m為0~4為較佳,1或2為更佳,1為進一步較佳。The imine cation is preferably represented by any one of the following formulas (Y1-3) to (Y1-5). [Chemical formula 42]
Figure 02_image085
In formulas (Y1-3) to (Y1-5), R 101 represents an n-valent organic group, R 5 has the same meaning as R 5 in formula (102), and R 7 has the same meaning as R 7 in formula (102) Similarly, n represents an integer of 1 or more, and m represents an integer of 0 or more. In formula (Y1-3), R 101 is preferably a group that removes n hydrogen atoms from aliphatic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, or structures formed by these bonds, and is preferably a saturated fat with 2-30 carbons. Group hydrocarbon, benzene or naphthalene is more preferably a group with n hydrogen atoms removed. In the formula (Y1-3), n is preferably 1 to 4, 1 or 2 is more preferable, and 1 is even more preferable. In formula (Y1-5), m is preferably from 0 to 4, 1 or 2 is more preferably, and 1 is even more preferably.

作為亞胺鹽的具體例,能夠列舉以下化合物,但本發明並不限定於此。 [化學式43]

Figure 02_image087
As specific examples of the imine salt, the following compounds can be cited, but the present invention is not limited to these. [Chemical formula 43]
Figure 02_image087

[鋶鹽] 本發明中,鋶鹽係指鋶陽離子與陰離子的鹽。作為陰離子,可例示與上述銨鹽中之陰離子相同者,較佳態樣亦相同。[Salt] In the present invention, a sulfonium salt refers to a salt of sulfonium cation and anion. As the anion, the same as the anion in the above-mentioned ammonium salt can be exemplified, and the preferred aspect is also the same.

-鋶陽離子- 作為鋶陽離子,第三鋶陽離子為較佳,三芳基鋶陽離子為更佳。 又,作為鋶陽離子,由下述式(103)表示之陽離子為較佳。 [化學式44]

Figure 02_image089
-Alium cation- As the alumnium cation, the third alumnium cation is preferred, and the triaryl alumnium cation is more preferred. Moreover, as a cation, a cation represented by the following formula (103) is preferable. [Chemical formula 44]
Figure 02_image089

式(103)中,R8 ~R10 分別獨立地表示烴基。 R8 ~R10 分別獨立地為烷基或芳基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基為更佳,碳數6~12的芳基為進一步較佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 R8 ~R10 亦可具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可列舉羥基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、芳基羰基、烷基羰基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基等。其中,作為取代基,具有烷基或烷氧基為較佳,具有支鏈烷基或烷氧基為更佳,具有碳數3~10的支鏈烷基或碳數1~10的烷氧基為進一步較佳。 R8 ~R10 可以為相同的基團,亦可以係不同之基團,從合成適性上的觀點考慮,相同的基團為較佳。In formula (103), R 8 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group. R 8 to R 10 are each independently an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons is more preferable. Preferably, phenyl is further preferred. R 8 to R 10 may have substituents. Examples of substituents include hydroxyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylcarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, Oxo and so on. Among them, as the substituent, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferred, and a branched alkyl group or an alkoxy group is more preferred, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbons or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbons is more preferred. The base is further preferred. R 8 to R 10 may be the same group or different groups. From the viewpoint of synthetic suitability, the same group is preferred.

[錪鹽] 本發明中,錪鹽係指錪陽離子與陰離子的鹽。作為陰離子,可例示與上述銨鹽中之陰離子相同者,較佳態樣亦相同。[Salt] In the present invention, iodonium salt refers to a salt of iodonium cation and anion. As the anion, the same as the anion in the above-mentioned ammonium salt can be exemplified, and the preferred aspect is also the same.

-錪陽離子- 作為錪陽離子,二芳基錪陽離子為較佳。 又,作為錪陽離子,由下述式(104)表示之陽離子為較佳。 [化學式45]

Figure 02_image091
-Iiodonium cation- As the iodonium cation, a diaryl iodonium cation is preferred. In addition, as the iodonium cation, a cation represented by the following formula (104) is preferred. [Chemical formula 45]
Figure 02_image091

式(104)中,R11 及R12 分別獨立地表示烴基。 R11 及R12 分別獨立地為烷基或芳基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基為更佳,碳數6~12的芳基為進一步較佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 R11 及R12 亦可具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可列舉羥基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、芳基羰基、烷基羰基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基等。其中,作為取代基,具有烷基或烷氧基為較佳,具有支鏈烷基或烷氧基為更佳,具有碳數3~10的支鏈烷基或碳數1~10的烷氧基為進一步較佳。 R11 及R12 可以為相同的基團,亦可以係不同之基團,從合成適性上的觀點考慮,相同的基團為較佳。In formula (104), R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group. It is preferable that R 11 and R 12 are independently an alkyl group or an aryl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons is more preferable. Preferably, phenyl is further preferred. R 11 and R 12 may have substituents. Examples of substituents include hydroxyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylcarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, Oxo and so on. Among them, as the substituent, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferred, and a branched alkyl group or an alkoxy group is more preferred, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbons or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbons is more preferred. The base is further preferred. R 11 and R 12 may be the same group or different groups. From the viewpoint of synthetic suitability, the same group is preferred.

[鏻鹽] 本發明中,鏻鹽係指鏻陽離子與陰離子的鹽。作為陰離子,可例示與上述銨鹽中之陰離子相同者,較佳態樣亦相同。[Phosphonium salt] In the present invention, phosphonium salt refers to a salt of phosphonium cation and anion. As the anion, the same as the anion in the above-mentioned ammonium salt can be exemplified, and the preferred aspect is also the same.

-鏻陽離子- 作為鏻陽離子,第四鏻陽離子為較佳,可列舉四烷基鏻陽離子、三芳基單烷基鏻陽離子等。 又,作為鏻陽離子,由下述式(105)表示之陽離子為較佳。 [化學式46]

Figure 02_image093
-Phosphonium cation- As the phosphonium cation, a fourth phosphonium cation is preferred, and tetraalkyl phosphonium cations, triaryl monoalkyl phosphonium cations and the like can be mentioned. In addition, as the phosphonium cation, a cation represented by the following formula (105) is preferred. [Chemical formula 46]
Figure 02_image093

式(105)中,R13 ~R16 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基。 R13 ~R16 分別獨立地為烷基或芳基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基為更佳,碳數6~12的芳基為進一步較佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 R13 ~R16 亦可具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可列舉羥基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、芳基羰基、烷基羰基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基等。其中,作為取代基,具有烷基或烷氧基為較佳,具有支鏈烷基或烷氧基為更佳,具有碳數3~10的支鏈烷基或碳數1~10的烷氧基為進一步較佳。 R13 ~R16 可以為相同的基團,亦可以係不同之基團,從合成適性上的觀點考慮,相同的基團為較佳。In formula (105), R 13 to R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. It is preferable that R 13 to R 16 are independently an alkyl group or an aryl group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons is more preferable. Preferably, phenyl is further preferred. R 13 to R 16 may have substituents. Examples of substituents include hydroxyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylcarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, Oxo and so on. Among them, as the substituent, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferred, and a branched alkyl group or an alkoxy group is more preferred, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbons or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbons is more preferred. The base is further preferred. R 13 to R 16 may be the same group or different groups. From the viewpoint of synthetic suitability, the same group is preferred.

本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含鎓鹽時,鎓鹽的含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限為0.5質量%以上為更佳,0.85質量%以上為進一步較佳,1質量%以上為更進一步較佳。上限為30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳,10質量%以下為更進一步較佳,可以為5質量%以下,亦可以係4質量%以下。 鎓鹽能夠使用一種或兩種以上。使用兩種以上時,總量在上述範圍內較佳。When the curable resin composition of the present invention contains an onium salt, the content of the onium salt is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 0.85% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and even more preferably 10% by mass or less, and may be 5% by mass or less or 4% by mass or less. One type or two or more types of onium salts can be used. When two or more are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<熱鹼產生劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物亦可包含熱鹼產生劑。 尤其,當硬化性樹脂組成物包含聚醯亞胺前驅物作為其他樹脂時,硬化性樹脂組成物包含熱鹼產生劑為較佳。 熱鹼產生劑可以係符合上述鎓鹽之化合物,亦可以係除了上述鎓鹽以外的其他熱鹼產生劑。 作為其他熱鹼產生劑,可列舉非離子系熱鹼產生劑。 作為非離子系熱鹼產生劑,可列舉以式(B1)或式(B2)表示之化合物。 [化學式47]

Figure 02_image095
<Thermal base generator> The curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal base generator. In particular, when the curable resin composition contains a polyimide precursor as the other resin, the curable resin composition preferably contains a thermal alkali generator. The thermal base generator may be a compound conforming to the onium salt described above, or may be a thermal base generator other than the onium salt described above. Examples of other hot alkali generators include nonionic hot alkali generators. Examples of the nonionic thermal base generator include compounds represented by formula (B1) or formula (B2). [Chemical formula 47]
Figure 02_image095

式(B1)及式(B2)中,Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 分別獨立為不具有第三胺結構之有機基、鹵素原子或氫原子。其中,Rb1 及Rb2 不會同時成為氫原子。又,Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 均不具有羧基。另外,本說明書中,第三胺結構係指3價氮原子的3個鍵結鍵均與烴系的碳原子進行共價鍵結之結構。因此,所鍵結之碳原子為形成羰基之碳原子時,亦即在與氮原子一同形成醯胺基時,不限於此。In formula (B1) and formula (B2), Rb 1 , Rb 2 and Rb 3 are each independently an organic group without a third amine structure, a halogen atom, or a hydrogen atom. Among them, Rb 1 and Rb 2 do not simultaneously become hydrogen atoms. Moreover, none of Rb 1 , Rb 2 and Rb 3 has a carboxyl group. In addition, in this specification, the third amine structure refers to a structure in which all three bonding bonds of a trivalent nitrogen atom are covalently bonded to a hydrocarbon-based carbon atom. Therefore, when the carbon atom to be bonded is a carbon atom forming a carbonyl group, that is, when forming an amido group together with a nitrogen atom, it is not limited to this.

式(B1)、(B2)中,Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 中的至少一個包含環狀結構為較佳,至少兩個包含環狀結構為更佳。作為環狀結構,可以為單環及縮合環中的任一個,單環或兩個單環縮合而成之縮合環為較佳。單環為5員環或6員環為較佳,6員環為更佳。單環係環己烷環及苯環為較佳,環己烷環為更佳。In formulas (B1) and (B2), it is preferable that at least one of Rb 1 , Rb 2 and Rb 3 contains a cyclic structure, and it is more preferable that at least two contain a cyclic structure. The cyclic structure may be any one of a monocyclic ring and a condensed ring, and a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring formed by condensing two monocyclic rings is preferable. A single ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and a 6-membered ring is more preferred. The monocyclic cyclohexane ring and benzene ring are preferred, and the cyclohexane ring is more preferred.

更具體而言,Rb1 及Rb2 係氫原子、烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)或芳烷基(碳數7~25為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)為較佳。該等基團亦可在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內具有取代基。Rb1 與Rb2 可以相互鍵結而形成環。作為所形成之環,4~7員的含氮雜環為較佳。尤其,Rb1 及Rb2 為可以具有取代基之直鏈、支鏈或環狀的烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為較佳,可以具有取代基之環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為更佳,可以具有取代基之環己基為進一步較佳。More specifically, Rb 1 and Rb 2 are hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (the carbon number is preferably 1-24, 2-18 is more preferably, and 3-12 is more preferably), alkenyl (carbon number 2-24 Is preferred, 2-18 is more preferred, 3-12 is further preferred), aryl (carbon number 6-22 is preferred, 6-18 is more preferred, 6-10 is further preferred) or aralkyl The group (the carbon number is preferably 7-25, 7-19 is more preferable, and 7-12 is still more preferable) is preferable. These groups may have a substituent in the range which exhibits the effect of this invention. Rb 1 and Rb 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As the ring formed, a 4- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is preferred. In particular, Rb 1 and Rb 2 are linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups which may have substituents (1-24 carbon atoms are preferred, 2-18 are more preferred, and 3-12 are further preferred). Preferably, the cycloalkyl group that may have a substituent (the carbon number is preferably 3-24, more preferably 3-18, and even more preferably 3-12) is more preferable, and the cyclohexyl group that may have a substituent is more preferable. good.

作為Rb3 ,可列舉烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)、芳烯基(碳數8~24為較佳,8~20為更佳,8~16為進一步較佳)、烷氧基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳氧基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、或芳烷氧基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)。其中,環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳烯基、芳烷氧基為較佳。在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內Rb3 亦可以進一步具有取代基。Examples of Rb 3 include alkyl groups (the carbon number is preferably 1-24, 2-18 is more preferable, and 3-12 is even more preferable), and aryl groups (the carbon number is preferably 6-22, and 6-18 is More preferably, 6-10 is further preferred), alkenyl (carbon number 2-24 is preferred, 2-12 is more preferred, 2-6 is further preferred), aralkyl (carbon number 7-23 is Preferably, 7-19 is more preferred, 7-12 is further preferred), aralkenyl (carbon number 8-24 is preferred, 8-20 is more preferred, 8-16 is further preferred), alkoxy Group (the carbon number is preferably 1-24, 2-18 is more preferable, and 3-12 is more preferable), aryloxy group (the carbon number is 6-22 is preferable, 6-18 is more preferable, 6-12 is more preferable) Is further preferred) or aralkyloxy (the carbon number is preferably 7 to 23, 7 to 19 is more preferred, and 7 to 12 is even more preferred). Among them, cycloalkyl (3 to 24 carbon atoms is preferred, 3 to 18 is more preferred, and 3 to 12 is more preferred), aralkenyl, and aralkoxy are preferred. Rb 3 may further have a substituent as long as the effect of the present invention is exerted.

以式(B1)表示之化合物為由下述式(B1-1)或下述式(B1-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式48]

Figure 02_image097
The compound represented by the formula (B1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (B1-1) or the following formula (B1-2). [Chemical formula 48]
Figure 02_image097

式中,Rb11 及Rb12 和Rb31 及Rb32 分別與式(B1)中之Rb1 及Rb2 的含義相同。 Rb13 為烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內具有取代基。其中,Rb13 為芳烷基為較佳。In the formula, Rb 11 and Rb 12 and Rb 31 and Rb 32 have the same meanings as Rb 1 and Rb 2 in the formula (B1), respectively. Rb 13 is an alkyl group (the carbon number is preferably 1-24, 2-18 is more preferable, and 3-12 is more preferable), alkenyl group (the carbon number is 2-24 is preferable, and 2-18 is more preferable, 3-12 is more preferred), aryl (carbon number 6-22 is preferred, 6-18 is more preferred, 6-12 is further preferred), aralkyl group (carbon number 7-23 is preferred, 7 to 19 are more preferable, and 7 to 12 are more preferable), and may have a substituent within the range where the effects of the present invention are exhibited. Among them, Rb 13 is preferably an aralkyl group.

Rb33 及Rb34 分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~8為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~8為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子為較佳。Rb 33 and Rb 34 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (the carbon number is preferably 1 to 12, and 1 to 8 is more preferable, and 1 to 3 is more preferable), and an alkenyl group (the carbon number is 2 to 12 is more preferable). Preferably, 2-8 is more preferable, 2-3 is more preferable), aryl (carbon number 6-22 is preferable, 6-18 is more preferable, 6-10 is more preferable), aralkyl ( The carbon number is preferably 7 to 23, more preferably 7 to 19, and even more preferably 7 to 11), and preferably a hydrogen atom.

Rb35 為烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),芳基為較佳。Rb 35 is an alkyl group (the carbon number is preferably 1-24, 1-12 is more preferable, and 3-8 is even more preferable), alkenyl (the carbon number is preferably 2-12, more preferably 2-10, 3-8 is further preferred), aryl (carbon number 6-22 is preferred, 6-18 is more preferred, 6-12 is further preferred), aralkyl (carbon number 7-23 is preferred, 7-19 is more preferred, 7-12 is further preferred), aryl is preferred.

又,以式(B1-1)表示之化合物為以式(B1-1a)表示之化合物亦較佳。 [化學式49]

Figure 02_image099
Furthermore, it is also preferable that the compound represented by formula (B1-1) is a compound represented by formula (B1-1a). [Chemical formula 49]
Figure 02_image099

Rb11 及Rb12 與式(B1-1)中之Rb11 及Rb12 的含義相同。 Rb15 及Rb16 為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子或甲基為較佳。 Rb17 為烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),其中芳基為較佳。Rb 11 and Rb 12 is of the formula (B1-1) in the same meaning as Rb 11 and Rb 12 is a. Rb 15 and Rb 16 are hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (1 to 12 carbon atoms are preferred, 1 to 6 are more preferred, and 1 to 3 are more preferred), alkenyl groups (carbon number 2 to 12 are preferred, 2 ~6 is more preferable, 2~3 are more preferable), aryl group (carbon number 6-22 is preferable, 6-18 is more preferable, 6-10 is more preferable), aralkyl group (carbon number is 7 -23 is preferred, 7-19 is more preferred, 7-11 is further preferred), hydrogen atom or methyl is preferred. Rb 17 is an alkyl group (the carbon number is preferably 1 to 24, 1 to 12 is more preferable, and 3 to 8 is more preferable), alkenyl group (the carbon number is 2 to 12 is preferable, and 2 to 10 is more preferable, 3-8 is further preferred), aryl (carbon number 6-22 is preferred, 6-18 is more preferred, 6-12 is further preferred), aralkyl (carbon number 7-23 is preferred, 7-19 is more preferred, 7-12 is further preferred), of which aryl is preferred.

非離子系熱鹼產生劑的分子量為800以下為較佳,600以下為更佳,500以下為進一步較佳。作為下限,100以上為較佳,200以上為更佳,300以上為進一步較佳。The molecular weight of the nonionic thermal base generator is preferably 800 or less, more preferably 600 or less, and even more preferably 500 or less. As a lower limit, 100 or more is preferable, 200 or more is more preferable, and 300 or more is more preferable.

上述鎓鹽中,關於作為熱鹼產生劑的化合物的具體例或其他熱鹼產生劑的具體例,能夠列舉以下化合物。 [化學式50]

Figure 02_image101
[化學式51]
Figure 02_image103
Among the above-mentioned onium salts, the following compounds can be cited as specific examples of compounds as thermal base generators or other specific examples of thermal base generators. [Chemical formula 50]
Figure 02_image101
[Chemical formula 51]
Figure 02_image103

[化學式52]

Figure 02_image105
[Chemical formula 52]
Figure 02_image105

熱鹼產生劑的含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限為0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。熱鹼產生劑能夠使用一種或兩種以上。使用兩種以上時,總量在上述範圍內較佳。The content of the thermal base generator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. One kind or two or more kinds of thermal base generators can be used. When two or more are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<遷移抑制劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物進一步包含遷移抑制劑為較佳。藉由包含遷移抑制劑,能夠有效地抑制來自於金屬層(金屬配線)的金屬離子轉移到硬化性樹脂組成物層內。<Migration inhibitor> The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor. By including the migration inhibitor, it is possible to effectively suppress the transfer of metal ions from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the curable resin composition layer.

作為遷移抑制劑,並無特別限制,可列舉具有雜環(吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環、2H-吡喃環及6H-吡喃環、三𠯤環)之化合物、硫脲類及具有氫硫基之化合物、受阻酚系化合物、水楊酸衍生物系化合物、醯肼衍生物系化合物。尤其,能夠較佳地使用1,2,4-三唑、苯并三唑等三唑系化合物、1H-四唑、5-苯基四唑等四唑系化合物。The migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, and examples include heterocyclic rings (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, azole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring). Ring, pyridine ring, pyran ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, oromoline ring, 2H-pyran ring, 6H-pyran ring, tricyclic ring) compound, thiourea Classes and compounds with sulfhydryl groups, hindered phenol compounds, salicylic acid derivative compounds, and hydrazine derivative compounds. In particular, triazole-based compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole and benzotriazole, and tetrazole-based compounds such as 1H-tetrazole and 5-phenyltetrazole can be preferably used.

或者,還能夠使用捕捉鹵素離子等陰離子之離子捕捉劑。Alternatively, an ion scavenger that traps anions such as halogen ions can also be used.

作為其他遷移抑制劑,能夠使用日本特開2013-015701號公報的0094段中所記載的防鏽劑、日本特開2009-283711號公報的0073~0076段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2011-059656號公報的0052段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2012-194520號公報的0114段、0116段及0118段中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0166段中所記載的化合物等。As other migration inhibitors, the rust inhibitor described in paragraph 0094 of JP 2013-015701 A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of JP 2009-283711, and JP 2011 can be used. -059656 The compound described in paragraph 0052 of JP 2012-194520 A, the compound described in paragraph 0114, paragraph 0116, and paragraph 0118 of JP 2012-194520, the compound described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 Compound etc.

作為遷移抑制劑的具體例,能夠列舉下述化合物。As specific examples of migration inhibitors, the following compounds can be cited.

[化學式53]

Figure 02_image107
[Chemical formula 53]
Figure 02_image107

硬化性樹脂組成物具有遷移抑制劑時,遷移抑制劑的含量相對於硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~5.0質量%為較佳,0.05~2.0質量%為更佳,0.1~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。When the curable resin composition has a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0% by mass, and 0.1 to 1.0% by mass % Is more preferable.

遷移抑制劑可以係僅一種,亦可以係兩種以上。遷移抑制劑為兩種以上時,其總量在上述範圍內為較佳。The migration inhibitor may be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more migration inhibitors, the total amount is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

<聚合抑制劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含聚合抑制劑為較佳。<Polymerization inhibitor> The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.

作為聚合抑制劑,例如,較佳地使用氫醌、鄰甲氧基苯酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-第三丁基-對甲酚、五倍子酚、對-第三丁基鄰苯二酚、1,4-苯醌、二苯基-對苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺鋁鹽、N-亞硝基二苯胺、N-苯基萘胺、伸乙基二胺四乙酸、1,2-環己二胺四乙酸、乙二醇醚二胺四乙酸、2,6-二-第三丁基-4-甲基苯酚、5-亞硝基-8-羥基喹啉、1-亞硝基-2-萘酚、2-亞硝基-1-萘酚、2-亞硝基-5-(N-乙基-N-磺基丙基胺)苯酚、N-亞硝基-N-(1-萘基)羥胺銨鹽、雙(4-羥基-3,5-第三丁基)苯基甲烷、1,3,5-三(4-叔丁基-3-羥基)-2,6-二甲基芐基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、4-羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基、吩噻𠯤 1,1-二苯基-2-吡咯肼、二丁基二硫代碳酸銅(II)、硝基苯、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥胺鋁鹽、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺銨鹽等。又,還能夠使用日本特開2015-127817號公報的0060段中所記載的聚合抑制劑及國際公開第2015/125469號的0031~0046段中所記載的化合物。As the polymerization inhibitor, for example, hydroquinone, o-methoxyphenol, p-methoxyphenol, di-tertiary butyl-p-cresol, gallic phenol, p-tert-butylcatechol are preferably used , 1,4-Benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4 -Methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid , 1,2-Cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-(N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamine)phenol, N-nitroso -N-(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt, bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-tert-butyl)phenylmethane, 1,3,5-tris(4-tert-butyl-3-hydroxyl )-2,6-Dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-tris -2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6 -Tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxygen radical, phenothiazine , 1,1-diphenyl-2-pyrrole hydrazine, copper dibutyl dithiocarbonate (II), nitrobenzene, N-nitroso -N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, etc. In addition, the polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0060 of JP 2015-127817 A and the compound described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of International Publication No. 2015/125469 can also be used.

又,能夠使用下述化合物(Me為甲基)。In addition, the following compounds (Me is a methyl group) can be used.

[化學式54]

Figure 02_image109
[Chemical formula 54]
Figure 02_image109

當本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物具有聚合抑制劑時,聚合抑制劑的含量可列舉相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分例如係0.01~20.0質量%之態樣,0.01~5質量%為較佳,0.02~3質量%為更佳,0.05~2.5質量%為進一步較佳。又,當要求組成物的保存穩定性時,0.02~15.0質量%之態樣亦較佳地列舉,該情況下,更佳為0.05~10.0質量%。When the curable resin composition of the present invention has a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor can be, for example, 0.01 to 20.0% by mass relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention, 0.01 to 5 Mass% is more preferable, 0.02 to 3 mass% is more preferable, and 0.05 to 2.5 mass% is still more preferable. In addition, when the storage stability of the composition is required, the aspect of 0.02 to 15.0 mass% is also preferably cited. In this case, it is more preferably 0.05 to 10.0 mass%.

聚合抑制劑可以係僅一種,亦可以係兩種以上。當聚合抑制劑係兩種以上時,其總量在上述範圍內為較佳。The polymerization inhibitor may be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types of polymerization inhibitors, the total amount is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

<金屬接著性改良劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含用於提高與使用於電極或配線等之金屬材料的接著性之金屬接著性改良劑為較佳。作為金屬接著性改良劑,可列舉矽烷偶聯劑、鋁系接著助劑、鈦系接著助劑、具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲之化合物、磷酸衍生物化合物、β-酮酸酯化合物、胺基化合物等。<Metal adhesion improver> The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving adhesion with metal materials used for electrodes, wiring, and the like. Examples of metal adhesion improvers include silane coupling agents, aluminum-based adhesives, titanium-based adhesives, compounds having a sulfonamide structure, and compounds having thiourea, phosphoric acid derivative compounds, and β-ketoesters. Compounds, amine-based compounds, etc.

作為矽烷偶合劑的例,可列舉國際公開第2015/199219號的0167段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2014-191002號公報的0062~0073段中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2011/080992號的0063~0071段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2014-191252號公報的0060~0061段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2014-041264號公報的0045~0052段中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2014/097594號的0055段中所記載的化合物。又,如日本特開2011-128358號公報的0050~0058段中所記載,使用不同的兩種以上的矽烷偶合劑亦較佳。又,矽烷偶合劑使用下述化合物亦較佳。以下式中,Et表示乙基。Examples of silane coupling agents include the compounds described in paragraph 0167 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, the compounds described in paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of JP 2014-191002, and International Publication No. 2011/080992 The compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0071, the compounds described in paragraphs 0060 to 0061 of JP 2014-191252, the compounds described in paragraphs 0045 to 0052 of JP 2014-041264, The compound described in paragraph 0055 of International Publication No. 2014/097594. In addition, as described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of JP 2011-128358 A, it is also preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents. Moreover, it is also preferable to use the following compound as a silane coupling agent. In the following formulae, Et represents an ethyl group.

[化學式55]

Figure 02_image111
作為其他矽烷偶聯劑,例如,可列舉乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基甲矽烷基-N-(1,3-二甲基-丁烯)丙胺、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三-(三甲氧基甲矽烷基丙基)異氰脲酸酯、3-脲基丙基三烷氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基甲矽烷基丙基琥珀酸酐。該等能夠單獨使用一種,或者組合使用兩種以上。[Chemical formula 55]
Figure 02_image111
As other silane coupling agents, for example, vinyl trimethoxy silane, vinyl triethoxy silane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyl trimethoxy silane, 3-epoxypropylene Oxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropoxy Propyl triethoxysilane, p-styryl trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2 -(Aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyl Trimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3- Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, tris-(trimethoxysilylpropyl) isocyanurate, 3-ureidopropyltrialkoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxy Silane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatepropyltriethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

又,作為金屬接著性改良劑,還能夠使用日本特開2014-186186號公報的0046~0049段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2013-072935號公報的0032~0043段中所記載的硫化物系化合物。In addition, as the metal adhesion improver, compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of JP 2014-186186 A, and sulfides described in paragraphs 0032 to 043 of JP 2013-072935 can also be used. Department of compounds.

〔鋁系接著助劑〕 作為鋁系接著助劑,例如,能夠列舉鋁三(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鋁、三(乙醯丙酮)鋁、乙醯乙酸乙酯二異丙醇鋁等。〔Aluminum series adhesive additives〕 As an aluminum-based adhesive agent, for example, aluminum tris(acetate ethyl acetate) aluminum, tris(acetacetone) aluminum, ethyl acetate ethyl diisopropoxide aluminum, and the like can be cited.

金屬接著性改良劑的含量相對於特定樹脂100質量份較佳為0.1~30質量份,更佳為0.5~15質量份的範圍,進一步較佳為0.5~5質量份的範圍。藉由設為上述下限值以上,硬化製程後的硬化膜與金屬層的接著性變得良好,藉由設為上述上限值以下,硬化製程後的硬化膜的耐熱性、機械特性變得良好。金屬接著性改良劑可以僅為一種,亦可以係兩種以上。使用兩種以上時,其總量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin, more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, and still more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 5 parts by mass. By setting it to more than the above lower limit, the adhesion between the cured film and the metal layer after the curing process becomes better, and by setting it below the above upper limit, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the cured film after the curing process become good. There may be only one type of metal adhesion improver, or two or more types. When two or more are used, the total amount is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

<其他添加劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物能夠依需要摻和各種添加物,例如N-苯基二乙醇胺等敏化劑、鏈轉移劑、界面活性劑、高級脂肪酸衍生物、無機粒子、硬化劑、硬化觸媒、填充劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、凝聚抑制劑等。摻和該等添加劑時,將其總摻和量設為硬化性樹脂組成物的固體成分的3質量%以下為較佳。<Other additives> The curable resin composition of the present invention can be blended with various additives as needed, such as sensitizers such as N-phenyldiethanolamine, chain transfer agents, surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, inorganic particles, hardeners, hardening touch Medium, filler, antioxidant, ultraviolet absorber, aggregation inhibitor, etc. When these additives are blended, the total blending amount is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the curable resin composition.

[敏化劑] 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物亦可具有敏化劑。敏化劑吸收特定的活性放射線而成為電子激勵狀態。成為電子激勵狀態之敏化劑與熱硬化促進劑、熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑等接觸,而產生電子轉移、能量轉移、發熱等作用。藉此,熱硬化促進劑、熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑引起化學變化而分解,並產生自由基、酸或鹼。 作為敏化劑,可列舉N-苯基二乙醇胺等敏化劑。此外,能夠使用二苯甲酮系、米蚩酮系、香豆素系、吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯甲烷系、蒽醌系、蒽系、蒽吡啶酮系、亞苄基系、氧雜菁系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻𠯤系、吡咯並吡唑偶氮次甲基系、𠮿口星系、酞菁系、苯并吡喃吡喃系、靛藍系等化合物。 例如,可列舉米蚩酮、4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、2,5-雙(4’-二乙基胺基苯)環戊烷、2,6-雙(4’-二乙基胺基苯)環己酮、2,6-雙(4’-二乙基胺基苯)-4-甲基環己酮、4,4’-雙(二甲基胺基)查耳酮、4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)查耳酮、對二甲基胺基肉桂叉二氫茚酮、對-二甲基胺基亞芐基茚滿酮、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基聯亞苯基)-苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基亞乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基亞乙烯基)異萘噻唑、1,3-雙(4’-二甲基胺基苯)丙酮、1,3-雙(4’-二乙基胺基苯)丙酮、3,3’-羰基-雙(7-二乙基胺基香豆素)、3-乙醯基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-芐氧基羰基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-甲氧基羰基-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二乙基胺基香豆素(7-(二乙基胺基)香豆素-3-羧酸乙酯)、N-苯基-N’-乙基乙醇胺、N-苯基二乙醇胺、N-對甲苯基二乙醇胺、N-苯基乙醇胺、4-嗎啉代二苯甲酮、二甲基胺基安息香酸異戊酯、二乙基胺基安息香酸異戊酯、2-巰基苯并咪唑、1-苯基-5-巰基四唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)萘(1,2-d)噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯甲醯基)苯乙烯、二苯基乙醯胺、苯并苯胺、N-甲基乙醯苯胺、3‘,4’-二甲基乙醯苯胺等。 又,作為敏化劑,亦可使用增感色素。 關於增感色素的詳細內容,具體能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0161~0163段的記載,且該內容被編入本說明書中。[Sensitizer] The curable resin composition of the present invention may have a sensitizer. The sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes an electronically excited state. The sensitizer in an electronically excited state comes into contact with a thermal hardening accelerator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photo radical polymerization initiator, etc., to generate electron transfer, energy transfer, heat generation, and the like. Thereby, the thermal hardening accelerator, the thermal radical polymerization initiator, and the photo radical polymerization initiator cause chemical changes to decompose, and generate free radicals, acids, or alkalis. Examples of the sensitizer include sensitizers such as N-phenyldiethanolamine. In addition, benzophenone series, Michler's ketone series, coumarin series, pyrazole azo series, anilino azo series, triphenylmethane series, anthraquinone series, anthracene series, anthrapyridone series, sub Benzyl series, oxacyanine series, pyrazolotriazole azo series, pyridone azo series, cyanine series, phenothionine series, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine series, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine series, phthalocyanine series Series, benzopyran pyran series, indigo series and other compounds. For example, Michler’s ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzene)cyclopentane, 2,6- Bis(4'-diethylaminobenzene)cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzene)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethyl Amino) chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino) chalcone, p-dimethylaminocinnamylidene indanone, p-dimethylaminobenzylidene indan Ketone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl biphenylene)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl vinylene) benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylamine Phenylvinylidene) isonaphthiazole, 1,3-bis(4'-dimethylaminophenyl)acetone, 1,3-bis(4'-diethylaminophenyl)acetone, 3,3 '-Carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-acetyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin Bean, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-diethyl Aminocoumarin (7-(diethylamino)coumarin-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester), N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, N-p Tolyldiethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-morpholinobenzophenone, dimethylaminobenzoic acid isoamyl ester, diethylaminobenzoic acid isoamyl ester, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 1-Phenyl-5-mercaptotetrazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzene Thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylamino styryl) naphthalene (1,2-d) thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylamino styryl) styrene, diphenyl acetamide, Benzoaniline, N-methylacetaniline, 3',4'-dimethylacetaniline, etc. Moreover, as a sensitizer, a sensitizing dye can also be used. For the details of the sensitizing dye, refer to the description in paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of JP 2016-027357 A, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含敏化劑時,敏化劑的含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.1~15質量%為更佳,0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳。敏化劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可同時使用兩種以上。When the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.01-20% by mass, and more preferably 0.1-15% by mass. Preferably, 0.5 to 10% by mass is more preferable. One kind of sensitizer may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used at the same time.

[鏈轉移劑] 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物亦可具有鏈轉移劑。鏈轉移劑例如於高分子詞典第三版(高分子學會(The Society of Polymer Science,Japan)編,2005年)683-684頁中被定義。作為鏈轉移劑,例如,使用在分子內具有-S-S-、-SO2 -S-、-N-O-、SH、PH、SiH、及GeH之化合物群、RAFT(Reversible Addition Fragmentation chain Transfer:可逆加成斷裂鏈轉移)聚合中所使用之具有硫代羰基硫基之二硫代安息香酸酯、三硫代碳酸酯、二硫代胺基甲酸酯、黃原酸酯化合物等。該等對低活性自由基供給氫而產生自由基,或者在經氧化之後可藉由去質子來產生自由基。尤其,能夠較佳地使用硫醇化合物。[Chain Transfer Agent] The curable resin composition of the present invention may have a chain transfer agent. The chain transfer agent is defined in, for example, pages 683-684 of the third edition of the Polymer Dictionary (Edited by The Society of Polymer Science (Japan), 2005). As the chain transfer agent, for example, a group of compounds having -SS-, -SO 2 -S-, -NO-, SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule, RAFT (Reversible Addition Fragmentation Chain Transfer: Reversible Addition Fragmentation Chain Transfer: Fragmentation chain transfer) used in polymerization of dithiobenzoic acid esters, trithiocarbonic acid esters, dithiocarbamate, xanthate compounds, etc. having a thiocarbonylthio group. These low-activity free radicals are supplied with hydrogen to generate free radicals, or they can be deprotonated to generate free radicals after oxidation. In particular, thiol compounds can be preferably used.

又,鏈轉移劑還能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0152~0153段中所記載的化合物。In addition, as the chain transfer agent, the compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used.

本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物具有鏈轉移劑時,鏈轉移劑的含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分100質量份為0.01~20質量份為較佳,1~10質量份為更佳,1~5質量份為進一步較佳。鏈轉移劑可以係僅一種,亦可以係兩種以上。鏈轉移劑為兩種以上時,其總量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the curable resin composition of the present invention has a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01-20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention, preferably 1-10 parts by mass Parts are more preferable, and 1 to 5 parts by mass are still more preferable. The chain transfer agent may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more chain transfer agents, the total amount is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

[界面活性劑] 從進一步提高塗佈性的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中亦可添加各種界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、聚矽氧系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。又,下述界面活性劑亦較佳。下述式中,表示主鏈的重複單元之括號表示各重複單元的含量(莫耳%),表示側鏈的重複單元之括號表示各重複單元的重複數。 [化學式56]

Figure 02_image113
又,界面活性劑還能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0159~0165段中所記載的化合物。[Surfactant] From the viewpoint of further improving coatability, various surfactants may be added to the curable resin composition of the present invention. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants can be used. In addition, the following surfactants are also preferable. In the following formula, the parentheses representing the repeating units of the main chain represent the content (mol %) of each repeating unit, and the parentheses representing the repeating units of the side chain represent the repeating number of each repeating unit. [Chemical formula 56]
Figure 02_image113
In addition, as the surfactant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0159 to 0165 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used.

本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物具有界面活性劑時,界面活性劑的含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.001~2.0質量%為較佳,更佳為0.005~1.0質量%。界面活性劑可以係僅一種,亦可以係兩種以上。當界面活性劑係兩種以上時,其總量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the curable resin composition of the present invention has a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention, more preferably 0.005 to 1.0 mass% %. The surfactant may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more surfactants, the total amount is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

[高級脂肪酸衍生物] 為了防止因氧導致的聚合阻礙,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中亦可添加如二十二酸或二十二酸醯胺的高級脂肪酸衍生物,而使其在塗佈後的乾燥過程中偏在於硬化性樹脂組成物的表面。[Higher fatty acid derivatives] In order to prevent the polymerization inhibition caused by oxygen, the curable resin composition of the present invention can also be added with higher fatty acid derivatives such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide, so that it can be used in the drying process after coating. Partially on the surface of the curable resin composition.

又,高級脂肪酸衍生物還能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0155段中所記載的化合物。In addition, the higher fatty acid derivatives can also use the compounds described in paragraph 0155 of International Publication No. 2015/199219.

本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物具有高級脂肪酸衍生物時,高級脂肪酸衍生物的含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~10質量%為較佳。高級脂肪酸衍生物可以係僅一種,亦可以係兩種以上。高級脂肪酸衍生物為兩種以上時,其總量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the curable resin composition of the present invention has a higher fatty acid derivative, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. The higher fatty acid derivative may be one type or two or more types. When there are two or more higher fatty acid derivatives, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<關於其他所含物質的限制> 從塗佈面性狀的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的水分含量小於5質量%為較佳,小於1質量%為更佳,小於0.6質量%為進一步較佳。<Restrictions on other contained substances> From the viewpoint of coating surface properties, the water content of the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and more preferably less than 0.6% by mass.

從絕緣性的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的金屬含量小於5質量ppm(parts per million(百萬分率))為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為金屬,可列舉鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、鉻、鎳等。包含複數種金屬時,該等金屬的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。From the viewpoint of insulation, the metal content of the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and less than 0.5 mass ppm. Further better. Examples of metals include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel, and the like. When a plurality of metals are included, the total amount of these metals is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

又,作為減少意外包含在本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中之金屬雜質之方法,能夠列舉如下方法:作為構成本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物之原料而選擇金屬含量較少的原料;對構成本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物之原料進行過濾器過濾;將聚四氟乙烯等內襯於裝置內以在盡可能抑制污染之條件下進行蒸餾。In addition, as a method of reducing the metal impurities accidentally contained in the curable resin composition of the present invention, the following method can be cited: as a raw material constituting the curable resin composition of the present invention, a raw material with a small metal content is selected; The raw material of the curable resin composition of the present invention is filtered by a filter; the device is lined with polytetrafluoroethylene, etc., so that the distillation can be carried out under the condition of preventing pollution as much as possible.

若考慮作為半導體材料的用途,且從配線腐蝕性的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中,鹵素原子的含量小於500質量ppm為較佳,小於300質量ppm為更佳,小於200質量ppm為進一步較佳。其中,以鹵素離子的狀態存在者小於5質量ppm為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為鹵素原子,可列舉氯原子及溴原子。氯原子及溴原子或氯離子及溴離子的總計分別在上述範圍內為較佳。Considering the use as a semiconductor material and from the perspective of wiring corrosion, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably has a halogen atom content of less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and less than 200 mass ppm. ppm is more preferable. Among them, less than 5 mass ppm is preferable in the state of halogen ions, less than 1 mass ppm is more preferable, and less than 0.5 mass ppm is more preferable. Examples of the halogen atom include a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. It is preferable that the total of the chlorine atom and the bromine atom or the chlorine ion and the bromine ion each fall within the above-mentioned range.

作為本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的收容容器,能夠使用以往公知的收容容器。又,作為收容容器,以抑制雜質混入原材料或硬化性樹脂組成物中為目的,使用由6種6層樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶、將6種樹脂形成為7層結構之瓶亦較佳。作為這種容器,例如可列舉日本特開2015-123351號公報中所記載的容器。As the storage container of the curable resin composition of the present invention, a conventionally known storage container can be used. In addition, as a container, it is also preferable to use a multilayer bottle in which the inner wall of the container is composed of 6 kinds of 6-layer resins, or a bottle in which 6 kinds of resins are formed into a 7-layer structure for the purpose of preventing impurities from mixing into the raw material or the curable resin composition. . As such a container, for example, the container described in JP 2015-123351 A can be cited.

<硬化性樹脂組成物的製備> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物能夠藉由混合上述各成分來製備。混合方法並無特別限定,能夠藉由以往公知的方法來進行。<Preparation of curable resin composition> The curable resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. The mixing method is not particularly limited, and it can be performed by a conventionally known method.

又,以去除硬化性樹脂組成物中的灰塵或微粒等異物為目的,進行使用過濾器之過濾為較佳。過濾器孔徑例如可列舉5μm以下之態樣,1μm以下為較佳,0.5μm以下為更佳,0.1μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質為聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。過濾器可以使用藉由有機溶劑預先清洗者。過濾器的過濾製程中,亦可串聯或並聯複數種過濾器而使用。使用複數種過濾器時,可以組合使用孔徑或材質不同之過濾器。又,可以將各種材料過濾複數次。過濾複數次時,可以為循環過濾。又,亦可在加壓之後進行過濾。當藉由加壓而進行過濾時,可列舉加壓之壓力例如為0.01MPa以上且1.0MPa以下之態樣,0.03MPa以上且0.9MPa以下為較佳,0.05MPa以上且0.7MPa以下為更佳,0.05MPa以上且0.3MPa以下為進一步較佳。 除了使用過濾器之過濾以外,還可以進行使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。亦可組合過濾器過濾與使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。作為吸附材料,能夠使用公知的吸附材料。例如,可列舉矽膠、沸石等無機系吸附材料、活性碳等有機系吸附材料。In addition, for the purpose of removing foreign matter such as dust or particles in the curable resin composition, it is preferable to perform filtration using a filter. The pore diameter of the filter may be, for example, 5 μm or less, preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.1 μm or less. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. The filter can be cleaned in advance with an organic solvent. In the filtering process of the filter, multiple filters can also be used in series or in parallel. When multiple filters are used, filters with different pore sizes or materials can be used in combination. In addition, various materials can be filtered multiple times. When filtering multiple times, it can be cyclic filtering. In addition, filtration may be performed after pressurization. When filtering is performed by pressurization, the pressurized pressure may be, for example, 0.01 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less, preferably 0.03 MPa or more and 0.9 MPa or less, and more preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.7 MPa or less. , 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less is more preferable. In addition to filtration using filters, it can also be used to remove impurities using adsorbent materials. It can also be combined with filter filtration and impurity removal treatment using adsorbent materials. As the adsorbent, a known adsorbent can be used. For example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be cited.

<硬化性樹脂組成物的用途> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜為較佳。 又,除此以外,還能夠用於半導體器件的絕緣膜的形成或應力緩衝膜的形成等。<Use of curable resin composition> The curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer. Furthermore, in addition to this, it can also be used for formation of an insulating film of a semiconductor device, formation of a stress buffer film, and the like.

(硬化膜、積層體、半導體器件及該等的製造方法) 其次,對硬化膜、積層體、半導體器件及該等的製造方法進行說明。(Cured film, laminate, semiconductor device, and manufacturing methods of these) Next, the cured film, the laminate, the semiconductor device, and the manufacturing method thereof will be described.

本發明的硬化膜係藉由使本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而成。本發明的硬化膜的膜厚例如能夠設為0.5μm以上,還能夠設為1μm以上。又,作為上限值,能夠設為100μm以下,還能夠設為30μm以下。The cured film of the present invention is formed by curing the curable resin composition of the present invention. The film thickness of the cured film of this invention can be 0.5 micrometer or more, for example, and can also be 1 micrometer or more. Moreover, as an upper limit, it can be 100 micrometers or less, and can also be 30 micrometers or less.

可以將本發明的硬化膜積層2層以上,進而積層3~7層來作為積層體。本發明的積層體為具有2層以上的硬化膜且在硬化膜之間具有金屬層之積層體為較佳。又,本發明的積層體包含2層以上的硬化膜,在任意上述硬化膜彼此之間包含金屬層之態樣為較佳。例如,可較佳地列舉至少包含依序積層有第一硬化膜、金屬層、第二硬化膜這3個層之層結構之積層體。上述第一硬化膜及上述第二硬化膜均為本發明的硬化膜,例如可較佳地列舉上述第一硬化膜及上述第二硬化膜均為將本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而成之膜之態樣。用於形成上述第一硬化膜之本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物與用於形成上述第二硬化膜之本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物可以為組成相同的組成物,亦可以係組成不同的組成物,從製造適性上的觀點考慮,組成相同的組成物為較佳。這種金屬層可較佳地用作再配線層等的金屬配線。Two or more layers of the cured film of the present invention can be laminated, and 3 to 7 layers can be laminated as a laminated body. The laminate of the present invention is preferably a laminate having two or more cured films and a metal layer between the cured films. In addition, the laminate of the present invention includes two or more cured films, and it is preferable to include a metal layer between any of the above-mentioned cured films. For example, a laminated body including at least a layer structure in which three layers of a first cured film, a metal layer, and a second cured film are sequentially laminated can be preferably cited. The first cured film and the second cured film are both cured films of the present invention. For example, preferably, the first cured film and the second cured film are formed by curing the curable resin composition of the present invention. The state of the film. The curable resin composition of the present invention for forming the first cured film and the curable resin composition of the present invention for forming the second cured film may have the same composition or different compositions From the viewpoint of manufacturing suitability, a composition having the same composition is preferable. Such a metal layer can be preferably used as a metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.

作為能夠適用本發明的硬化膜的領域,可列舉半導體器件的絕緣膜、再配線層用層間絕緣膜、應力緩衝膜等。除此以外,還可列舉密封膜、基板材料(柔性印刷電路板的基底膜或覆蓋膜、層間絕緣膜)或藉由對如上述構裝用途的絕緣膜進行蝕刻而形成圖案之情況等。關於該等用途,例如能夠參閱Science & Technology Co.,Ltd.“聚醯亞胺的高功能化和應用技術”2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMC技術圖書館“聚醯亞胺材料的基礎和開發”2011年11月發行、日本聚醯亞胺・芳香族系高分子研究會/編“最新聚醯亞胺 基礎和應用”NTS,2010年8月等。Examples of the fields to which the cured film of the present invention can be applied include insulating films of semiconductor devices, interlayer insulating films for rewiring layers, stress buffer films, and the like. In addition to this, a sealing film, a substrate material (a base film or a cover film of a flexible printed circuit board, an interlayer insulating film), or a case where a pattern is formed by etching the insulating film used for packaging purposes as described above can be cited. For these applications, for example, you can refer to Science & Technology Co., Ltd. "High-functionalization and Application Technology of Polyimide" April 2008, Kakimoto Masami/Supervisor, CMC Technical Library "Polyimide Materials Fundamentals and Development" issued in November 2011, Japan Polyimine and Aromatic Polymer Research Society/Edition "The latest polyimine basics and applications" NTS, August 2010, etc.

又,本發明中之硬化膜還能夠使用於膠印版面或網版版面等版面的製造、蝕刻成形組件的用途、電子尤其微電子中之保護漆及介電層的製造等中。In addition, the cured film of the present invention can also be used in the manufacture of offset printing plates or screen plates, the use of etching and forming components, and the production of protective paints and dielectric layers in electronics, especially microelectronics.

本發明的硬化膜的製造方法(以下,亦簡稱為“本發明的製造方法”。)包括將本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材而形成膜之膜形成製程為較佳。 進而,本發明的硬化膜的製造方法包括上述膜形成製程,並且進一步包括將上述膜曝光之曝光製程及將上述膜顯影之(對上述膜進行顯影處理)顯影製程為更佳。 進而,本發明的硬化膜的製造方法包括上述膜形成製程(及依需要包括上述顯影製程),並且進一步包括在50~450℃下加熱上述膜之加熱製程為更佳。 具體而言,包括以下(a)~(d)的製程亦較佳。 (a)將硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材而形成膜(硬化性樹脂組成物層)之膜形成製程 (b)膜形成製程之後,將膜曝光之曝光製程 (c)將曝光之上述膜進行顯影處理之顯影製程 (d)將顯影之上述膜在50~450℃下加熱之加熱製程 藉由在上述加熱製程中進行加熱,能夠使顯影後的硬化性樹脂組成物層進一步硬化。在該加熱製程中,例如上述熱鹼產生劑分解,可得到充分的硬化性。The production method of the cured film of the present invention (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "the production method of the present invention".) preferably includes a film formation process of applying the curable resin composition of the present invention to a substrate to form a film. Furthermore, it is more preferable that the method for producing a cured film of the present invention includes the film forming process described above, and further includes an exposure process of exposing the film and a developing process of developing the film (developing the film). Furthermore, the method for producing a cured film of the present invention includes the above-mentioned film forming process (and the above-mentioned development process as necessary), and further includes a heating process of heating the above-mentioned film at 50-450°C. Specifically, the manufacturing process including the following (a) to (d) is also preferable. (A) Film formation process of applying a curable resin composition to a substrate to form a film (curable resin composition layer) (B) Exposure process for exposing the film after the film formation process (C) The development process of developing the exposed film (D) Heating process of heating the developed film at 50~450℃ By heating in the above heating process, the curable resin composition layer after development can be further cured. In this heating process, for example, the above-mentioned hot alkali generator is decomposed, and sufficient curability can be obtained.

本發明的較佳的實施形態之積層體的製造方法包括本發明的硬化膜的製造方法。本實施形態的積層體的製造方法按照上述之硬化膜的製造方法,形成硬化膜之後,進而再次進行(a)的製程或(a)~(c)的製程或(a)~(d)的製程。尤其,依序將上述各製程進行複數次,例如2~5次(亦即,總計3~6次)為較佳。藉由如此積層硬化膜,能夠形成積層體。本發明中,尤其在設置有硬化膜之部分之上面或硬化膜之間或該兩個位置設置金屬層為較佳。另外,在積層體的製造中,無需重複(a)~(d)的所有製程,能夠如上述藉由進行複數次至少(a)、較佳為(a)~(c)或(a)~(d)的製程而得到硬化膜的積層體。The manufacturing method of the laminated body of the preferable embodiment of this invention includes the manufacturing method of the cured film of this invention. The manufacturing method of the laminate of this embodiment follows the above-mentioned method of manufacturing a cured film. After the cured film is formed, the process of (a) or the processes of (a) to (c) or the processes of (a) to (d) are performed again. Process. In particular, it is preferable to perform the above-mentioned processes a plurality of times in sequence, for example, 2 to 5 times (that is, 3 to 6 times in total). By laminating the cured film in this way, a laminate can be formed. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to provide a metal layer on the upper surface of the part where the cured film is provided, between the cured films, or at the two positions. In addition, in the production of the laminate, it is not necessary to repeat all the processes of (a) to (d), and it is possible to perform at least (a), preferably (a) to (c) or (a) to multiple times as described above. The process of (d) obtains a laminated body of a cured film.

<膜形成製程(層形成製程)> 本發明的較佳的實施形態之製造方法包括將硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材而形成膜(層狀)之膜形成製程(層形成製程)。<Film formation process (layer formation process)> The manufacturing method of the preferred embodiment of the present invention includes a film formation process (layer formation process) in which a curable resin composition is applied to a substrate to form a film (layered).

基材的種類能夠依用途而適當設定,但並無特別限制,可列舉矽、氮化矽、多晶矽、氧化矽、非晶矽等半導體製作基材、石英、玻璃、光學膜、陶瓷材料、蒸鍍膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Fe等金屬基材、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass)、TFT(薄膜晶體管)陣列基材、電漿顯示面板(PDP)的電極板等。本發明中,尤其半導體製作基材為較佳,矽基材、模具樹脂基材為更佳。 又,作為基材,例如使用板狀的基材(基板)。The type of substrate can be appropriately set according to the application, but is not particularly limited. Examples include semiconductor substrates such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, and steam. Coating, magnetic film, reflective film, Ni, Cu, Cr, Fe and other metal substrates, paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), TFT (thin film transistor) array substrate, plasma display panel (PDP) electrode plate, etc. In the present invention, semiconductor substrates are particularly preferred, and silicon substrates and mold resin substrates are more preferred. In addition, as the base material, for example, a plate-shaped base material (substrate) is used.

又,在硬化性樹脂組成物層等樹脂層的表面或金屬層的表面形成硬化性樹脂組成物層時,樹脂層或金屬層成為基材。In addition, when the curable resin composition layer is formed on the surface of a resin layer such as a curable resin composition layer or the surface of a metal layer, the resin layer or the metal layer becomes a base material.

作為將硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材之方法,塗佈為較佳。As a method of applying the curable resin composition to the substrate, coating is preferred.

具體而言,作為所適用之方法,可例示浸塗法、氣刀塗佈法、簾式塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、凹版塗佈法、擠壓塗佈法、噴塗法、旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法及噴墨法等。從硬化性樹脂組成物層的厚度均勻性的觀點考慮,更佳為旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法、噴塗法、噴墨法。依方法調整適當的固體成分濃度或塗佈條件,藉此能夠得到所期望的厚度的樹脂層。又,還能夠依基材的形狀適當選擇塗佈方法,若為晶圓等圓形基材,則旋塗法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳,若為矩形基材,則狹縫塗佈法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳。當旋塗法時,例如可列舉以300~3,500rpm的轉速適用10~180秒,500~2,000rpm(revolutions per minute:每分鐘轉數)的轉速適用10秒~1分鐘左右。又,為了得到膜厚的均勻性,亦能夠組合複數個轉速進行塗佈。 又,還能夠適用將藉由上述賦予方法預先在偽支撐體上賦予而形成之塗膜轉印在基材上之方法。 關於轉印方法,本發明中亦能夠較佳地採用日本特開2006-023696號公報的0023段、0036~0051段或日本特開2006-047592號公報的0096~0108段中所記載的製作方法。Specifically, as the applicable method, the dip coating method, the air knife coating method, the curtain coating method, the wire bar coating method, the gravure coating method, the extrusion coating method, the spray coating method, and the spin coating method can be exemplified. Method, slit coating method, inkjet method, etc. From the viewpoint of the uniformity of the thickness of the curable resin composition layer, the spin coating method, the slit coating method, the spray method, and the inkjet method are more preferable. By adjusting the appropriate solid content concentration or coating conditions according to the method, a resin layer with a desired thickness can be obtained. In addition, the coating method can be appropriately selected according to the shape of the substrate. For round substrates such as wafers, spin coating, spray coating, and inkjet methods are preferred. For rectangular substrates, slits Coating method, spraying method, inkjet method, etc. are preferable. In the case of the spin coating method, for example, a rotation speed of 300 to 3,500 rpm is applied for 10 to 180 seconds, and a rotation speed of 500 to 2,000 rpm (revolutions per minute: revolutions per minute) is applied for about 10 seconds to 1 minute. In addition, in order to obtain the uniformity of the film thickness, it is also possible to combine a plurality of rotation speeds for coating. In addition, it is also possible to apply a method of transferring a coating film formed by applying the above-mentioned applying method on a pseudo support in advance to a substrate. Regarding the transfer method, the production method described in paragraphs 0023 and 0036 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-023696 or paragraphs 0096 to 0108 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-047592 can also be preferably used in the present invention. .

<乾燥製程> 本發明的製造方法亦可包括在形成上述膜(硬化性樹脂組成物層)之後,膜形成製程(層形成製程)之後,為了去除溶劑而進行乾燥之製程。較佳的乾燥溫度為50~150℃,70~130℃為更佳,90~110℃為進一步較佳。作為乾燥時間,可例示30秒~20分鐘,1分鐘~10分鐘為較佳,3分鐘~7分鐘為更佳。當組成物的溶劑量多時,亦能夠組合真空乾燥和加熱乾燥。加熱乾燥中使用加熱板、熱風式烤箱等,並無特別限制。<Drying process> The manufacturing method of the present invention may also include a process of drying in order to remove the solvent after forming the above-mentioned film (curable resin composition layer), followed by a film forming process (layer forming process). The preferred drying temperature is 50-150°C, more preferably 70-130°C, and even more preferably 90-110°C. As the drying time, 30 seconds to 20 minutes can be exemplified, preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes, and more preferably 3 minutes to 7 minutes. When the amount of solvent in the composition is large, vacuum drying and heat drying can also be combined. A hot plate, a hot-air oven, etc. are used for heating and drying, and there is no particular limitation.

<曝光製程> 本發明的製造方法亦可包括將上述膜(硬化性樹脂組成物層)曝光之曝光製程。曝光量只要能夠將硬化性樹脂組成物硬化,則無特別限定,例如以波長365nm下的曝光能量換算計照射100~10,000mJ/cm2 為較佳,照射200~8,000mJ/cm2 為更佳。<Exposure Process> The manufacturing method of the present invention may also include an exposure process of exposing the above-mentioned film (curable resin composition layer). As long as the amount of exposure can be cured curable resin composition is not particularly limited, for example, under an exposure energy in terms of wavelength of 365nm is irradiated 100 ~ 10,000mJ / cm 2 is preferred, irradiation of 200 ~ 8,000mJ / cm 2 is more preferably .

曝光波長能夠在190~1,000nm的範圍內適當設定,240~550nm為較佳。The exposure wavelength can be appropriately set in the range of 190 to 1,000 nm, preferably 240 to 550 nm.

關於曝光波長,若以與光源的關係描述,則可列舉(1)半導體雷射(波長830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm etc.)、(2)金屬鹵化物燈、(3)高壓水銀燈、g射線(波長436nm)、h射線(波長405nm)、i射線(波長365nm)、寬(g、h、i射線的3波長)、(4)準分子雷射、KrF準分子雷射(波長248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(波長193nm)、F2準分子雷射(波長157nm)、(5)極紫外線;EUV(波長13.6nm)、(6)電子束、(7)YAG雷射的二次諧波532nm、三次諧波355nm等。關於本發明中的硬化性樹脂組成物,尤其基於高壓水銀燈之曝光為較佳,其中,基於i射線之曝光為較佳。藉此,可得到尤其高的曝光靈敏度。又,從處理和生產率的觀點考慮,高壓水銀燈的寬(g、h、i射線的3個波長)光源或半導體雷射405nm亦較佳。Regarding the exposure wavelength, if it is described in terms of the relationship with the light source, (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830nm, 532nm, 488nm, 405nm etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high pressure mercury lamp, g-ray (Wavelength 436nm), h-ray (wavelength 405nm), i-ray (wavelength 365nm), wide (3 wavelengths of g, h, i-ray), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193nm), F2 excimer laser (wavelength 157nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet; EUV (wavelength 13.6nm), (6) electron beam, (7) second harmonic of YAG laser 532nm, third harmonic 355nm, etc. Regarding the curable resin composition of the present invention, exposure based on a high-pressure mercury lamp is particularly preferred, and exposure based on i-rays is particularly preferred. In this way, particularly high exposure sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, from the viewpoint of processing and productivity, a wide (3 wavelengths of g, h, and i rays) light source for a high-pressure mercury lamp or a semiconductor laser of 405 nm is also preferable.

<顯影製程> 本發明的製造方法亦可包括對曝光之膜(硬化性樹脂組成物層)進行顯影處理之顯影製程。藉由進行顯影,例如,在負型感光性樹脂組成物時,未曝光部分(非曝光部)被去除。關於顯影方法,只要能夠形成所期望的圖案,則並無特別限制,例如能夠採用覆液式、噴霧、浸漬、超音波等顯影方法。<Development process> The manufacturing method of the present invention may also include a development process of developing the exposed film (curable resin composition layer). By developing, for example, in the case of a negative photosensitive resin composition, the unexposed part (non-exposed part) is removed. The development method is not particularly limited as long as a desired pattern can be formed. For example, a development method such as a liquid coating method, spraying, dipping, and ultrasonic can be adopted.

顯影使用顯影液來進行。顯影液不受特別限制地能夠使用若本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物係負型硬化性樹脂組成物則去除未曝光部分(非曝光部)者,若本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物係正型硬化性樹脂組成物則去除曝光部分(曝光部)者。 本發明中,將作為顯影液使用鹼顯影液之情況稱為鹼性顯影,將作為顯影液使用包含50質量%以上有機溶劑之顯影液之情況稱為溶劑顯影。The development is performed using a developer. The developer is not particularly limited and can be used if the curable resin composition of the present invention is a negative type curable resin composition, and the unexposed part (non-exposed part) is removed, if the curable resin composition of the present invention is a positive type curable resin composition. The curable resin composition removes the exposed part (exposed part). In the present invention, the case of using an alkaline developer as the developer is referred to as alkaline development, and the case of using a developer containing 50% by mass or more of an organic solvent as the developer is referred to as solvent development.

鹼性顯影中,顯影液中有機溶劑的含量相對於顯影液的總質量為10質量%以下為較佳,5質量%以下為更佳,1質量%以下為進一步較佳,不含有機溶劑為特佳。 鹼性顯影中之顯影液為pH為9~14之水溶液為更佳。 作為鹼性顯影中之顯影液中所含之鹼性化合物,例如可列舉氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、矽酸鈉、矽酸鉀、偏矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鉀、氨或胺等。作為胺,例如可列舉乙胺、正丙胺、二乙胺、二正丙胺、三乙胺、甲基二乙胺、烷醇胺、二甲基乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、四級銨氫氧化物、氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)或氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨等。其中,不含金屬的鹼性化合物為較佳,銨化合物為更佳。 鹼性化合物可以係僅一種,亦可以係兩種以上。鹼性化合物為兩種以上時,其總量在上述範圍內為較佳。In alkaline development, the content of the organic solvent in the developer relative to the total mass of the developer is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and no organic solvent is included. Especially good. The developer in alkaline development is preferably an aqueous solution with a pH of 9-14. As the alkaline compound contained in the developer in alkaline development, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, partial Sodium silicate, potassium metasilicate, ammonia or amine, etc. Examples of amines include ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-propylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine, alkanolamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, quaternary ammonium hydroxide, hydrogen Tetramethylammonium oxide (TMAH) or tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, etc. Among them, metal-free basic compounds are preferred, and ammonium compounds are more preferred. The basic compound may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more basic compounds, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

在溶劑顯影中,顯影液包含90%質量以上有機溶劑為更佳。本發明中,顯影液包含ClogP值為-1~5的有機溶劑為較佳,包含ClogP值為0~3的有機溶劑為更佳。ClogP值能夠藉由ChemBioDraw(化學生物圖)輸入結構式而作為計算值來求出。In solvent development, it is more preferable that the developer contains 90% by mass or more of an organic solvent. In the present invention, the developer preferably contains an organic solvent with a ClogP value of -1 to 5, and more preferably contains an organic solvent with a ClogP value of 0 to 3. The ClogP value can be calculated as a calculated value by inputting the structural formula from ChemBioDraw (Chemical Biological Diagram).

關於有機溶劑,作為酯類,例如可較佳地列舉乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例:烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及作為醚類,例如可較佳地列舉二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及作為酮類,例如可較佳地列舉甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及作為環狀烴類,例如可較佳地列舉甲苯、二甲苯、大茴香醚等芳香族烴類,檸檬烯等環式萜烯類、作為亞碸類,可較佳地列舉二甲基亞碸。Regarding organic solvents, as esters, for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, pentyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, butyric acid can be preferably cited. Ethyl, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetate (example: methyl alkoxyacetate , Ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (for example, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate Esters, etc.)), 3-alkoxypropionic acid alkyl esters (e.g. 3-alkoxy methyl propionate, 3-alkoxy ethyl propionate, etc. (e.g. 3-methoxy propionate methyl Ester, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.), 2-alkoxypropionic acid alkyl esters (example: 2 -Methyl alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate Ester, 2-Methoxy Propionate, 2-Ethoxy Propionate, 2-Ethoxy Propionate)), 2-Alkoxy-2-Methyl Propionate and 2 -Ethyl alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), pyruvic acid Methyl ester, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, etc., and as ethers, for example Preferably, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol Monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc., and as Ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc., and as cyclic hydrocarbons For example, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, cyclic terpenes such as limonene, etc. are preferably used. As the sulfenes, dimethylsulfene is preferably used.

本發明中,尤其環戊酮、γ-丁內酯為較佳,環戊酮為更佳。In the present invention, cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone are particularly preferred, and cyclopentanone is more preferred.

又,顯影液中可以包含界面活性劑。In addition, a surfactant may be contained in the developer.

顯影液的50質量%以上為有機溶劑為較佳,70質量%以上為有機溶劑為更佳,90質量%以上為有機溶劑為進一步較佳。又,亦可以係顯影液的100質量%為有機溶劑。It is preferable that 50% by mass or more of the developer is an organic solvent, more preferably 70% by mass or more is an organic solvent, and more preferably 90% by mass or more is an organic solvent. In addition, 100% by mass of the developer may be an organic solvent.

作為顯影時間,10秒~5分鐘為較佳。顯影時的顯影液的溫度並無特別限定,通常能夠在20~40℃下進行。As the development time, 10 seconds to 5 minutes are preferred. The temperature of the developer during development is not particularly limited, and it can usually be performed at 20 to 40°C.

可在使用顯影液之處理之後,進一步進行沖洗。 為溶劑顯影時,使用與顯影液不同之有機溶劑進行沖洗為較佳。例如,可列舉丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯。沖洗時間為5秒~5分鐘為較佳。又,在顯影與沖洗之間,可以包括適用顯影液和沖洗液兩者之製程。沖洗時間為1秒~5分鐘為較佳。 為鹼性顯影時,使用純水進行沖洗為較佳。 沖洗時間為5秒~1分鐘為較佳。It can be further rinsed after the treatment with developer. In the case of solvent development, it is better to use an organic solvent different from the developer for rinsing. For example, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate can be cited. Preferably, the rinsing time is 5 seconds to 5 minutes. In addition, between development and processing, a process of applying both developer and processing liquid can be included. The rinsing time is preferably 1 second to 5 minutes. In the case of alkaline development, it is better to rinse with pure water. The rinsing time is preferably 5 seconds to 1 minute.

<加熱製程> 本發明的製造方法包括將顯影之上述膜在50~450℃下加熱之製程(加熱製程)為較佳。 在膜形成製程(層形成製程)、乾燥製程及顯影製程之後包括加熱製程為較佳。 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含除了特定樹脂以外的聚合性化合物,但能夠在該製程中使特定樹脂以外的未反應的聚合性化合物進行硬化反應及使特定樹脂中之未反應的聚合性基進行硬化反應等。 又,特定樹脂為聚醯亞胺前驅物並且硬化性樹脂組成物包含熱鹼產生劑時,在加熱製程中,例如熱鹼產生劑進行分解,藉此產生鹼且使聚醯亞胺前驅物進行環化反應。 作為加熱製程中之層的加熱溫度(最高加熱溫度),50℃以上為較佳,80℃以上為更佳,140℃以上為進一步較佳,150℃以上為尤其較佳,160℃以上為更進一步較佳,170℃以上為最佳。作為上限,450℃以下為較佳,350℃以下為更佳,250℃以下為進一步較佳,220℃以下為特佳。<Heating process> The manufacturing method of the present invention preferably includes a process (heating process) in which the developed film is heated at 50 to 450°C. It is preferable to include a heating process after the film forming process (layer forming process), drying process, and developing process. The curable resin composition of the present invention contains polymerizable compounds other than the specific resin, but it is possible to cause unreacted polymerizable compounds other than the specific resin to undergo a curing reaction and to make the unreacted polymerizable groups in the specific resin in this process. Carry out hardening reaction and so on. In addition, when the specific resin is a polyimide precursor and the curable resin composition contains a thermal alkali generator, during the heating process, for example, the thermal alkali generator is decomposed, thereby generating alkali and allowing the polyimide precursor to proceed. Cyclization reaction. As the heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) of the layer in the heating process, 50°C or higher is preferred, 80°C or higher is more preferred, 140°C or higher is further preferred, 150°C or higher is particularly preferred, and 160°C or higher is more preferred. More preferably, 170°C or higher is most preferred. As the upper limit, 450°C or lower is preferred, 350°C or lower is more preferred, 250°C or lower is more preferred, and 220°C or lower is particularly preferred.

關於加熱,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度以1~12℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行為較佳,2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。藉由將升溫速度設為1℃/分鐘以上,能夠確保生產性,並且還防止胺的過度揮發,藉由將升溫速度設為12℃/分鐘以下,能夠緩和硬化膜的殘存應力。Regarding heating, it is preferable to perform the heating rate from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature at a temperature increase rate of 1-12°C/min, more preferably 2-10°C/min, and still more preferably 3-10°C/min. By setting the temperature increase rate to 1°C/min or more, productivity can be ensured and excessive volatilization of amine can be prevented. By setting the temperature increase rate to 12°C/min or less, the residual stress of the cured film can be alleviated.

加熱開始時的溫度為20℃~150℃為較佳,20℃~130℃為更佳,25℃~120℃為進一步較佳。加熱開始時的溫度係指,開始加熱至最高加熱溫度之製程時的溫度。例如,將硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材上之後進行乾燥時,為該乾燥後的膜(層)的溫度,例如從比硬化性樹脂組成物中所含之溶劑的沸點低30~200℃的溫度開始逐漸升溫為較佳。The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 130°C, and more preferably 25°C to 120°C. The temperature at the beginning of heating refers to the temperature at the beginning of the process of heating to the highest heating temperature. For example, when the curable resin composition is applied to a substrate and then dried, the temperature of the dried film (layer) is, for example, 30 to 200°C lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the curable resin composition It’s better to start to warm up gradually.

加熱時間(最高加熱溫度下的加熱時間)為10~360分鐘為較佳,20~300分鐘為更佳,30~240分鐘為進一步較佳。The heating time (heating time at the highest heating temperature) is preferably 10 to 360 minutes, more preferably 20 to 300 minutes, and more preferably 30 to 240 minutes.

尤其形成多層積層體時,從硬化膜的層間的密接性的觀點考慮,在180℃~320℃的加熱溫度下進行加熱為較佳,在180℃~260℃下進行加熱為更佳。其理由雖不確定,但認為其原因在於藉由設為該溫度,層間的特定樹脂中之聚合性基彼此進行交聯反應。In particular, when forming a multilayer laminate, from the viewpoint of the adhesion between the layers of the cured film, it is preferable to heat at a heating temperature of 180°C to 320°C, and more preferably to heat at 180°C to 260°C. Although the reason is uncertain, it is thought that the reason is that by setting the temperature at this temperature, the polymerizable groups in the specific resin between the layers undergo a crosslinking reaction with each other.

加熱可以分階段進行。作為例子,可以進行以3℃/分鐘從25℃升溫至180℃,且在180℃下保持60分鐘,以2℃/分鐘從180℃升溫至200℃,且在200℃下保持120分鐘之預處理製程。作為預處理製程的加熱溫度為100~200℃為較佳,110~190℃為更佳,120~185℃為進一步較佳。在該預處理製程中,如美國專利9159547號說明書中所記載,一邊照射紫外線一邊進行處理亦較佳。藉由該等預處理製程,能夠提高膜的特性。預處理製程在10秒~2小時左右的短時間內進行即可,15秒~30分鐘為更佳。預處理可以為兩階段以上的步驟,例如可以在100~150℃的範圍內進行預處理製程1,之後在150~200℃的範圍內進行預處理製程2。Heating can be carried out in stages. As an example, it is possible to perform pre-heating from 25°C to 180°C at 3°C/min, and holding at 180°C for 60 minutes, heating from 180°C to 200°C at 2°C/min, and holding at 200°C for 120 minutes. Processing process. The heating temperature of the pretreatment process is preferably 100 to 200°C, more preferably 110 to 190°C, and further preferably 120 to 185°C. In this pretreatment process, as described in the specification of US Patent No. 9159547, it is also preferable to perform treatment while irradiating ultraviolet rays. Through these pretreatment processes, the characteristics of the film can be improved. The pretreatment process can be carried out in a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes. The pretreatment may be a two-stage or more step. For example, the pretreatment process 1 may be performed in the range of 100-150°C, and then the pretreatment process 2 may be performed in the range of 150-200°C.

進而,可以在加熱之後進行冷卻,作為此時的冷卻速度,1~5℃/分鐘為較佳。Furthermore, cooling may be performed after heating, and the cooling rate at this time is preferably 1 to 5°C/min.

加熱製程藉由在充入氮、氦、氬等非活性氣體之真空下進行等而在低氧濃度的環境下進行,這在防止特定樹脂分解之方面為較佳。氧濃度為50ppm(體積比)以下為較佳,20ppm(體積比)以下為更佳。The heating process is performed in a low oxygen concentration environment by filling in a vacuum filled with inert gases such as nitrogen, helium, argon, etc., which is preferable in terms of preventing decomposition of a specific resin. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, and more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less.

<金屬層形成製程> 本發明的製造方法包括在顯影處理後的膜(硬化性樹脂組成物層)的表面形成金屬層之金屬層形成製程為較佳。<Metal layer forming process> The manufacturing method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming process of forming a metal layer on the surface of the film (curable resin composition layer) after development treatment.

作為金屬層,並無特別限定,能夠使用現有的金屬種類,可例示銅、鋁、鎳、釩、鈦、鉻、鈷、金及鎢,銅及鋁為更佳,銅為進一步較佳。The metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing metal types can be used. Examples of copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, and tungsten, copper and aluminum are more preferable, and copper is still more preferable.

金屬層的形成方法並無特別限定,能夠適用現有的方法。例如,能夠使用日本特開2007-157879號公報、日本特表2001-521288號公報、日本特開2004-214501號公報、日本特開2004-101850號公報中所記載之方法。例如,可考慮光微影、剝離、電解電鍍、無電解電鍍、蝕刻、印刷及組合該等之方法等。更具體而言,可列舉組合濺射、光微影及蝕刻之圖案化方法、組合光微影與電解電鍍之圖案化方法。The method of forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be applied. For example, the methods described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-157879, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2001-521288, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-214501, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-101850 can be used. For example, methods such as photolithography, peeling, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and combinations thereof can be considered. More specifically, a patterning method combining sputtering, photolithography and etching, and a patterning method combining photolithography and electrolytic plating can be cited.

作為金屬層的厚度,最厚的部分為0.1~50μm為較佳,1~10μm為更佳。As for the thickness of the metal layer, the thickest part is preferably 0.1-50 μm, more preferably 1-10 μm.

<積層製程> 本發明的製造方法進一步包括積層製程為較佳。<Layer Process> Preferably, the manufacturing method of the present invention further includes a build-up process.

積層製程為包括在硬化膜(樹脂層)或金屬層的表面,再次依序進行(a)膜形成製程(層形成製程)、(b)曝光製程、(c)顯影製程、(d)加熱製程之一系列製程。其中,可以為僅重複(a)膜形成製程之態樣。又,亦可設為(d)加熱製程在積層的最後或中間統括進行之態樣。亦即,亦可設為如下態樣:重複進行既定次數的(a)~(c)的製程,之後進行(d)的加熱,藉此將所積層之硬化性樹脂組成物層統括硬化。又,亦可在(c)顯影製程之後包括(e)金屬層形成製程,此時可以每次都進行(d)的加熱,亦可在積層既定次數之後統括進行(d)的加熱。毋庸置疑,積層製程中可以進一步適當包括上述乾燥製程和加熱製程等。The build-up process includes on the surface of the cured film (resin layer) or the metal layer, and again in sequence (a) film formation process (layer formation process), (b) exposure process, (c) development process, (d) heating process One of the series of manufacturing processes. Among them, it may be a mode in which only (a) the film forming process is repeated. In addition, it can also be set as (d) a state in which the heating process is performed collectively at the end or in the middle of the build-up. That is, it can also be set as a mode in which the processes of (a) to (c) are repeated a predetermined number of times, and then the heating of (d) is performed, thereby collectively curing the laminated curable resin composition layers. In addition, after (c) the development process, (e) the metal layer forming process may be included. In this case, the heating of (d) may be performed every time, or the heating of (d) may be collectively performed after a predetermined number of laminations. Needless to say, the layering process may further include the above-mentioned drying process and heating process as appropriate.

在積層製程之後進一步進行積層製程時,可以在上述加熱製程之後、上述曝光製程之後或上述金屬層形成製程之後,進一步進行表面活化處理製程。作為表面活化處理,可例示電漿處理。When the layering process is further performed after the layering process, the surface activation treatment process may be further performed after the heating process, after the exposure process, or after the metal layer forming process. As the surface activation treatment, plasma treatment can be exemplified.

上述積層製程進行2~5次為較佳,進行3~5次為更佳。The above-mentioned layering process is preferably carried out 2 to 5 times, and it is more preferable to carry out 3 to 5 times.

例如,如樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層的樹脂層為3層以上且7層以下的結構為較佳,3層以上且5層以下為進一步較佳。For example, a resin layer such as resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer is preferably a structure having 3 layers or more and 7 layers or less, and more preferably 3 layers or more and 5 layers or less.

本發明中,尤其以在設置金屬層之後進一步覆蓋上述金屬層之方式形成上述硬化性樹脂組成物的硬化膜(樹脂層)之態樣為較佳。具體而言,可列舉依序重複(a)膜形成製程、(b)曝光製程、(c)顯影製程、(e)金屬層形成製程、(d)加熱製程之態樣、或依序重複(a)膜形成製程、(b)曝光製程、(c)顯影製程、(e)金屬層形成製程,最後或中間統括設置(d)加熱製程之態樣。藉由交替進行積層硬化性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)之積層製程和金屬層形成製程,能夠交替積層硬化性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)和金屬層。In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to form a cured film (resin layer) of the curable resin composition in such a manner that the metal layer is further covered after the metal layer is provided. Specifically, it can be exemplified by repeating (a) film forming process, (b) exposure process, (c) developing process, (e) metal layer forming process, (d) heating process in sequence, or repeating in sequence ( a) Film formation process, (b) exposure process, (c) development process, (e) metal layer formation process, and (d) heating process in the end or in the middle. By alternately performing the laminating process of laminating the curable resin composition layer (resin layer) and the metal layer forming process, the curable resin composition layer (resin layer) and the metal layer can be alternately laminated.

本發明中亦揭示包含本發明的硬化膜或積層體之半導體器件。作為將本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物使用在再配線層用層間絕緣膜的形成中之半導體器件的具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0213~0218段的記載及圖1的記載,且該等內容被編入本說明書中。The present invention also discloses a semiconductor device including the cured film or laminate of the present invention. As a specific example of a semiconductor device in which the curable resin composition of the present invention is used in the formation of an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer, refer to the description in paragraphs 0213 to 0218 of JP 2016-027357 and FIG. 1 Records, and these contents are incorporated into this manual.

(樹脂) 又,本發明的樹脂具有由下述式(1-1)表示之重複單元為較佳。 [化學式57]

Figure 02_image114
式(1-1)中,X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示芳香族烴基或脂肪族環基,Y1 表示n+2價有機基,A1 表示包含聚合性基之基團,n表示1以上的整數,Q1 表示2價連接基。(Resin) Furthermore, the resin of the present invention preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-1). [Chemical formula 57]
Figure 02_image114
In formula (1-1), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aliphatic cyclic group, Y 1 represents an n+divalent organic group, A 1 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and n represents 1 In the above integers, Q 1 represents a divalent linking group.

上述式(1-1)與特定樹脂中之式(1-1)的含義相同,且較佳態樣亦相同。 本發明的樹脂與上述特定樹脂的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。The above formula (1-1) has the same meaning as the formula (1-1) in the specific resin, and preferred aspects are also the same. The resin of the present invention has the same meaning as the above-mentioned specific resin, and the preferred aspects are also the same.

<用途> 本發明的樹脂用作硬化性樹脂組成物中所包含之樹脂為較佳。 又,例如在層間絕緣膜用組成物等使用習知之聚醯亞胺之組成物中,能夠無特別限制地,將習知之聚醯亞胺的一部分或全部替換為本發明的樹脂而使用。 由於本發明的樹脂的耐藥品性優異,因此認為本發明的樹脂例如較佳地使用於用於形成絕緣膜的組成物、用於形成積層體的組成物等使用於需要耐藥品性之用途中之組成物。<Use> The resin of the present invention is preferably used as the resin contained in the curable resin composition. Moreover, for example, in a composition using a conventional polyimide, such as a composition for an interlayer insulating film, a part or all of the conventional polyimide can be replaced with the resin of the present invention without particular limitation. Since the resin of the present invention is excellent in chemical resistance, it is considered that the resin of the present invention is preferably used in, for example, a composition for forming an insulating film, a composition for forming a laminate, etc., for applications requiring chemical resistance. The composition.

〔樹脂的製造方法〕 本發明的樹脂的製造方法係製造本發明的樹脂之製造方法,其包括:使至少具有兩個羥基和至少具有一個反應性基之化合物A和具有可以與上述反應性基形成鍵之基團及聚合性基之化合物B反應,從而得到二醇化合物之製程(二醇製造製程);使上述二醇化合物和具有3個羧基之化合物或上述具有3個羧基之化合物的衍生物反應,從而得到具有兩個酯鍵之4價羧酸化合物之製程(4價羧酸化合物製造製程);使上述4價羧酸化合物和二胺化合物反應而得到聚醯亞胺前驅物之製程(前驅物製造製程);及使上述聚醯亞胺前驅物醯亞胺化之製程(醯亞胺化製程)。 上述各製程的詳細內容如特定樹脂的製造方法中所記載,較佳態樣亦相同。 [實施例][Manufacturing method of resin] The method for producing the resin of the present invention is a method for producing the resin of the present invention, which includes: making a compound A having at least two hydroxyl groups and at least one reactive group and a group capable of forming a bond with the above-mentioned reactive group, and The polymerizable compound B reacts to obtain a diol compound (diol manufacturing process); the above diol compound is reacted with a compound having 3 carboxyl groups or a derivative of the above 3 carboxyl compound to obtain Process for producing a tetravalent carboxylic acid compound with two ester bonds (manufacturing process for tetravalent carboxylic acid compound); process for reacting the above tetravalent carboxylic acid compound with a diamine compound to obtain a polyimide precursor (precursor manufacturing process) ; And the process of making the above-mentioned polyimide precursor imidization (imidization process). The detailed content of each of the above processes is as described in the manufacturing method of the specific resin, and the preferred aspects are also the same. [Example]

以下,列舉實施例對本發明進行進一步詳細的說明。示於以下實施例之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理製程等只要不脫離本發明的宗旨,則能夠適當地進行變更。從而,本發明的範圍不限定於以下所示之具體例。以下,除非另有說明,則“份”、“%”為質量基準。Hereinafter, the present invention will be further described in detail by way of examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not depart from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Hereinafter, unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are quality standards.

(特定樹脂的合成) <中間體A-A的合成> 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,將2-胺基-2-(羥甲基乙基)-1.3-丙二醇(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)48.5g(0.4莫耳)與240mL的丙酮進行混合,在冷卻至0℃之後,經1小時滴加了甲磺酸(Fujifilm Corporation和Wako Pure Chemical Industries,Ltd.製)39.2g(0.41莫耳)。其次,經30分鐘滴加2,2-二甲氧基丙烷(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)62.5g(0.6莫耳),並在25℃下攪拌了3小時。過濾析出物,用500mL的丙酮來清洗,並回收了過濾物。將其進行真空乾燥,得到99.0g中間體(A-A)。從NMR光譜確認到中間體(A-A)。對中間體(A-A)進行了基於1 H-NMR的分析。以下示出其結果。1 H-NMR資料(重DMSO、400MHz、內部標準:四甲基矽烷) δ(ppm)=1.39(s、6H)、2.31(s、3H)、3.48-3.50(d、2H)、3.64-3.67(d、2H)、3.88-3.91(d、2H)、5.46-5.49(t、1H)、8.03(s、3H)(Synthesis of specific resin) <Synthesis of intermediate AA> In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, add 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethylethyl)-1.3-propanediol (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 48.5 g (0.4 mol) was mixed with 240 mL of acetone, and after cooling to 0°C, 39.2 g of methanesulfonic acid (manufactured by Fujifilm Corporation and Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added dropwise over 1 hour ( 0.41 mol). Next, 62.5 g (0.6 mol) of 2,2-dimethoxypropane (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added dropwise over 30 minutes, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 3 hours. The precipitate was filtered, washed with 500 mL of acetone, and the filtrate was recovered. This was vacuum dried to obtain 99.0 g of intermediate (AA). The intermediate (AA) was confirmed from the NMR spectrum. The intermediate (AA) was analyzed based on 1 H-NMR. The results are shown below. 1 H-NMR data (heavy DMSO, 400MHz, internal standard: tetramethylsilane) δ (ppm) = 1.39 (s, 6H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 3.48-3.50 (d, 2H), 3.64-3.67 (D, 2H), 3.88-3.91 (d, 2H), 5.46-5.49 (t, 1H), 8.03 (s, 3H)

<中間體A-B的合成> 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,將中間體(A-A)38.6g(0.15莫耳)、三乙胺(Fujifilm Corporation和Wako Pure Chemical Industries,Ltd.製)54.6g(0.54莫耳)、四氫呋喃167g進行混合,並冷卻至0℃。其次,經1小時滴加甲基丙烯醯氯(Fujifilm Corporation和Wako Pure Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造)32.9g(0.315mol),並在0℃下攪拌了1小時,在25℃下攪拌了2小時。其次,將反應液轉移到分液漏斗中,用700mL的乙酸乙酯進行稀釋,用300mL的水進行清洗,用300mL的飽和氯化銨水溶液清洗兩次,用300mL的水進行清洗,並用飽和食鹽水進行了清洗。將其用硫酸鎂進行乾燥,在用蒸發器來濃縮之後,使用乙酸乙酯/己烷=20/80(質量比)的溶劑進行了柱純化。將其濃縮而得到20.0g中間體(A-B)。從NMR光譜確認到中間體(A-B)。對中間體(A-B)進行了基於1 H-NMR之分析。以下示出其結果。1 H-NMR資料(重DMSO、400MHz、內部標準:四甲基矽烷) δ(ppm)=1.32(s、3H)、1.38(s、3H)、1.81(s、3H)、1.88(s、3H)、3.90-3.93(d、2H)、4.03-4.06(d、2H)、4.44(s、2H)、5.34(s、1H)、5.60(s、1H)、5.69(s、1H)、7.51(s、1H)<Synthesis of Intermediate AB> In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, 38.6 g (0.15 mol) of intermediate (AA) and 54.6 g of triethylamine (manufactured by Fujifilm Corporation and Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (0.54 mol), 167 g of tetrahydrofuran were mixed, and cooled to 0°C. Next, 32.9 g (0.315 mol) of methacrylic acid chloride (manufactured by Fujifilm Corporation and Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added dropwise over 1 hour, and the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1 hour and at 25°C for 2 hours. . Next, the reaction solution was transferred to a separatory funnel, diluted with 700 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 300 mL of water, washed twice with 300 mL of saturated ammonium chloride aqueous solution, washed with 300 mL of water, and washed with saturated salt The water was cleaned. This was dried with magnesium sulfate and concentrated with an evaporator, and then column purification was performed using a solvent of ethyl acetate/hexane=20/80 (mass ratio). This was concentrated to obtain 20.0 g of intermediate (AB). The intermediate (AB) was confirmed from the NMR spectrum. The intermediate (AB) was analyzed based on 1 H-NMR. The results are shown below. 1 H-NMR data (heavy DMSO, 400MHz, internal standard: tetramethylsilane) δ (ppm) = 1.32 (s, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.81 (s, 3H), 1.88 (s, 3H) ), 3.90-3.93 (d, 2H), 4.03-4.06 (d, 2H), 4.44 (s, 2H), 5.34 (s, 1H), 5.60 (s, 1H), 5.69 (s, 1H), 7.51 ( s, 1H)

<中間體A-C的合成> 在茄形燒瓶中,將中間體(A-B)13.4g(0.45莫耳)溶劑於150mL乙腈中,添加水4.0g、酸性樹脂DOWEX(50W×40 200-400Mesh)(Aldrich,CO.LTD.製)2.5g,並在30℃下攪拌了6小時。向其中添加硫酸鎂20.0g,在攪拌10分鐘之後,用濾紙進行過濾,並用蒸發器來濃縮而得到10.5g中間體(A-C)。從NMR光譜確認到中間體(A-C)。對中間體(A-C)進行了基於1 H-NMR之分析。以下示出其結果。1 H-NMR資料(重DMSO、400MHz、內部標準:四甲基矽烷) δ(ppm)=1.83(s、3H)、1.87(s、3H)、3.64-3.66(d、4H)、4.33(s、2H)、4.89-4.92(t、2H)、5.33(s、1H)、5.58(s、1H)、5.66(s、1H)、6.03(s、1H)、6.99(s、1H)<Synthesis of Intermediate AC> In an eggplant-shaped flask, 13.4 g (0.45 mol) of intermediate (AB) was dissolved in 150 mL of acetonitrile, and 4.0 g of water and acid resin DOWEX (50W×40 200-400Mesh) (Aldrich) were added. , CO. LTD.) 2.5g, and stirred at 30°C for 6 hours. 20.0 g of magnesium sulfate was added thereto, and after stirring for 10 minutes, it was filtered with filter paper and concentrated with an evaporator to obtain 10.5 g of intermediate (AC). The intermediate (AC) was confirmed from the NMR spectrum. The intermediate (AC) was analyzed based on 1 H-NMR. The results are shown below. 1 H-NMR data (heavy DMSO, 400MHz, internal standard: tetramethylsilane) δ (ppm)=1.83 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 3H), 3.64-3.66 (d, 4H), 4.33 (s , 2H), 4.89-4.92 (t, 2H), 5.33 (s, 1H), 5.58 (s, 1H), 5.66 (s, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H)

<酐(AA-1~AA-7)的合成> 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,將偏苯三甲酐氯(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)18.5g(0.88莫耳)溶解於乙酸乙酯80.8g中,並冷卻至-10℃以下。其次,將中間體(A-C)10.2g(0.04莫耳)、吡啶7.12g(0.09莫耳)溶解於乙酸乙酯34.6g中,並將其經1小時滴加。在滴加之後,在-10℃以下溫度下攪拌了1小時,在25℃下攪拌了2小時。其次,一邊用濾紙來過濾反應液,一邊轉移到分液漏斗中,用700mL乙酸乙酯進行稀釋,用300mL水進行清洗,用200mL飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液清洗兩次,並用200mL鹽酸水溶液、飽和食鹽水進行了清洗。將其用硫酸鎂進行乾燥,在用蒸發器濃縮之後,使乙酸乙酯溶液在己烷中晶化。將其過濾並進行真空乾燥而得到酐21.0g(AA-1)。從NMR光譜確認到酐(AA-1)。對酐(AA-1)進行了基於1 H-NMR之分析。以下示出其結果。1 H-NMR資料(重氯仿、400MHz、內部標準:四甲基矽烷) δ(ppm)=1.95-1.96(d、6H)、4.72(s、2H)、4.96-5.02(q、4H)、5.45(s、1H)、5.67(s、1H)、5.74(s、1H)、6.16(s、1H)、6.72(s、1H)、8.13-8.15(d、2H)、8.55-8.59(m、4H) 以相同的方式合成了下述結構的酐(AA-2)~(AA-8)。<Synthesis of anhydride (AA-1~AA-7)> Dissolve 18.5 g (0.88 mol) of trimellitic anhydride chloride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) in a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer In 80.8g ethyl acetate, and cool to below -10°C. Next, 10.2 g (0.04 mol) of intermediate (AC) and 7.12 g (0.09 mol) of pyridine were dissolved in 34.6 g of ethyl acetate, and they were added dropwise over 1 hour. After the dropwise addition, it was stirred at a temperature of -10°C or lower for 1 hour and at 25°C for 2 hours. Next, while filtering the reaction solution with filter paper, it was transferred to a separatory funnel, diluted with 700 mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 300 mL of water, washed twice with 200 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution, and with 200 mL of aqueous hydrochloric acid and saturated salt. The water was cleaned. This was dried with magnesium sulfate, and after concentration with an evaporator, the ethyl acetate solution was crystallized in hexane. This was filtered and vacuum-dried, and the anhydride 21.0g (AA-1) was obtained. The anhydride (AA-1) was confirmed from the NMR spectrum. The anhydride (AA-1) was analyzed based on 1 H-NMR. The results are shown below. 1 H-NMR data (heavy chloroform, 400MHz, internal standard: tetramethylsilane) δ (ppm) = 1.95-1.96 (d, 6H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 4.96-5.02 (q, 4H), 5.45 (S, 1H), 5.67 (s, 1H), 5.74 (s, 1H), 6.16 (s, 1H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 8.13-8.15 (d, 2H), 8.55-8.59 (m, 4H) ) In the same way, anhydrides (AA-2) to (AA-8) of the following structures were synthesized.

[化學式58]

Figure 02_image116
[化學式59]
Figure 02_image118
[Chemical formula 58]
Figure 02_image116
[Chemical formula 59]
Figure 02_image118

<聚酯聚醯亞胺樹脂(PA-1)的合成> 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,一邊去除水分,一邊將酐(AA-1)15.1g(25毫莫耳)、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶-1-氧基自由基(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)0.03g溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)80.0g中。其次,添加4,4’-二胺基二乙二醇單苯基醚4.91g(24.5毫莫耳),在25℃下攪拌3小時,在80℃下進而攪拌了3小時。其次,添加吡啶7.50g(94.8毫莫耳)、乙酸酐6.38g(62毫莫耳)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)20.0g,在80℃下攪拌3小時,並添加N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)50g進行了稀釋。 將該反應液添加於1.5升甲醇中以形成沉澱,並以3,000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾而獲得樹脂,在1升甲醇中再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。在減壓下,將所得到之樹脂在40℃下乾燥1天而得到聚酯聚醯亞胺樹脂(PA-1)。PA-1的分子量為Mw=82,100、Mn=32,500。 推測PA-1的結構係由下述式(PA-1)表示之結構。 [化學式60]

Figure 02_image120
<Synthesis of polyester polyimide resin (PA-1)> In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, while removing water, 15.1 g (25 millimoles) of anhydride (AA-1), 2, 0.03 g of 2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxy radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 80.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Next, 4.91 g (24.5 millimoles) of 4,4'-diaminodiethylene glycol monophenyl ether was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 3 hours, and further stirred at 80°C for 3 hours. Next, 7.50 g (94.8 millimoles) of pyridine, 6.38 g (62 millimoles) of acetic anhydride, and 20.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, followed by stirring at 80°C for 3 hours, and adding N-methyl 50 g of pyrrolidone (NMP) was diluted. The reaction liquid was added to 1.5 liters of methanol to form a precipitate, and stirred at a speed of 3,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Under reduced pressure, the obtained resin was dried at 40° C. for 1 day to obtain polyester polyimide resin (PA-1). The molecular weight of PA-1 is Mw=82,100 and Mn=32,500. It is estimated that the structure of PA-1 is represented by the following formula (PA-1). [Chemical formula 60]
Figure 02_image120

<聚酯聚醯亞胺樹脂(PA-2)的合成> 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,一邊去除水分,一邊將酐(AA-2)14.4g(25毫莫耳)、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶-1-氧基自由基(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)0.03g溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)80.0g中。其次,添加4,4’-二胺基二乙二醇單苯基醚(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)4.91g、聯苯(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)7.85g(24.5毫莫耳),在25℃下攪拌了3小時,並在80℃下進而攪拌了3小時。其次,添加吡啶7.50g(94.8毫莫耳)、乙酸酐6.38g(62毫莫耳)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)20.0g,在80℃下攪拌3小時,並添加N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)50g進行了稀釋。 將該反應液添加於1.5升甲醇中以形成沉澱,並以3,000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾而獲得樹脂,在1升甲醇中再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。在減壓下,將所得到之樹脂在40℃下乾燥1天而得到聚酯聚醯亞胺樹脂(PA-2)。PA-2的分子量為Mw=65,500,Mn=28,300。 推測PA-2的結構為以下述式(PA-2)表示之結構。 [化學式61]

Figure 02_image122
<Synthesis of polyester polyimide resin (PA-2)> In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, while removing water, add 14.4 g (25 millimoles) of anhydride (AA-2), 2. 0.03 g of 2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxy radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 80.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Next, 4.91 g of 4,4'-diamino diethylene glycol monophenyl ether (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 7.85 g (24.5 g) of biphenyl (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were added. Millimoles), stirred at 25°C for 3 hours, and further stirred at 80°C for 3 hours. Next, 7.50 g (94.8 millimoles) of pyridine, 6.38 g (62 millimoles) of acetic anhydride, and 20.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, followed by stirring at 80°C for 3 hours, and adding N-methyl 50 g of pyrrolidone (NMP) was diluted. The reaction liquid was added to 1.5 liters of methanol to form a precipitate, and stirred at a speed of 3,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Under reduced pressure, the obtained resin was dried at 40° C. for 1 day to obtain polyester polyimide resin (PA-2). The molecular weight of PA-2 is Mw=65,500 and Mn=28,300. It is estimated that the structure of PA-2 is a structure represented by the following formula (PA-2). [Chemical formula 61]
Figure 02_image122

<聚酯聚醯亞胺樹脂(PA-3)的合成> 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,一邊去除水分,一邊將酐(AA-4)19.4g(25毫莫耳)、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶-1-氧基自由基(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)0.03g溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)80.0g中。其次,添加4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)7.85g(24.5毫莫耳),在25℃下攪拌3小時,在80℃下進而攪拌了3小時。其次,添加吡啶7.50g(94.8毫莫耳)、乙酸酐6.38g(62毫莫耳)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)20.0g,在80℃下攪拌3小時,並添加N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)50g進行了稀釋。 將該反應液添加於1.5升甲醇中以形成沉澱,並以3,000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾而獲得樹脂,在1升甲醇中再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。在減壓下,將所得到之樹脂在40℃下乾燥1天而得到聚酯聚醯亞胺樹脂(PA-3)。PA-3的分子量為Mw=88,500,Mn=36,300。 推測PA-3的結構為由下述式(PA-3)表示之結構。 [化學式62]

Figure 02_image124
<Synthesis of polyester polyimide resin (PA-3)> In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, while removing water, 19.4g (25 millimoles) of anhydride (AA-4), 2, 0.03 g of 2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxy radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 80.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Next, 7.85 g (24.5 millimoles) of 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added and kept at 25°C Stirred for 3 hours, and further stirred at 80°C for 3 hours. Next, 7.50 g (94.8 millimoles) of pyridine, 6.38 g (62 millimoles) of acetic anhydride, and 20.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, followed by stirring at 80°C for 3 hours, and adding N-methyl 50 g of pyrrolidone (NMP) was diluted. The reaction liquid was added to 1.5 liters of methanol to form a precipitate, and stirred at a speed of 3,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Under reduced pressure, the obtained resin was dried at 40° C. for 1 day to obtain polyester polyimide resin (PA-3). The molecular weight of PA-3 is Mw=88,500 and Mn=36,300. It is estimated that the structure of PA-3 is a structure represented by the following formula (PA-3). [Chemical formula 62]
Figure 02_image124

<聚酯聚醯亞胺樹脂(PA-4)的合成> 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,一邊去除水分,一邊將酐(AA-5)17.9g(25毫莫耳)、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶-1-氧基自由基(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)0.03g溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)80.0g中。其次,添加4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)7.85g(24.5毫莫耳),在25℃下攪拌3小時,在80℃下進而攪拌了3小時。其次,添加吡啶7.50g(94.8毫莫耳)、乙酸酐6.38g(62毫莫耳)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)20.0g,在80℃下攪拌3小時,並添加N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)50g進行了稀釋。 將該反應液添加到1.5升甲醇中以生成沉澱,並以3000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾而獲得樹脂,在1升甲醇中再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。在減壓下,將所得到之樹脂在40℃下乾燥1天而得到聚酯聚醯亞胺樹脂(PA-4)。PA-4的分子量為Mw=88,500,Mn=36,300。 推測PA-4的結構為由下述式(PA-4)表示之結構。 [化學式63]

Figure 02_image126
<Synthesis of polyester polyimide resin (PA-4)> In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, while removing water, 17.9 g (25 millimoles) of anhydride (AA-5), 2, 0.03 g of 2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxy radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 80.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Next, 7.85 g (24.5 millimoles) of 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added and kept at 25°C Stirred for 3 hours, and further stirred at 80°C for 3 hours. Next, 7.50 g (94.8 millimoles) of pyridine, 6.38 g (62 millimoles) of acetic anhydride, and 20.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, followed by stirring at 80°C for 3 hours, and adding N-methyl 50 g of pyrrolidone (NMP) was diluted. This reaction liquid was added to 1.5 liters of methanol to generate a precipitate, and stirred at 3000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Under reduced pressure, the obtained resin was dried at 40° C. for 1 day to obtain polyester polyimide resin (PA-4). The molecular weight of PA-4 is Mw=88,500 and Mn=36,300. It is estimated that the structure of PA-4 is a structure represented by the following formula (PA-4). [Chemical formula 63]
Figure 02_image126

<聚酯聚醯亞胺樹脂(PA-9)的合成> 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,一邊去除水分,一邊將酐(AA-1)15.1g(25毫莫耳)、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶-1-氧基自由基(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)0.03g溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)80.0g中。其次,添加雙(4-胺基-3-羧基苯基)甲烷(SEIKA CORPORATION.製)6.87g(24毫莫耳),在25℃下攪拌了3小時,在80℃下進而攪拌了3小時。其次,添加吡啶7.50g(94.8毫莫耳)、乙酸酐6.38g(62毫莫耳)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)20.0g,在80℃下攪拌3小時,並添加N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)50g進行了稀釋。 將該反應液添加於1.5升甲醇中以形成沉澱,並以3,000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾而獲得樹脂,在1升甲醇中再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。在減壓下,將所得到之樹脂在40℃下乾燥1天而得到聚酯聚醯亞胺樹脂(PA-9)。PA-9的分子量為Mw=38,200,Mn=16,400。 推測PA-9的結構為由下述式(PA-9)表示之結構。 [化學式64]

Figure 02_image128
<Synthesis of polyester polyimide resin (PA-9)> In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, while removing water, 15.1 g (25 millimoles) of anhydride (AA-1), 2, 0.03 g of 2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxy radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 80.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Next, 6.87 g (24 millimoles) of bis(4-amino-3-carboxyphenyl)methane (manufactured by SEIKA CORPORATION) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 3 hours and at 80°C for 3 hours. . Next, 7.50 g (94.8 millimoles) of pyridine, 6.38 g (62 millimoles) of acetic anhydride, and 20.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, followed by stirring at 80°C for 3 hours, and adding N-methyl 50 g of pyrrolidone (NMP) was diluted. The reaction liquid was added to 1.5 liters of methanol to form a precipitate, and stirred at a speed of 3,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Under reduced pressure, the obtained resin was dried at 40° C. for 1 day to obtain polyester polyimide resin (PA-9). The molecular weight of PA-9 is Mw=38,200 and Mn=16,400. It is estimated that the structure of PA-9 is a structure represented by the following formula (PA-9). [Chemical formula 64]
Figure 02_image128

<聚酯聚醯亞胺樹脂(PA-10)的合成> 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,一邊去除水分,一邊將酐(AA-6)12.44g(17.5毫莫耳)、酐(AA-7)3.77g(7.5毫莫耳)、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧基自由基(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)0.03g溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)80.0g中。其次,添加雙(4-胺基-3-羧基苯基)甲烷(SEIKA CORPORATION.製)6.87g(24毫莫耳),在25℃下攪拌了3小時,在80℃下進而攪拌了3小時。其次,添加吡啶7.50g(94.8毫莫耳)、乙酸酐6.38g(62毫莫耳)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)20.0g,在80℃下攪拌3小時,並添加N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)50g進行了稀釋。 將該反應液添加於1.5升甲醇中以形成沉澱,並以3,000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾而獲得樹脂,在1升甲醇中再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。在減壓下,將所得到之樹脂在40℃下乾燥1天而得到聚酯聚醯亞胺樹脂(PA-10)。PA-10的分子量為Mw=32,400,Mn=15,200。 推測PA-10的結構係具有由下述式(PA-10)表示之兩個重複單元之結構。在以下結構式中,表示重複單元之括號的下標表示每個重複單元的含量比(莫耳比)。 [化學式65]

Figure 02_image130
<Synthesis of polyester polyimide resin (PA-10)> In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, while removing water, 12.44g (17.5 millimoles) of anhydride (AA-6) and anhydride ( AA-7) 3.77g (7.5 millimoles), 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxy radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.03g dissolved in N-form Pyrrolidone (NMP) 80.0g. Next, 6.87 g (24 millimoles) of bis(4-amino-3-carboxyphenyl)methane (manufactured by SEIKA CORPORATION) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 3 hours and at 80°C for 3 hours. . Next, 7.50 g (94.8 millimoles) of pyridine, 6.38 g (62 millimoles) of acetic anhydride, and 20.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, followed by stirring at 80°C for 3 hours, and adding N-methyl 50 g of pyrrolidone (NMP) was diluted. The reaction liquid was added to 1.5 liters of methanol to form a precipitate, and stirred at a speed of 3,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Under reduced pressure, the obtained resin was dried at 40° C. for 1 day to obtain polyester polyimide resin (PA-10). The molecular weight of PA-10 is Mw=32,400 and Mn=15,200. It is presumed that the structure of PA-10 has a structure of two repeating units represented by the following formula (PA-10). In the following structural formulas, the subscripts in parentheses indicating repeating units indicate the content ratio (molar ratio) of each repeating unit. [Chemical formula 65]
Figure 02_image130

<聚酯聚醯亞胺樹脂(PA-11)的合成> 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,一邊去除水分,一邊將酐(AA-8)15.4g(25毫莫耳)、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶-1-氧基自由基(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)0.03g溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)80.0g中。其次,添加4,4’-(9-亞芴基)二苯胺(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)8.71g(25毫莫耳),在25℃下攪拌了3小時,在80℃下進而攪拌了3小時。其次,添加吡啶7.50g(94.8毫莫耳)、乙酸酐6.38g(62毫莫耳)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)20.0g,在80℃下攪拌3小時,並添加N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)50g進行了稀釋。 將該反應液添加於1.5升甲醇中以形成沉澱,並以3,000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾而獲得樹脂,在1升甲醇中再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。在減壓下,將所得到之樹脂在40℃下乾燥1天而得到聚酯聚醯亞胺樹脂(PA-11)。PA-11的分子量為Mw=55,600,Mn=22,700。 推測PA-11的結構係由下述式(PA-11)表示之結構。 [化學式66]

Figure 02_image132
<Synthesis of polyester polyimide resin (PA-11)> In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, while removing water, 15.4g (25 millimoles) of anhydride (AA-8), 2, 0.03 g of 2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxy radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 80.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Next, 8.71 g (25 millimoles) of 4,4'-(9-fluorenylidene)diphenylamine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 3 hours. Stirring was continued for 3 hours. Next, 7.50 g (94.8 millimoles) of pyridine, 6.38 g (62 millimoles) of acetic anhydride, and 20.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, followed by stirring at 80°C for 3 hours, and adding N-methyl 50 g of pyrrolidone (NMP) was diluted. The reaction liquid was added to 1.5 liters of methanol to form a precipitate, and stirred at a speed of 3,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Under reduced pressure, the obtained resin was dried at 40° C. for 1 day to obtain polyester polyimide resin (PA-11). The molecular weight of PA-11 is Mw=55,600 and Mn=22,700. It is estimated that the structure of PA-11 is a structure represented by the following formula (PA-11). [Chemical formula 66]
Figure 02_image132

<聚酯聚醯亞胺樹脂(PA-12)的合成> 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,一邊去除水分,一邊將酐(AA-7)6.28g(12.5毫莫耳)、酐(AA-3)6.53g(12.5毫莫耳)、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧基自由基(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)0.03g溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)80.0g中。其次,添加4,4’-二胺基二乙二醇單苯基醚(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)4,90g(24.5毫莫耳),在25℃下攪拌了3小時,在80℃下進而攪拌了3小時。其次,添加吡啶7.50g(94.8毫莫耳)、乙酸酐6.38g(62毫莫耳)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)20.0g,在80℃下攪拌3小時,並添加N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)50g進行了稀釋。 將該反應液添加於1.5升甲醇中以形成沉澱,並以3,000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾而獲得樹脂,在1升甲醇中再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。在減壓下,將所得到之樹脂在40℃下乾燥了1天。其次,將乾燥之樹脂溶解於70.0gN-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)中,並添加2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧基自由基(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)0.02g,並冷卻至0℃。其次,添加二異丙基碳二亞胺1.58g(12.5毫莫耳)、縮水甘油(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製),並在10℃以下攪拌5小時,使其升溫至室溫。其次,將其冷卻為25℃,使其在1.5升水/甲醇=75/25(體積比)中沉澱,並以3,000rpm的速度攪拌了30分鐘。藉由過濾而獲得所析出之聚醯亞胺樹脂,在用1升進行沖洗之後,將過濾物混合於1.5升甲醇中,再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾,在減壓下,在40℃下乾燥1天而得到聚酯聚醯亞胺樹脂(PA-12)。PA-12的分子量為Mw=57,400,Mn=24,800。 推測PA-12的結構係具有由下述式(PA-12)表示之兩種重複單元之結構。式(PA-12)中,*表示R1 與鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位。 [化學式67]

Figure 02_image134
<Synthesis of polyester polyimide resin (PA-12)> In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, while removing water, 6.28 g (12.5 millimoles) of anhydride (AA-7) and anhydride ( AA-3) 6.53g (12.5 millimoles), 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxy radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.03g dissolved in N-form Pyrrolidone (NMP) 80.0g. Next, 4,90g (24.5 millimoles) of 4,4'-diaminodiethylene glycol monophenyl ether (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added and stirred at 25°C for 3 hours. Stirring was continued for 3 hours at 80°C. Next, 7.50 g (94.8 millimoles) of pyridine, 6.38 g (62 millimoles) of acetic anhydride, and 20.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, followed by stirring at 80°C for 3 hours, and adding N-methyl 50 g of pyrrolidone (NMP) was diluted. The reaction liquid was added to 1.5 liters of methanol to form a precipitate, and stirred at a speed of 3,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Under reduced pressure, the obtained resin was dried at 40°C for 1 day. Next, dissolve the dried resin in 70.0g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), and add 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxy radical (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd) . System) 0.02g, and cooled to 0 ℃. Next, 1.58 g (12.5 millimoles) of diisopropylcarbodiimide and glycidol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 10° C. or less for 5 hours, and the temperature was raised to room temperature. Next, it was cooled to 25°C, precipitated in 1.5 liters of water/methanol=75/25 (volume ratio), and stirred at a speed of 3,000 rpm for 30 minutes. The precipitated polyimide resin was obtained by filtration. After washing with 1 liter, the filtrate was mixed in 1.5 liters of methanol, stirred again for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Under reduced pressure, at 40 It was dried at ℃ for 1 day to obtain polyester polyimide resin (PA-12). The molecular weight of PA-12 is Mw=57,400 and Mn=24,800. It is inferred that the structure of PA-12 has two types of repeating units represented by the following formula (PA-12). In the formula (PA-12), * represents the bonding site between R 1 and the oxygen atom to be bonded. [Chemical formula 67]
Figure 02_image134

<聚醯亞胺前驅物(PI-1)的合成> 將20.0g(64.5毫莫耳)的4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(在140℃下乾燥12小時)、16.8g(129毫莫耳)2-羥乙基甲基丙烯酸酯、0.05g氫醌、20.4g(258毫莫耳)吡啶、100g二甘醇二甲醚進行混合,在60℃的溫度下攪拌18小時,從而製造出4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸與2-羥乙基甲基丙烯酸酯的二酯。其次,將反應混合物冷卻至-10℃,一邊將保持溫度-10±4℃,一邊添加10分鐘16.12g(135.5毫莫耳)SOCl2 。在添加SOCl2 期間黏度增加。在用50mLN-甲基吡咯啶酮進行稀釋之後,將反應混合物在室溫下攪拌了2小時。其次,將在100mLN-甲基吡咯啶酮中溶解了11.08g(58.7毫莫耳)4,4’-二胺基二乙二醇單苯基醚之溶液,一邊將溫度保持-5~0℃,一邊經20分鐘滴加到反應混合物中。其次,在使溶液和反應混合物在0℃下反應1小時之後,添加70g乙醇,並在室溫下攪拌了1夜。其次,使聚醯亞胺前驅物在5升水中沉澱,並以5,000rpm的速度將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物混合物攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾而獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物,並在4升水中再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。其次,在減壓狀態下,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物在45℃下乾燥3天,從而獲得得到聚醯亞胺前驅物(PI-1)。該聚醯亞胺前驅物(PI-1)的重量平均分子量為22,000。 推測PI-1的結構為由下述式(PI-1)表示之結構。 [化學式68]

Figure 02_image136
<Synthesis of polyimide precursor (PI-1)> 20.0 g (64.5 millimoles) of 4,4'-oxodiphthalic dianhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours), 16.8 g (129 millimoles) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g hydroquinone, 20.4 g (258 millimoles) pyridine, and 100 g diglyme were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60°C for 18 Hours to produce a diester of 4,4'-oxodiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Next, the reaction mixture was cooled to -10°C, and 16.12 g (135.5 millimoles) of SOCl 2 was added for 10 minutes while maintaining the temperature at -10±4°C. The viscosity increased during the addition of SOCl 2. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Next, a solution of 11.08g (58.7 millimoles) of 4,4'-diaminodiethylene glycol monophenyl ether dissolved in 100mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, while keeping the temperature at -5~0℃ , Added dropwise to the reaction mixture over 20 minutes. Next, after reacting the solution and the reaction mixture at 0°C for 1 hour, 70 g of ethanol was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 night. Next, the polyimide precursor was precipitated in 5 liters of water, and the water-polyimine precursor mixture was stirred for 15 minutes at a speed of 5,000 rpm. The polyimide precursor was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Next, under reduced pressure, the obtained polyimine precursor was dried at 45° C. for 3 days to obtain the polyimine precursor (PI-1). The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor (PI-1) was 22,000. It is estimated that the structure of PI-1 is a structure represented by the following formula (PI-1). [Chemical formula 68]
Figure 02_image136

<比較例用聚醯亞胺(A-1)的合成> 在具備安裝有攪拌機、冷凝器及內部溫度計之平底接頭之乾燥反應器中,一邊去除水分,一邊將4,4’-二胺基二苯醚(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)20.0g(100毫莫耳)溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)200.0g中。其次,添加4,4’-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸酐44.4g(100毫莫耳),並在40℃的溫度下攪拌了2小時。其次,添加50mL甲苯之後,充入200ml/min的流量的氮,並使溫度升溫至180℃而攪拌9小時,並冷卻至室溫。其次,添加N-甲基吡咯啶酮130.0g,進行稀釋之後,使聚醯亞胺在2升水中沉澱,並將水-聚醯亞胺混合物以2,000rpm的速度攪拌了30分鐘。過濾而獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂,將過濾物混合於1.5升甲醇中,再次攪拌30分鐘並再次進行了過濾。其次,在減壓狀態下,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺在40℃下乾燥1天而得到比較例用聚醯亞胺(A-1)。A-1的重量平均分子量(Mw)為78,200,數量平均分子量(Mn)為30,500。 比較例用聚醯亞胺(A-1)不包含由式(1-1)表示之重複單元,不對應於特定樹脂。 推測A-1的結構為由下述式(A-1)表示之結構。 [化學式69]

Figure 02_image138
<Synthesis of polyimide (A-1) for comparative example> In a drying reactor equipped with a flat-bottomed joint equipped with a stirrer, a condenser and an internal thermometer, the 4,4'-diamino group was removed while removing water. 20.0 g (100 millimoles) of diphenyl ether (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 200.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Next, 44.4 g (100 millimoles) of 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride was added, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature of 40°C for 2 hours. Next, after adding 50 mL of toluene, nitrogen was charged at a flow rate of 200 ml/min, and the temperature was raised to 180° C., stirred for 9 hours, and cooled to room temperature. Next, 130.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone was added, and after diluting, the polyimide was precipitated in 2 liters of water, and the water-polyimide mixture was stirred at a speed of 2,000 rpm for 30 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was obtained by filtration, and the filtrate was mixed in 1.5 liters of methanol, stirred again for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Next, in a reduced pressure state, the obtained polyimide was dried at 40° C. for 1 day to obtain the polyimide (A-1) for the comparative example. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of A-1 is 78,200, and the number average molecular weight (Mn) is 30,500. The polyimide (A-1) for the comparative example does not contain the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1), and does not correspond to a specific resin. It is estimated that the structure of A-1 is a structure represented by the following formula (A-1). [Chemical formula 69]
Figure 02_image138

<比較例用聚醯亞胺(A-2)的合成> 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,一邊去除水分,一邊將由下述式(a-1)表示之結構的酐(a-1)11.5g(25毫莫耳)、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧基自由基(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)0.03g溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)80.0g中。其次,添加4,4’-二胺基二乙二醇單苯基醚(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)4.91g、聯苯(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)7.85g(24.5毫莫耳),在25℃下攪拌了3小時,並在80℃下進而攪拌了3小時。其次,添加吡啶7.50g(94.8毫莫耳)、乙酸酐6.38g(62毫莫耳)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)20.0g,在80℃下攪拌3小時,並添加N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)50g進行了稀釋。 將該反應液添加於1.5升甲醇中以形成沉澱,並以3,000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾而獲得樹脂,在1升甲醇中再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。其次,在減壓狀態下,將所獲得之樹脂在40℃下乾燥1天而得到比較例用聚醯亞胺(A-2)。A-2的分子量為Mw=85,100,Mn=36,900。 比較例用聚醯亞胺(A-2)不包含由式(1-1)表示之重複單元,不對應於特定樹脂。 推測A-2的結構為由下述式(A-2)表示之結構。 [化學式70]

Figure 02_image140
<Synthesis of polyimide (A-2) for comparative example> In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, while removing water, the anhydride (a-1) of the structure represented by the following formula (a-1) ) 11.5g (25 millimoles), 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxy radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.03g dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidine Ketone (NMP) 80.0g. Next, 4.91 g of 4,4'-diamino diethylene glycol monophenyl ether (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 7.85 g (24.5 g) of biphenyl (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were added. Millimoles), stirred at 25°C for 3 hours, and further stirred at 80°C for 3 hours. Next, 7.50 g (94.8 millimoles) of pyridine, 6.38 g (62 millimoles) of acetic anhydride, and 20.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, followed by stirring at 80°C for 3 hours, and adding N-methyl 50 g of pyrrolidone (NMP) was diluted. The reaction liquid was added to 1.5 liters of methanol to form a precipitate, and stirred at a speed of 3,000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Next, in a reduced pressure state, the obtained resin was dried at 40° C. for 1 day to obtain the polyimide (A-2) for the comparative example. The molecular weight of A-2 is Mw=85,100 and Mn=36,900. The polyimide (A-2) for the comparative example does not contain the repeating unit represented by the formula (1-1), and does not correspond to a specific resin. It is estimated that the structure of A-2 is a structure represented by the following formula (A-2). [Chemical formula 70]
Figure 02_image140

<實施例及比較例> 各實施例中,分別混合下述表1中所記載的成分,得到各硬化性樹脂組成物。又,各比較例中,分別混合下述表1中所記載的成分,得到各比較用組成物。使所得到之硬化性樹脂組成物及比較用組成物通過細孔寬度為0.8μm的聚四氟乙烯製過濾器來進行了加壓過濾。 表1中,“質量份”欄中的數值表示各成分的含量(質量份)。 表1中,例如,“種類”欄中的“PA-1/PI-1”、“質量份”欄中的“18/14”等記載表示分別使用了18質量份的PA-1,使用了14質量份的PI-1。 又,表1中,“-”的記載表示不含有對應成分。<Examples and Comparative Examples> In each example, the components described in the following Table 1 were mixed to obtain each curable resin composition. Moreover, in each comparative example, the components described in the following Table 1 were mixed, respectively, and each comparative composition was obtained. The obtained curable resin composition and the comparative composition were filtered under pressure through a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene having a pore width of 0.8 μm. In Table 1, the numerical value in the "parts by mass" column represents the content (parts by mass) of each component. In Table 1, for example, "PA-1/PI-1" in the "Type" column and "18/14" in the "Parts by mass" column indicate that 18 parts by mass of PA-1 were used, respectively. 14 parts by mass of PI-1. In addition, in Table 1, the description of "-" indicates that the corresponding component is not contained.

[表1]    特定樹脂 或 比較用樹脂 溶劑 聚合起始劑 或 酸產生劑 聚合性化合物 或 酸交聯劑 聚合抑制劑 金屬接著性 改良劑 遷移抑制劑 添加劑 鎓鹽或 鹼產生劑 硬化 條件 顯影 方法 顯影液 溶解性 解析性 耐藥品性 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 溫度 實施例1 PA-1 32 DMSO /GBL 60 OXE-01 1.2 ADPH 6.0 F-2 0.08 G-2 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180℃ 溶劑 A A B 實施例2 PA-2 32 DMSO /GBL 60 OXE-01 1.2 SR-209 6.0 F-3 0.08 G-3 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180℃ 溶劑 B B A 實施例3 PA-3 32 DMSO /GBL 60 OXE-01 1.2 SR-209 6.0 F-1 0.08 G-1 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180℃ 溶劑 A A A 實施例4 PA-4 32 DMSO /GBL 60 OXE-01 1.2 SR-231 6.0 F-2 0.08 G-2 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180℃ 溶劑 A A B 實施例5 PA-1 /PI-1 18 /14 DMSO /GBL 60 OXE-02 1.2 ADPH 6.0 F-2 0.08 G-2 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - I-1 0.5 180℃ 溶劑 A B A 實施例6 PA-1 32 NMP 60 OXE-02 1.2 ADPH 6.0 F-2 0.08 G-2 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180℃ 溶劑 A A B 實施例7 PA-2 32 NMP 60 OXE-01 1.2 SR-239 6.0 F-3 0.08 G-3 0.7 H-3 0.12 - - - - 180℃ 溶劑 B A A 實施例8 PA-3 /PA-4 16 /16 NMP 60 OXE-01 1.2 ADPH 6.0 F-1 0.08 G-1 0.7 H-2 0.12 - - - - 180℃ 溶劑 A B A 實施例9 PA-9 32 DMSO /GBL 60 OXE-01 1.2 SR-209 6.0 F-2 0.08 G-1 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180℃ A B B 實施例10 PA-11 32 DMSO /GBL 60 OXE-01 1.2 ADPH 6.0 F-2 0.08 G-1 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180℃ 溶劑 B B B 實施例11 PA-12 32 DMSO /GBL 60 OXE-01 1.2 ADPH 6.0 F-2 0.08 G-1 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180℃ 溶劑 B B B 實施例12 PA-1 35 NMP /EL 60 OXE-01 0.7 SR-209 2.8 F-4 0.02 G-2 /G-4 0.2 /0.2 H-2 0.12 J-1 1.08 - - 180℃ 溶劑 A A B 實施例13 PA-10 35 DMSO /GBL 60 NQD /DFY 2.5 /0.5 TMGU /ICATG 3.0 /2.0 F-2 0.05 G-1 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180℃ B B A 比較例1 A-1 35 NMP /EL 60 OXE-01 0.7 SR-209 2.8 F-4 0.02 G-2 /G-4 0.2 /0.2 H-2 0.12 J-1 1.08 - - 180℃ 溶劑 C C D 比較例2 A-2 35 NMP /EL 60 OXE-01 0.7 SR-209 2.8 F-4 0.02 G-2 /G-4 0.2 /0.2 H-2 0.12 J-1 1.08 - - 180℃ 溶劑 C C D 比較例3 A-2 35 NMP /EL 60 OXE-01 0.7 SR-209 2.8 F-4 0.02 G-2 /G-4 0.2 /0.2 - - J-1 1.08 - - 180℃ D D C [Table 1] Specific resin or comparative resin Solvent Polymerization initiator or acid generator Polymeric compound or acid crosslinking agent Polymerization inhibitor Metal adhesion improver Migration inhibitor additive Onium salt or base generator Hardening conditions Development method Developer solubility Analytic Chemical resistance species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts temperature Example 1 PA-1 32 DMSO /GBL 60 OXE-01 1.2 ADPH 6.0 F-2 0.08 G-2 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180°C Solvent A A B Example 2 PA-2 32 DMSO /GBL 60 OXE-01 1.2 SR-209 6.0 F-3 0.08 G-3 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180°C Solvent B B A Example 3 PA-3 32 DMSO /GBL 60 OXE-01 1.2 SR-209 6.0 F-1 0.08 G-1 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180°C Solvent A A A Example 4 PA-4 32 DMSO /GBL 60 OXE-01 1.2 SR-231 6.0 F-2 0.08 G-2 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180°C Solvent A A B Example 5 PA-1 /PI-1 18 /14 DMSO /GBL 60 OXE-02 1.2 ADPH 6.0 F-2 0.08 G-2 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - I-1 0.5 180°C Solvent A B A Example 6 PA-1 32 NMP 60 OXE-02 1.2 ADPH 6.0 F-2 0.08 G-2 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180°C Solvent A A B Example 7 PA-2 32 NMP 60 OXE-01 1.2 SR-239 6.0 F-3 0.08 G-3 0.7 H-3 0.12 - - - - 180°C Solvent B A A Example 8 PA-3 /PA-4 16 /16 NMP 60 OXE-01 1.2 ADPH 6.0 F-1 0.08 G-1 0.7 H-2 0.12 - - - - 180°C Solvent A B A Example 9 PA-9 32 DMSO /GBL 60 OXE-01 1.2 SR-209 6.0 F-2 0.08 G-1 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180°C Alkali A B B Example 10 PA-11 32 DMSO /GBL 60 OXE-01 1.2 ADPH 6.0 F-2 0.08 G-1 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180°C Solvent B B B Example 11 PA-12 32 DMSO /GBL 60 OXE-01 1.2 ADPH 6.0 F-2 0.08 G-1 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180°C Solvent B B B Example 12 PA-1 35 NMP /EL 60 OXE-01 0.7 SR-209 2.8 F-4 0.02 G-2 /G-4 0.2 /0.2 H-2 0.12 J-1 1.08 - - 180°C Solvent A A B Example 13 PA-10 35 DMSO /GBL 60 NQD /DFY 2.5 /0.5 TMGU /ICATG 3.0 /2.0 F-2 0.05 G-1 0.7 H-1 0.12 - - - - 180°C Alkali B B A Comparative example 1 A-1 35 NMP /EL 60 OXE-01 0.7 SR-209 2.8 F-4 0.02 G-2 /G-4 0.2 /0.2 H-2 0.12 J-1 1.08 - - 180°C Solvent C C D Comparative example 2 A-2 35 NMP /EL 60 OXE-01 0.7 SR-209 2.8 F-4 0.02 G-2 /G-4 0.2 /0.2 H-2 0.12 J-1 1.08 - - 180°C Solvent C C D Comparative example 3 A-2 35 NMP /EL 60 OXE-01 0.7 SR-209 2.8 F-4 0.02 G-2 /G-4 0.2 /0.2 - - J-1 1.08 - - 180°C Alkali D D C

表1中所記載之各成分,具體如下述。The details of each component described in Table 1 are as follows.

[特定樹脂或比較用樹脂] ・PA-1~PA-11:上述中合成之PA-1~PA-11 ・PI-1:上述中合成之PI-1 ・A-1~A-2:上述中所合成之A-1~A-2[Specific resin or resin for comparison] ・PA-1~PA-11: PA-1~PA-11 synthesized in the above ・PI-1: PI-1 synthesized in the above ・A-1~A-2: A-1~A-2 synthesized above

[溶劑] ・DMSO:二甲基亞碸 ・GBL:γ-丁內酯 ・EL:乳酸乙酯 ・NMP:N-甲基吡咯啶酮 表1中,DMSO/GBL的記載表示將DMSO與GBL以DMSO:GBL=20:80(質量比)的比例混合而使用。 表1中,NMP/El的記載表示將NMP與乳酸乙酯以NMP:乳酸乙酯=80:20(質量比)的比例進行混合使用。[Solvent] ・DMSO: dimethyl sulfide ・GBL: γ-Butyrolactone ・EL: Ethyl lactate ・NMP: N-methylpyrrolidone In Table 1, the description of DMSO/GBL indicates that DMSO and GBL were mixed and used at a ratio of DMSO:GBL=20:80 (mass ratio). In Table 1, the description of NMP/El indicates that NMP and ethyl lactate were mixed and used in a ratio of NMP: ethyl lactate = 80:20 (mass ratio).

〔聚合起始劑或酸產生劑〕 ・OXE-01:IRGACURE OXE 01(BASF SE製) ・OXE-02:IRGACURE OXE 02(BASF SE製) ・DFY:二苯基錪鎓三氟甲磺酸(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製) ・NQD:1,2-萘醌-2-二疊氮-5-磺酸鈉(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)〔Polymerization initiator or acid generator〕 ・OXE-01: IRGACURE OXE 01 (made by BASF SE) ・OXE-02: IRGACURE OXE 02 (made by BASF SE) ・DFY: Diphenylphosphonium trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ・NQD: sodium 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazide-5-sulfonate (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

〔聚合性化合物或酸交聯劑〕 ・SR-209:SR-209(Sartomer Company, Inc製) ・SR-231:SR-231(Sartomer Company, Inc製) ・SR-239:SR-239(Sartomer Company, Inc製) ・ADPH:二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO,Ltd.製) ・TMGU:1.3.4.6-四(甲氧基甲基)甘脲(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製) ・ICATG:三縮水甘油基異三聚氰酸酯(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)[Polymerizable compound or acid crosslinking agent] ・SR-209: SR-209 (manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc) ・SR-231: SR-231 (manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc) ・SR-239: SR-239 (manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc) ・ADPH: Dineopentaerythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, Ltd.) ・TMGU: 1.3.4.6-Tetra (methoxymethyl) glycoluril (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ・ICATG: Triglycidyl isocyanurate (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

[聚合抑制劑] ・F-1:1,4-苯醌 ・F-2:4-甲氧基苯酚 ・F-3:1,4-二羥苯 ・F-4:2-亞硝基-1-萘酚(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)[Polymerization inhibitor] ・F-1: 1,4-Benzoquinone ・F-2: 4-Methoxyphenol ・F-3: 1,4-Dihydroxybenzene ・F-4: 2-Nitroso-1-naphthol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

[金屬接著性改良劑] ・G-1~G-4:下述結構的化合物。以下結構式中,Et表示乙基。 [化學式71]

Figure 02_image142
[Metal Adhesion Improver] ・G-1 to G-4: Compounds with the following structures. In the following structural formulae, Et represents an ethyl group. [Chemical formula 71]
Figure 02_image142

(遷移抑制劑) ・H-1:1H-四唑 ・H-2:1,2,4-三唑 ・H-3:5-苯基四唑(Migration inhibitor) ・H-1: 1H-tetrazole ・H-2: 1,2,4-triazole ・H-3: 5-Phenyltetrazole

〔鎓鹽或熱鹼產生劑〕 ・I-1:下述結構的化合物 [化學式72]

Figure 02_image144
[Onium salt or thermal base generator] ・I-1: Compound of the following structure [Chemical formula 72]
Figure 02_image144

[添加劑] ・J-1:N-苯基二乙醇胺(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)[additive] ・J-1: N-phenyldiethanolamine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

<評價> 〔顯影液溶解性評價〕 顯影液溶解性評價如下實施。 藉由旋塗法,將各實施例及比較例中製備之各硬化性樹脂組成物或比較用組成物分別適用於矽晶圓上,藉此形成了硬化性樹脂組成物層。 將適用所得到之硬化性樹脂組成物層之矽晶圓在加熱板上以100℃乾燥5分鐘,而在矽晶圓上得到約35μm厚度的均勻之硬化性樹脂組成物層。 使用步進器(Nikon  NSR 2005 i9C),由i射線以500mJ/cm2 的曝光能量對矽晶圓上的硬化性樹脂組成物層進行了曝光。上述曝光係使用形成有寬度為50μm、寬度為70μm或寬度為100μm的1:1線和間隔圖案之二元遮罩而進行。 針對上述曝光後的硬化性樹脂組成物層,在表1的“顯影方法(顯影液)”欄中記載為“溶劑”之示例中,將30℃的環戊酮用作顯影液對曝光後的硬化性樹脂組成物層進行顯影,並且藉由PGMEA(丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯)進行了沖洗。 在表1的“顯影方法(顯影液)”欄中記載為“鹼”之示例中,針對曝光後的硬化性樹脂組成物層,將30℃的2.38質量%氫氧化四甲基銨水溶液用作顯影液進行顯影,並藉由離子交換水進行了沖洗。 曝光時使用寬度為100μm的1:1線和間隔(L/S)圖案,將硬化性樹脂組成物層的厚度設為35μm時的未曝光部的溶解所需最低限度的時間設為最小顯影時間,並按照下述評價基準進行了評價。可以說最小顯影時間越短,顯影液溶解性越優異。表1中記載有評價結果。 -評價基準- A:上述最小顯影時間在30秒以內。 B:上述最小顯影時間超過30秒且在60秒以內。 C:上述最小顯影時間超過60秒且在120秒以內。 D:在120秒內未完全溶解。<Evaluation> [Evaluation of the solubility of the developer] The evaluation of the solubility of the developer was carried out as follows. By the spin coating method, each curable resin composition or comparative composition prepared in each of the Examples and Comparative Examples was applied to the silicon wafer, thereby forming a curable resin composition layer. The silicon wafer to which the obtained curable resin composition layer is applied is dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 5 minutes to obtain a uniform curable resin composition layer with a thickness of about 35 μm on the silicon wafer. Using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C), the curable resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed by i-rays with an exposure energy of 500 mJ/cm 2. The above-mentioned exposure was performed using a binary mask formed with a 1:1 line and space pattern having a width of 50 μm, a width of 70 μm, or a width of 100 μm. Regarding the curable resin composition layer after the above exposure, in the example described as "solvent" in the "Development method (developer)" column of Table 1, cyclopentanone at 30°C was used as the developer for the exposure The curable resin composition layer was developed and washed with PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate). In the example described as "alkali" in the "development method (developer)" column of Table 1, for the curable resin composition layer after exposure, a 2.38% by mass tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution at 30°C was used as The developer is developed and rinsed with ion-exchanged water. A 1:1 line and space (L/S) pattern with a width of 100μm is used for exposure, and the minimum time required to dissolve the unexposed part when the thickness of the curable resin composition layer is set to 35μm is the minimum development time , And evaluated in accordance with the following evaluation criteria. It can be said that the shorter the minimum development time, the better the solubility of the developer. The evaluation results are described in Table 1. -Evaluation Criteria- A: The above-mentioned minimum development time is within 30 seconds. B: The above-mentioned minimum development time exceeds 30 seconds and is within 60 seconds. C: The above-mentioned minimum development time exceeds 60 seconds and is within 120 seconds. D: It is not completely dissolved within 120 seconds.

〔解析度評價〕 在各實施例或比較例中,藉由與上述顯影液溶解性評價相同的方法製作具有硬化性樹脂組成物層之矽晶圓,並使用寬度為70μm或寬度為100μm的1:1線和間隔(L/S)圖案進行了曝光。 除了將顯影時間設為上述顯影液溶解性評價中之最小顯影時間的2倍時間的顯影時間以外,藉由與上述顯影液溶解性評價相同的方法實施了顯影處理及沖洗處理,然後觀察顯現溶解部的矽晶圓表面之部分,確認是否能夠解析。 對顯影後的硬化膜的圖案中之溶解部測定27點,並按照下述評價基準進行了評價。表1中記載有評價結果。 A:能夠解析所有50μm的L/S圖案。 B:當50μm時無法解析一個以上,能夠解析所有70μm的L/S圖案 C:無法完全解析一個以上70μm的L/S圖案,能夠解析所有100μm的L/S圖案。 D:一個以上的100μm的L/S圖案因顯影殘渣等而未完全解析。〔Resolution Evaluation〕 In each example or comparative example, a silicon wafer with a curable resin composition layer was produced by the same method as the above-mentioned developer solubility evaluation, and a 1:1 line and space with a width of 70μm or a width of 100μm was used (L/S) The pattern is exposed. Except that the development time was set to a development time that was twice the minimum development time in the above-mentioned developer solubility evaluation, the development treatment and washing treatment were performed by the same method as the above-mentioned developer solubility evaluation, and then observed to show dissolution Check whether the part of the silicon wafer surface can be resolved. 27 points of the dissolved part in the pattern of the cured film after development were measured and evaluated in accordance with the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are described in Table 1. A: Able to analyze all 50μm L/S patterns. B: When 50μm, more than one cannot be analyzed, and all 70μm L/S patterns can be analyzed C: It is not possible to completely analyze one or more L/S patterns of 70 μm, and it is possible to analyze all L/S patterns of 100 μm. D: One or more L/S patterns of 100 μm are not completely resolved due to development residues and the like.

〔耐藥品性的評價〕 將各實施例及比較例中所製備之各硬化性樹脂組成物或比較用組成物,分別藉由旋塗法適用於矽晶圓上,從而形成了硬化性樹脂組成物層。將適用所得到之硬化性樹脂組成物層之矽晶圓在加熱板上在100℃下乾燥5分鐘,在矽晶圓上得到15μm的均勻厚度的硬化性樹脂組成物層。使用步進器(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C),以500mJ/cm2 的曝光能量對矽晶圓上的硬化性樹脂組成物層進行整面曝光,將曝光的硬化性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)在氮環境下以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行升溫,在表1的“硬化條件”欄中記載的溫度下加熱180分鐘,從而得到硬化性樹脂組成物層的硬化層(樹脂層)。 將所得到之樹脂層在下述條件下浸漬於下述藥液中,並算出溶解速度。 藥液:二甲基亞碸(DMSO)和25質量%氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)水溶液的90:10(質量比)的混合物 評價條件:將樹脂層在75℃下在藥液中浸漬15分鐘,比較前後的膜厚,算出溶解速度(nm/分鐘)。 按照下述評價基準進行評價,評價結果記載於表1中。可以說溶解速度越小,耐藥品性越優異。 -評價基準- A 溶解速度小於200nm/分鐘。 B 溶解速度為200nm/分鐘以上且小於300nm/分鐘。 C 溶解速度為300nm/分鐘以上且小於400nm/分鐘。 D 溶解速度為400nm/分鐘以上。[Evaluation of chemical resistance] The curable resin composition or comparative composition prepared in each example and comparative example was applied to a silicon wafer by spin coating, thereby forming a curable resin composition物层。 The material layer. The silicon wafer to which the obtained curable resin composition layer is applied is dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 5 minutes to obtain a curable resin composition layer with a uniform thickness of 15 μm on the silicon wafer. Using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C), the entire surface of the curable resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed with an exposure energy of 500mJ/cm 2 to expose the exposed curable resin composition layer (resin layer) to The temperature was raised at a temperature increase rate of 10° C./min in a nitrogen environment, and the cured layer (resin layer) of the curable resin composition layer was obtained by heating for 180 minutes at the temperature described in the “curing conditions” column of Table 1. The obtained resin layer was immersed in the following chemical solution under the following conditions, and the dissolution rate was calculated. Chemical solution: 90:10 (mass ratio) mixture of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and 25% by mass tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution. Evaluation conditions: The resin layer is immersed in the chemical solution at 75°C 15 minutes, compare the film thickness before and after, calculate the dissolution rate (nm/min). The evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria, and the evaluation results are described in Table 1. It can be said that the lower the dissolution rate, the better the chemical resistance. -Evaluation Criteria- A The dissolution rate is less than 200nm/min. The dissolution rate of B is 200nm/min or more and less than 300nm/min. C The dissolution rate is 300nm/min or more and less than 400nm/min. D The dissolution rate is 400nm/min or more.

從以上結果可知,本發明之包含特定樹脂之硬化性樹脂組成物的耐藥品性優異。 比較例1~3之比較用組成物不含有特定樹脂。可知該比較例1~3之比較用組成物的耐藥品性差。 <實施例101> 將實施例1中所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物旋轉塗佈於表面形成有銅薄層之樹脂基材中之銅薄層的表面,使膜厚達到20μm。將塗佈於樹脂基材之硬化性樹脂組成物在100℃下乾燥2分鐘之後,使用步進機(Nikon Corporation製、NSR1505 i6)進行了曝光。隔著正方形圖案(長寬各100μm的正方形圖案,重複數10)的遮罩,在波長365nm下,以400mJ/cm2 的曝光量進行曝光,而製作出殘留有正方形之圖案。曝光之後,用環戊酮顯影30秒,用PGMEA沖洗20秒而得到圖案。 其次,使其在氮氣環境下以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,達到表1的實施例1的“硬化條件”欄中所記載的溫度之後,在該溫度下加熱3小時,而形成了再配線層用層間絕緣膜。該再配線層用層間絕緣膜的絕緣性優異。又,使用該等再配線層用層間絕緣膜製造出半導體器件,結果確認為正常動作。From the above results, it can be seen that the curable resin composition containing the specific resin of the present invention has excellent chemical resistance. The comparative compositions of Comparative Examples 1 to 3 do not contain a specific resin. It can be seen that the comparative compositions of Comparative Examples 1 to 3 have poor chemical resistance. <Example 101> The curable resin composition described in Example 1 was spin-coated on the surface of the copper thin layer in the resin substrate with the copper thin layer formed on the surface to have a film thickness of 20 μm. The curable resin composition coated on the resin substrate was dried at 100°C for 2 minutes, and then exposed using a stepper (manufactured by Nikon Corporation, NSR1505 i6). Through a mask of a square pattern (a square pattern of 100 μm in length and width, repeating counts of ten), exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365 nm at an exposure amount of 400 mJ/cm 2 to create a pattern with squares remaining. After exposure, it was developed with cyclopentanone for 30 seconds and washed with PGMEA for 20 seconds to obtain a pattern. Next, the temperature was raised at a temperature increase rate of 10°C/min under a nitrogen atmosphere to reach the temperature described in the "hardening conditions" column of Example 1 in Table 1, and then heated at this temperature for 3 hours to form a re Interlayer insulating film for wiring layer. The interlayer insulating film for the rewiring layer has excellent insulating properties. In addition, semiconductor devices were manufactured using these interlayer insulating films for rewiring layers, and as a result, it was confirmed that they were operating normally.

Figure 109128496-A0101-11-0001-1
Figure 109128496-A0101-11-0001-1

Claims (15)

一種硬化性樹脂組成物,其係包含:具有由下述式(1-1)表示之重複單元之樹脂及溶劑,
Figure 03_image146
式(1-1)中,X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示芳香族烴基或脂肪族環基,Y1 表示n+2價有機基,A1 表示包含聚合性基之基團,n表示1以上的整數,Q1 表示2價連接基。
A curable resin composition comprising: a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-1) and a solvent,
Figure 03_image146
In formula (1-1), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aliphatic cyclic group, Y 1 represents an n+divalent organic group, A 1 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and n represents 1 In the above integers, Q 1 represents a divalent linking group.
如請求項1所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中 前述A1 係作為聚合性基包含包括乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、環狀醚基或羥甲基之基團。The curable resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the aforementioned A 1 system contains a group including an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, or a methylol group as a polymerizable group. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中 還包含聚合起始劑及聚合性化合物。The curable resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein It also contains a polymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中 還包含酸產生劑及酸交聯劑。The curable resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein It also contains an acid generator and an acid crosslinking agent. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中 前述Q1 包含選自包括由下述式(A-1)~式(A-5)表示之結構之群組中之至少一種結構,
Figure 03_image148
在式(A-1)~(A-5)中,RA11 ~RA14 、RA21 ~RA24 、RA31 ~RA38 、RA41 ~RA48 及RA51 ~RA58 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環狀烷基、烷氧基、羥基、氰基、鹵化烷基、鹵素原子或包含聚合性基的基團,LA31 及LA41 分別獨立地表示單鍵、羰基、磺醯基、2價飽和烴基、2價不飽和烴基、雜原子、雜環基或鹵化伸烷基,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。
The curable resin composition according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the aforementioned Q 1 includes at least one selected from the group consisting of structures represented by the following formulas (A-1) to (A-5) A structure,
Figure 03_image148
In formulas (A-1) to (A-5), R A11 to R A14 , R A21 to R A24 , R A31 to R A38 , R A41 to R A48 and R A51 to R A58 each independently represent a hydrogen atom , Alkyl group, cyclic alkyl group, alkoxy group, hydroxyl group, cyano group, halogenated alkyl group, halogen atom or group containing a polymerizable group, L A31 and L A41 each independently represent a single bond, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group , A divalent saturated hydrocarbon group, a divalent unsaturated hydrocarbon group, a heteroatom, a heterocyclic group or a halogenated alkylene group, * each independently represents a bonding site with another structure.
如請求項1或請求項2所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中 前述Q1 包含含有聚合性基之基團。The curable resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the aforementioned Q 1 includes a polymerizable group-containing group. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中 Y1 係n+2價烴基。The curable resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein Y 1 is an n+divalent hydrocarbon group. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其係用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜。The curable resin composition according to claim 1 or claim 2, which is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer. 一種硬化膜,其係藉由使如請求項1至請求項8之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而成。A cured film formed by curing the curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8. 一種積層體,其係具有兩層以上如請求項9所述之硬化膜,在任意前述硬化膜彼此之間具有金屬層。A laminate having two or more layers of the cured film as described in claim 9, and a metal layer between any of the foregoing cured films. 一種硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括將如請求項1至請求項8之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材而形成膜之膜形成製程。A method for producing a cured film, which includes a film forming process of applying the curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8 to a substrate to form a film. 如請求項11所述之硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括在50℃~450℃下加熱前述膜之製程。The method for producing a cured film according to claim 11, which includes a process of heating the aforementioned film at 50°C to 450°C. 一種半導體器件,其係包含如請求項9所述之硬化膜或如請求項10所述之積層體。A semiconductor device comprising the cured film according to claim 9 or the laminated body according to claim 10. 一種樹脂,其係具有由下述式(1-1)表示之重複單元,
Figure 03_image150
式(1-1)中,X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示芳香族烴基或脂肪族環基,Y1 表示n+2價有機基,A1 表示包含聚合性基之基團,n表示1以上的整數,Q1 表示2價連接基。
A resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-1),
Figure 03_image150
In formula (1-1), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aliphatic cyclic group, Y 1 represents an n+divalent organic group, A 1 represents a group containing a polymerizable group, and n represents 1 In the above integers, Q 1 represents a divalent linking group.
一種樹脂的製造方法,其係製作如請求項14所述之樹脂之製造方法,其係包括: 使具有至少兩個羥基和至少一個反應性基之化合物A和具有可以與前述反應性基形成鍵之基團及聚合性基之化合物B反應,從而得到二醇化合物之製程; 使前述二醇化合物和具有3個羧基之化合物或前述具有3個羧基之化合物的衍生物反應,從而得到具有兩個酯鍵之4價羧酸化合物之製程; 使前述4價羧酸化合物和二胺化合物反應而得到聚醯亞胺前驅物之製程;及 使前述聚醯亞胺前驅物醯亞胺化之製程。A method for manufacturing resin, which is a method for manufacturing resin as described in claim 14, which includes: A process for reacting compound A having at least two hydroxyl groups and at least one reactive group and compound B having a group capable of forming a bond with the aforementioned reactive group and a polymerizable group to obtain a diol compound; A process for reacting the aforementioned diol compound with a compound having 3 carboxyl groups or a derivative of the aforementioned compound having 3 carboxyl groups to obtain a tetravalent carboxylic acid compound having two ester bonds; The process of reacting the aforementioned tetravalent carboxylic acid compound and diamine compound to obtain a polyimide precursor; and The process of making the aforementioned polyimide precursor imidization.
TW109128496A 2019-08-26 2020-08-21 Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, resin, and method for producing resin TW202112907A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019153444 2019-08-26
JP2019-153444 2019-08-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202112907A true TW202112907A (en) 2021-04-01

Family

ID=74683575

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW109128496A TW202112907A (en) 2019-08-26 2020-08-21 Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, resin, and method for producing resin

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7335964B2 (en)
TW (1) TW202112907A (en)
WO (1) WO2021039782A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW202248755A (en) * 2021-03-22 2022-12-16 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, and semiconductor device
WO2022270541A1 (en) * 2021-06-25 2022-12-29 住友ベークライト株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, negative photosensitive polymer, cured film, and semiconductor device

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6303742B1 (en) * 1998-04-01 2001-10-16 Kanekafuchi Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Polyimide compositions
TW565582B (en) * 2001-04-13 2003-12-11 Kaneka Corp Diamine, acid dianhydride, and reactive group containing polyimide composition prepared therefrom and preparing them
JP2002317046A (en) * 2001-04-20 2002-10-31 Kanegafuchi Chem Ind Co Ltd Polyimide film and method for producing the film, and laminate and multi-layered printed circuit board using the film
JP2003167139A (en) * 2001-11-30 2003-06-13 Kanegafuchi Chem Ind Co Ltd Optical waveguide and polyimide precursor and polyimide having cinnamic acid structure to be used for the same
JP2005347423A (en) * 2004-06-01 2005-12-15 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Metal pattern formation method and conductive pattern material

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2021039782A1 (en) 2021-03-04
JP7335964B2 (en) 2023-08-30
JPWO2021039782A1 (en) 2021-03-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI802640B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, resin, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor element
JP7261882B2 (en) Thermosetting photosensitive composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2020255859A1 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and polyimide or polyimide precursor
TW202100613A (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
TW202045590A (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, multilayer body, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TW202104368A (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, multilayer body, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7335964B2 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, resin, and method for producing resin
JP7254194B2 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, resin, and method for producing resin
JP7422763B2 (en) Curable resin composition, method for producing a curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing a cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021246459A1 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021246457A1 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021246458A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TW202130701A (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and resin
JP2023153846A (en) Curable resin composition, method for producing curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2020255825A1 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, cured film production method, semiconductor device, and polyimide, poly benzooxazole, polyimide precursor, or poly benzooxazole precursor
TW202346484A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
TW202138469A (en) Curable resin composition, resin film, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TW202128839A (en) Pattern forming method, photocurable resin composition, layered body manufacturing method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202110952A (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TWI836067B (en) Negative curable composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
TWI836111B (en) Negative curable composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
KR102668435B1 (en) Curable resin composition, manufacturing method of curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, manufacturing method of cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7454672B2 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and thermosetting resin
TWI836038B (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, cured film manufacturing method, and semiconductor device
TW202349119A (en) Resin composition, cured article, laminate, method for producing cured article, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device